Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/ChangeLog (revision 276305) @@ -1,1608 +1,1667 @@ +2014-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140620 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o var.c return varNoError rather than var_Error for ::= modidiers. + +2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140522 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o var.c detect some parse errors. + +2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni + +2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140214 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o .INCLUDEFROM* + o use Var_Value to get MAKEOBJDIR[PREFIX] + o reduced realloc'ign in brk_string. + * configure.in: add a check for compiler supporting __func__ + +2014-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty + + * boot-strap: ignore mksrc=none + +2014-01-02 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?): use just ${prefix}/share/mk + +2014-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20140101 + * configure.in: set bmake_path_max to min(_SC_PATH_MAX,1024) + * Makefile.config: defined BMAKE_PATH_MAX to bmake_path_max + * make.h: use BMAKE_PATH_MAX if MAXPATHLEN not defined (needed for + Hurd) + * configure.in: Add AC_PREREQ and check for + sysctl; patch from Andrew Shadura andrewsh at debian.org + +2013-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131010 + * lose the const from arg to systcl to avoid problems on older BSDs. + +2013-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20131001 + Merge with NetBSD make, pick up + o main.c: for NATIVE build sysctl to get MACHINE_ARCH from + hw.machine_arch if necessary. + o meta.c: meta_oodate - need to look at src of Link and target + of Move as well. + * main.c: check that CTL_HW and HW_MACHINE_ARCH exist. + provide __arraycount() if needed. + 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130904 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Add VAR_INTERNAL context, so that internal setting of MAKEFILE does not override value set by makefiles. 2013-09-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130902 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o CompatRunCommand: only apply shellErrFlag when errCheck is true 2013-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Fix VAR :sh = syntax from Will Andrews at freebsd.org o Call Job_SetPrefix() from Job_Init() so makefiles have opportunity to set .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX 2013-07-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130730 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Allow suppression of --- job -- tokens by setting .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX empty. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130716 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up - o number of gmake compatability tweaks + o number of gmake compatibility tweaks -w for gmake style entering/leaving messages if .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 indicate it in progname "make[1]" etc. handle MAKEFLAGS containing only letters. o when overriding a GLOBAL variable on the command line, delete it from GLOBAL context so -V doesn't show the wrong value. 2013-07-06 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: We don't need MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE anymore. * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130706 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Shell_Init(): export shellErrFlag if commandShell hasErrCtl is true so that CompatRunCommand() can use it, to ensure consistent behavior with jobs mode. o use MAKE_LEVEL_ENV to define the variable to propagate .MAKE.LEVEL - currently set to MAKELEVEL (same as gmake). o meta.c: use .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS to allow customization of paths to ignore. 2013-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o job.c: JobCreatePipe: do fcntl() after any tweaking of fd's to avoid leaking descriptors. 2013-05-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130528 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o var.c: cleanup some left-overs in VarHash() 2013-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130520 generate manifest from component FILES rather than have to update FILES when mk/FILES changes. 2013-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o suff.c: don't skip all processsing for .PHONY targets else wildcard srcs do not get expanded. o var.c: expand name of variable to delete if necessary. 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130330 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: refine the handling of .OODATE in commands. Rather than suppress command comparison for the entire script as though .NOMETA_CMP had been used, only suppress it for the one command line. This allows something like ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} to be used to suppress comparison of a command without otherwise affecting it. o make.1: document that 2013-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130321 yes, not quite right but its a cooler number. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o parse.c: fix ParseGmakeExport to be portable and add a unit-test. * meta.c: call meta_init() before makefiles are read and if built with filemon support set .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON to _PATH_FILEMON this let's makefiles test for support. Call meta_mode_init() to process .MAKE.MODE. 2013-03-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o run .STALE: target when a dependency from .depend is missing. o job.c: add Job_RunTarget() for the above and .BEGIN 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130303 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o main.c: set .MAKE.OS to utsname.sysname o job.c: more checks for read and poll errors o var.c: lose VarChangeCase() saves 4% time 2013-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: remove MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX from environment since we want to use MAKEOBJDIR 2013-01-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.1: more info on how shell commands are handled. o job.c,main.c: detect write errors to job pipes. 2013-01-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile (MAKE_VERSION): 20130123 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c: if script uses .OODATE and meta_oodate() decides rebuild is needed, .OODATE will be empty - set it to .ALLSRC. o var.c: in debug output indicate which variabale modifiers apply to. o remove Check_Cwd logic the makefiles have been fixed. 2012-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.in: add a simple makefile for folk who insist on ./configure; make; make install it just runs boot-strap * include mk/* to accommodate the above * boot-strap: re-work to accommodate the above mksrc defaults to $Mydir/mk allow op={configure,build,install,clean,all} add options to facilitate install * Makefile.config.in: just the bits set by configure * Makefile: bump version to 20121212 abandon Makefile.in (NetBSD Makefile) leverage mk/* instead * configure.in: ensure srcdir is absolute 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121111 fix generation of bmake.cat1 2012-11-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121109 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make.c: MakeBuildChild: return 0 so search continues if a .ORDER dependency is detected. o unit-tests/order: test the above 2012-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121102 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cond.c: allow cond_state[] to grow. In meta mode with a very large tree, we can hit the limit while processing dirdeps. 2012-10-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: we need to use ${srcdir} not ${.CURDIR} 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121010 o protect syntax that only bmake parses correctly. o remove auto setting of FORCE_MACHINE, use configure's --with-force-machine=whatever if that is desired. 2012-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: do not lose history from make.1 when generating bmake.1 2012-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20121007 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty commands - same as jobs mode. o make.1: document meta chars that cause use of shell 2012-09-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120911 * bsd.after-import.mk: include Makefile.inc early and allow it to override PROG 2012-08-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120831 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o cast sizeof() to int for comparison o minor make.1 tweak 2012-08-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120830 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES knob can control default behavior of -V o debug flag -dV causes -V to show raw value regardless. 2012-07-05 Simon J. Gerraty * bsd.after-import.mk (after-import): ensure unit-tests/Makefile gets SRCTOP set. 2012-07-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120704 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o Job_ParseShell should call Shell_Init if it has been previously called. * Makefile.in: set USE_META based on configure result. also .PARSEDIR is safer indicator of bmake. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: bump version to 20120626 ensure CPPFLAGS is in CFLAGS * meta.c: avoid nested externs * bsd.after-import.mk: avoid ${.CURDIR}/Makefile as target 2012-06-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120620 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o make_malloc.c: avoid including make_malloc.h again * Makefile.in: avoid bmake only syntax or protect with .if defined(.MAKE.LEVEL) * bsd.after-import.mk: replace .-include with .sinclude ensure? SRCTOP gets a value * configure.in: look for filemon.h in /usr/include/dev/filemon first. 2012-06-19 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120612 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use MAKE_ATTR_* rather than those defined by cdefs.h or compiler for greater portability. o unit-tests/forloop: check that .for works as expected wrt number of times and with "quoted strings". 2012-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: use kill(2) rather than raise(3). * configure.in: look for sys/dev/filemon * bsd.after-import.mk: add a .-include "Makefile.inc" to Makefile and pass BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS to boot-strap. 2012-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120604 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o util.c and var.c share same var for tracking if environ has been reallocated. o util.c provide getenv with setenv. * Add MAKE_LEVEL_SAFE as an alternate means of passing MAKE_LEVEL when the shell actively strips .MAKE.* from the environment. We still refer to the variable always as .MAKE.LEVEL * util.c fix bug in findenv() was finding prefix of name. * compat.c: re-raising SIGINT etc after running .INTERRUPT results in more reliable termination of all activity on many platforms. 2012-06-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120602 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o for.c: handle quoted items in .for list 2012-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120530 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o compat.c: ignore empty command. 2012-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120524 * FILES: add bsd.after-import.mk: A simple means of integrating bmake into a BSD build system. 2012-05-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o increased limit for nested conditionals. 2012-05-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120518 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use _exit(2) in signal hanlder o Don't use the [dir] cache when building nodes that might have changed since the last exec. o Avoid nested extern declaration warnings. 2012-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.c (fgetLine): avoid %z - not portable. * parse.c: Since we moved include of sys/mman.h and def's of MAP_COPY etc. we got dups from a merge. 2012-04-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o restore duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES runtime saving can be significant. o Var_Subst() uses Buf_DestroyCompact() to reduce memory consumption up to 20%. 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o remove duplicate supression in .MAKE.MAKEFILES o improved dir cache behavior o gmake'ish export command 2012-03-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20120325 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix parsing of :[#] in conditionals. 2012-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: replace use of .Nx in bmake.1 with NetBSD since some systems cannot cope with .Nx 2011-11-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o debug output for .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 2011-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: check for an expected file in the dirs we look for. * make-bootstrap.sh: pass on LDSTATIC 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure .PREFIX is set for .PHONY and .TARGET set for .PHONY run via .END o __dead used consistently 2011-09-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): 20110909 is a better number ;-) 2011-09-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110905 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: ignore makeDependfile 2011-08-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110828 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o silent=yes in .MAKE.MODE causes meta mode to mark targets as SILENT if a .meta file is created 2011-08-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110818 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in meta mode, if target flagged .META a missing .meta file means target is out-of-date o fixes for gcc 4.5 warnings o simplify job printing code 2011-08-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o do not touch OP_SPECIAL targets when doing make -t 2011-06-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate detect corrupted .meta file and declare oodate. * configure.in: add check for setsid 2011-06-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit-tests/modts now works on MirBSD 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ApplyModifiers: when we parse a variable which is not the entire modifier string, or not followed by ':', do not consider it as containing modifiers. o loadfile: ensure newline at end of mapped file. 2011-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK - list of prefixes which define the scope of make's control. In meta mode, any generated file within said bailiwick, which is found to be missing, causes current target to be out-of-date. 2011-04-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110411 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o when long modifiers fail to match, check sysV style. - add a test case 2011-04-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110410 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o :hash - cheap 32bit hash of value o :localtime, :gmtime - use value as format string for strftime. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 mostly because its a cooler version. Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o NetBSD tags for meta.[ch] o job.c call meta_job_finish() after meta_job_error(). o meta_job_error() should call meta_job_finish() to ensure .meta file is closed, and safe to copy - if .ERROR target wants. meta_job_finish() is safe to call repeatedly. 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/modts: use printf if it is a builtin, to save us from MirBSD * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110329 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for use after free() in CondDoExists(). o meta_oodate() report extra commands and return earlier. 2011-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110327 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, if .MAKE.MODE contains curdirOk=yes allow creating .meta files in .CURDIR * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): aparently at least on linux distro formats the output of 'type' differently - so eat any "()" 2011-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110306 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c, only do getcwd() once 2011-03-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110305 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o correct sysV substitution handling of empty lhs and variable o correct exists() check for dir with trailing / o correct handling of modifiers for non-existant variables during evaluation of conditionals. o ensure MAP_FILE is defined. o meta.c use curdir[] now exported by main.c 2011-02-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110225 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for incorrect .PARSEDIR when .OBJDIR is re-computed after makefiles have been read. o fix example of :? modifier in man page. 2011-02-13 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c handle realpath() failing when generating meta file name. * sigcompat.c: convert to ansi so we can use higher warning levels. 2011-02-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110207 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for bug in meta mode. 2011-01-03 Simon J. Gerraty * parse.c: SunOS 5.8 at least does not have MAP_FILE 2011-01-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20110101 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use mmap(2) if available, for reading makefiles 2010-12-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101215 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o ensure meta_job_error() does not report a previous .meta file as being culprit. 2010-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101210 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta_oodate: track cwd per process, and only consider target out-of-date if missing file is outside make's CWD. Ignore files in /tmp/ etc. o to ensure unit-tests results match, need to control LC_ALL as well as LANG. o fix for parsing bug in var.c 2010-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101126 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o if stale dependency is an IMPSRC, search via .PATH o meta_oodate: if a referenced file is missing, target is out-of-date. o meta_oodate: if a target uses .OODATE in its commands, it (.OODATE) needs to be recomputed. o keep a pointer to youngest child node, rather than just its mtime. 2010-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20101101 2010-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * machine.sh: like os.sh, allow for uname -p producing useless drivel 2010-09-13 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: document configure knobs for meta and filemon. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100911 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o meta.c - meta mode * make-bootstrap.sh.in: handle meta.c * configure.in: add knobs for use_meta and filemon_h also, look for dirname, str[e]sep and strlcpy * util.c: add simple err[x] and warn[x] 2010-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (TOOL_DIFF): set this to ensure tests use the same version of diff that configure tested * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100808 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o in jobs mode, when we discover we cannot make something, call PrintOnError before exit. 2010-08-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100806 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o formatting fixes for ignored errors o ensure jobs are cleaned up regardless of where wait() was called. 2010-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100618 * os.sh (MACHINE_ARCH): watch out for drivel from uname -p 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update o call PrintOnError from JobFinish when we detect an error we are not ignoring. 2010-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o man page update 2010-06-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100605 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use bmake_signal() which is a wrapper around sigaction() in place of signal() o add .export-env to allow exporting variables to environment without tracking (so no re-export when the internal value is changed). 2010-05-24 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100524 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for .info et al being greedy. 2010-05-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100520 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o back to using realpath on argv[0] but only if contains '/' and does not start with '/'. 2010-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: use absolute path for bmake when running tests. * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100510 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o revert use of realpath on argv[0] too many corner cases. o print MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR before running .ERROR target. 2010-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100505 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for missed SIGCHLD when compiled with SunPRO actually for bmake, defining FORCE_POSIX_SIGNALS would have done the job. 2010-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100430 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fflush stdout before writing to stdout 2010-04-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100423 Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o updated unit tests for Haiku (this time for sure). * boot-strap: based on patch from joerg honor --with-default-sys-path better. * boot-strap: remove mention of --with-prefix-sys-path 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100422 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for vfork() on Darwin. o fix for bogus $TMPDIR. o set .MAKE.MODE=compat for -B o set .MAKE.JOBS=max_jobs for -j max_jobs o allow unit-tests to run without any *.mk o unit-tests/modmisc be more conservative in dirs presumed to exist. * boot-strap: ignore /usr/share/mk except on NetBSD. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: set LANG=C when running unit-tests to ensure sort(1) behaves as expected. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: add FindHereOrAbove so we can use -m .../mk 2010-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for variable realpath() behavior. we have to stat(2) the result to be sure. o fix for .export (all) when nested vars use :sh 2010-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o use realpath to resolve argv[0] (for .MAKE) if needed. o add realpath from libc. o add :tA to resolve variable via realpath(3) if possible. 2010-04-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100408 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o unit tests for .ERROR, .error o fix for .ERROR to ensure it cannot be default target. 2010-04-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100406 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o fix for compat mode "Error code" going to debug_file. o fix for .ALLSRC being populated twice. o support for .info, .warning and .error directives o .MAKE.MODE to control make's operational mode o .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE to control the preferred makefile name(s). o .MAKE.DEPENDFILE to control the name of the depend file o .ERROR target - run on failure. 2010-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * make-bootstrap.sh.in: extract MAKE_VERSION from Makefile * os.sh,arch.c: patch for Haiku from joerg at netbsd 2010-03-17 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up o better error msg for .for with mutiple inter vars * boot-strap: o use make-bootstrap.sh from joerg at netbsd to avoid the need for a native make when bootstrapping. o add "" everywhere ;-) o if /usr/share/tmac/andoc.tmac exists install nroff bmake.1 otherwise the pre-formated version. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -m .../ 2009-11-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20091118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .unexport o report lines that start with '.' and should have ':' (catch typo's of .el*if). 2009-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Ensure that srcdir and mksrc are absolute paths. 2009-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): fix version to 20091007 2009-10-07 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 200910007 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for parsing of :S;...;...; applied to .for loop iterator appearing in a dependency line. 2009-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for -C, .CURDIR and .OBJDIR * boot-strap: o allow share_dir to be set independent of prefix. o select default share_dir better when prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET o if FORCE_BSD_MK etc were set, include them in the suggested install-mk command. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090908 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.LEVEL for recursion tracking o fix for :M scanning \: 2009-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Don't -D__EXTENSIONS__ if AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS says "no". 2009-08-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (MAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090826 Simplify MAKE_VERSION to just the bare date. * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -C directory support. o support for SIGINFO o use $TMPDIR for temp files. o child of vfork should be careful about modifying parent's state. 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Appy some patches for MiNT from David Brownlee 2009-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Possible null pointer de-ref in Var_Set. 2009-02-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20090204 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o bmake_malloc et al moved to their own .c o Count both () and {} when looking for the end of a :M pattern o Change 'Buffer' so that it is the actual struct, not a pointer to it. o strlist.c - functions for processing extendable arrays of pointers to strings. o ClientData replaced with void *, so const void * can be used. o New debug flag C for DEBUG_CWD 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081111 Apply patch from Joerg Sonnenberge to configure.in: o remove some redundant checks o check for emlloc etc only in libutil and require the whole family. util.c: o remove [v]asprintf which is no longer used. 2008-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081101 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o util.c: avoid use of putenv() - christos 2008-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081030 pick up man page tweaks. 2008-10-29 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: move processing of LIBOBJS to after is definition! thus we'll have getenv.c in SRCS only if needed. * make.1: add examples of how to use :? * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20081029 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for .END processing with -j o segfault from Parse_Error when no makefile is open o handle numeric expressions in any variable expansion o debug output now defaults to stderr, -dF to change it - apb o make now uses bmake_malloc etc so that it can build natively on A/UX - wasn't an issue for bmake, but we want to keep in sync. 2008-09-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080808 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for PR/38840: Pierre Pronchery: make crashes while parsing long lines in Makefiles o optimizations for VarQuote by joerg o fix for PR/38756: dominik: make dumps core on invalid makefile 2008-05-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080515 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, to handle cases where VAR_CMD is used for other than command line vars. 2008-05-14 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap (make_version): we may need to look in $prefix/share/mk for sys.mk * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080514 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o skip setting vars in VAR_GLOBAL context, when already set in VAR_CMD which takes precedence. 2008-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080330 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ?= when LHS contains variable reference. 2008-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * merge some patches from NetBSD pkgsrc. * makefile.boot.in (BOOTSTRAP_SYS_PATH): Allow better control of the MAKSYSPATH used during bootstrap. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080215 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o warn if non-space chars follow 'empty' in a conditional. 2008-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20080118 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o consider dependencies read from .depend as optional - dsl o remember when buffer for reading makefile grows - dsl o add -dl (aka LOUD) - David O'Brien 2007-10-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071022 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Allow .PATH to be used for .include "" * boot-strap: source default settings from .bmake-boot-strap.rc 2007-10-16 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: fix maninstall on various systems provided that our man.mk is used. For non-BSD systems we install the preformatted page into $MANDIR/cat1 2007-10-15 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make bmake.1 too, so maninstall works. 2007-10-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071014 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o revamped handling of defshell - configure no longer needs to know the content of the shells array - apb o stop Var_Subst modifying its input - apb o avoid calling ParseTrackInput too often - dsl 2007-10-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20071011 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix Shell_Init for case that _BASENAME_DEFSHELL is absolute path. * sigcompat.c: some tweaks for HP-UX 11.x based on patch from Tobias Nygren * configure.in: update handling of --with-defshell to match new make behavior. --with-defshell=/usr/xpg4/bin/sh will now do what one might hope - provided the chosen shell behaves enough like sh. 2007-10-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20071008 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX - control the token output before jobs - sjg o .export/.MAKE.EXPORTED - export of variables - sjg o .MAKE.MAKEFILES - track all makefiles read - sjg o performance improvements - dsl o revamp parallel job scheduling - dsl 2006-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060728 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o extra debug info during variable and cond processing - sjg o shell definition now covers newline - rillig o minor mem leak in PrintOnError - sjg 2006-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060511 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o more memory leaks - coverity o possible overflow in ArchFindMember - coverity o extract variable modifier code out of Var_Parse() so it can be called recursively - sjg o unit-tests/moderrs - sjg 2006-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060412 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fixes for some memory leaks - coverity o only read first sys.mk etc when searching sysIncPath - sjg * main.c (ReadMakefile): remove hack for __INTERIX that prevented setting ${MAKEFILE} - OBATA Akio 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060318 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o cleanup of job.c to remove remote handling, distcc is more useful and this code was likely bit-rotting - dsl o fix for :P modifier - sjg * boot-strap: set default prefix to something reasonable (for me anyway). 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060301 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o make .WAIT apply recursively, document and test case - apb o allow variable modifiers in a variable appear anywhere in modifier list, document and test case - sjg 2006-02-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20060222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o improved job token handling - dsl o SIG_DFL the correct signal before exec - dsl o more debug info during parsing - dsl o allow variable modifiers to be specified via variable - sjg * boot-strap: explain why we died if no mksrc 2005-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051105 * configure.in: always set default_sys_path default is ${prefix}/share/mk - remove prefix_sys_path, anyone wanting more than above needs to set it manually. 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: make this a bit easier for pkgsrc folk. bootstrap still fails on IRIX64 since MACHINE_ARCH gets set to 'mips' while pkgsrc wants 'mipseb' or 'mipsel' 2005-11-02 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051102 * job.c (JobFinish): fix likely ancient merge lossage fix from Todd Vierling. * boot-strap (srcdir): allow setting mksrc=none 2005-10-31 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051031 * ranlib.h: skip on OSF too. (NetBSD PR 31864) 2005-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051002 fix a silly typo 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20051001 support for UnixWare and some other systems, based on patches from pkgsrc/bootstrap 2005-09-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050901 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o possible parse error causing us to wander off. 2005-06-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050606 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o :0x modifier for randomizing a list o fixes for a number of -Wuninitialized issues. 2005-05-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050530 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o Handle dependencies for .BEGIN, .END and .INTERRUPT * README: was seriously out of date. 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Important to use .MAKE rather than MAKE. 2005-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20050315 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o don't mistake .elsefoo for .else o use suffix-specific search path correctly o bunch of style nits 2004-05-11 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: o ensure that args to --src and --with-mksrc are resolved before giving them to configure. o add -o "objdir" so that builder can control it, default is $OS as determined by os.sh o add -q to suppress all the install instructions. 2004-05-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Remove __IDSTRING() * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040508 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o posix fixes - remove '-e' from compat mode - add support for '+' command-line prefix. o fix for handling '--' on command-line. o fix include in lst.lib/lstInt.h to simplify '-I's o we also picked up replacement of MAKE_BOOTSTRAP with !MAKE_NATIVE which is a noop, but possibly confusing. 2004-04-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040414 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o allow quoted strings on lhs of conditionals o issue warning when extra .else is seen o print line numer when errors encountered during parsing from string. 2004-02-20 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040220 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for old :M parsing bug. o re-jigged unit-tests 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (accept test): use ${.MAKE:S,^./,${.CURDIR}/,} so that './bmake -f Makefile test' works. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040214 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o search upwards for *.mk o fix for double free of var substitution buffers o use of getopt replaced with custom code, since the usage (re-scanning) isn't posix compatible. 2004-02-12 Simon J. Gerraty * arch.c: don't include ranlib.h on ELF systems (thanks to Chuck Cranor ). 2004-01-18 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump to 20040118 * boot-strap (while): export vars we assign to on cmdline * unit-test/Makefile.in: ternary is .PHONY 2004-01-08 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040108 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for ternary modifier 2004-01-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20040105 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o fix for cond.c to handle compound expressions better o variable expansion within sysV style replacements 2003-12-22 Simon J. Gerraty * Make portable snprintf safer - output to /dev/null first to check space needed. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20031222 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: o -dg3 to show input graph when things go wrong. o explicitly look for makefiles in objdir if not found in curdir so that errors in .depend etc will be reported accurarely. o avoid use of -e in shell scripts in jobs mode, use '|| exit $?' instead as it more accurately reflects the expected behavior and is more consistently implemented. o avoid use of asprintf. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: Add asprintf and vasprintf. * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030928 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: :[] modifier - allows picking words from a variable. :tW modifier - allows treating value as one big word. W flag for :C and :S - allows treating value as one big word. 2003-09-12 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up -de flag to enable printing failed command. don't skip 1st two dir entries (normally . and ..) since coda does not have them. 2003-09-09 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030909 * Merge with NetBSD make, pick up: - changes for -V '${VAR}' to print fully expanded value cf. -V VAR - CompatRunCommand now prints the command that failed. - several files got updated 3 clause Berkeley license. 2003-08-02 Simon J. Gerraty * boot-strap: Allow setting configure args on command line. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: add --with-defshell to allow sh or ksh to be selected as default shell. * Makefile.in: bump version to 20030731 * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up .SHELL spec for ksh and associate man page changes. Also compat mode now uses the same shell specs. 2003-07-29 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Parse): ensure delim is initialized. * unit-tests/Makefile.in: use single quotes to avoid problems from some shells. * makefile.boot.in: Run the unit-tests as part of the bootstrap procedure. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * unit-tests/Makefile.in: always force complaints from ${TEST_MAKE} to be from 'make'. * configure.in: add check for 'diff -u' also fix some old autoconf'isms * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030728. if using GCC add -Wno-cast-qual to CFLAGS for var.o * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for :ts parsing error in some cases. Pick unit-tests. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (BMAKE_VERSION): bump version to 20030723. * var.c (Var_Parse): fix bug in :ts modifier, after const correctness fixes, must pass nstr to VarModify. 2003-07-14 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in: BMAKE_VERSION switch to a date based version. We'll generally use the date of last import from NetBSD. * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fixes for const-correctness, now passes WARNS=3 on NetBSD. Pick up :ts modifier, allows controlling the separator used between words in variable expansion. 2003-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: include boot-strap and os.sh * Makefile.in: only set WARNS if we are NetBSD, the effect on FreeBSD is known to be bad. * makefile.boot.in (bootstrap): make this the default target. * Makefile.in: bump version to 3.1.19 * machine.sh: avoid A-Z with tr as it is bound to lose. 2003-07-10 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/19781 - unhelpful error msg on unclosed ${var:foo Plus some doc fixes. 2003-04-27 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for PR/1523 - don't count a library as built, if there is no way to build it * Bump version to 3.1.18 2003-03-23 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make Pick up fix for ParseDoSpecialSrc - we only use it if .WAIT appears in src list. 2003-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make (mmm 10th anniversary!) pick up fix for .WAIT in srcs that refer to $@ or $* (PR#20828) pick up -X which tells us to not export VAR=val via setenv if we are already doing so via MAKEFLAGS. This saves valuable env space on systems like Darwin. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.17 * parse.c: pix up fix for suffix rules 2003-03-06 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for propagating -B via MAKEFLAGS. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.16 * Apply some patches from pkgsrc-bootstrap/bmake Originally by Grant Beattie I may have missed some - since they are based on bmake-3.1.12 2002-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in (bmake): update install targets for those that use them, also clear MAKEFLAGS when invoking bmake.boot to avoid havoc from gmake -w. Thanks to Harlan Stenn . * bmake.cat1: update the pre-formatted man page! 2002-11-30 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up fix for premature free of pointer used in call to Dir_InitCur(). set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.15 2002-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: determine suitable value for MKSRC. override using --with-mksrc=PATH. * machine.sh: use `uname -p` for MACHINE_ARCH on modern SunOS systems. configs(8) will use 'sun4' as an alias for 'sparc'. 2002-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make. pick up ${.PATH} pick up fix for finding ../cat.c via .PATH when .CURDIR=.. set MAKE_VERSION to 3.1.14 add configure checks for killpg and sys/socket.h 2002-09-16 Simon J. Gerraty * tag bmake-3-1-13 * makefile.boot.in (bmake): use install-mk Also setup ./mk before trying to invoke bmake.boot incase we needed install-mk to create a sys.mk for us. * configure.in: If we need to add -I${srcdir}/missing, make it an absolute path so that it works for lst.lib too. * make.h: always include sys/cdefs.h since we provide one if the host does not. * Makefile.in (install-mk): use MKSRC/install-mk which will do the right thing. use uname -p for ARCH if possible. since install-mk will setup links bsd.prog.mk -> prog.mk if needed, just .include bsd.prog.mk * Merge with NetBSD make (NetBSD-1.6) Code is ansi-C only now. Bug in handling of dotLast is fixed. Can now assign .OBJDIR and make will reset its notions of life. New modifiers :tu :tl for toUpper and toLower. Tue Oct 16 12:18:42 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merge with NetBSD make pick up fix for .END failure in compat mode. pick up fix for extra va_end() in ParseVErrorInternal. Thu Oct 11 13:20:06 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: for systems that have sys/cdefs.h check if it is compatible. If not, include the one under missing, but tell it to include the native one too - necessary on Linux. * missing/sys/cdefs.h: if NEED_HOST_CDEFS_H is defined, use include_next (for gcc) to get the native sys/cdefs.h Tue Aug 21 02:29:34 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (JobFinish): Fix an earlier merge bug that resulted in leaking descriptors when using -jN. * job.c (JobPrintCommand): See if "curdir" exists before attempting to chdir(). Doing the chdir directly in make (when in compat mode) fails silently, so let the -jN version do the same. This can happen when building kernels in an object tree and playing clever games to reset .CURDIR. * Merged with NetBSD make pick up .USEBEFORE Tue Jun 26 23:45:11 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * makefile.boot.in: Give bmake.boot a MAKESYSPATH that might work. Tue Jun 12 16:48:57 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * var.c (Var_Set): Add 4th (flags) arg so VarLoopExpand can tell us not to export the iterator variable when using VAR_CMD context. Sun Jun 10 21:55:21 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * job.c (Job_CatchChildren): don't call Job_CatchOutput() here, its the wrong "fix". Sat Jun 9 00:11:24 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Redesigned export of VAR_CMD's via MAKEFLAGS. We now simply append the variable names to .MAKEOVERRIDES, and handle duplicate suppression and quoting in ExportMAKEFLAGS using: ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@} Apart from fixing quoting bugs in previous version, this allows us to export vars to the environment by simply doing: .MAKEOVERRIDES+= PATH Merged again with NetBSD make, but the above is the only change. * configure.in: added --disable-pwd-override disable $PWD overriding getcwd() --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess when it should automatically cd ${.CURDIR} * Merge with NetBSD make, changes include: parse.c (ParseDoDependency): Spot that the syntax error is caused by an unresolved cvs/rcs conflict and say so. var.c: most of Var* functions now take a ctxt as 1st arg. now does variable substituion on rhs of sysv style modifiers. * var.c (Var_Set): exporting of command line variables (VAR_CMD) is now done here. We append the name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES rather than directly into MAKEFLAGS as this allows a Makefile to use .MAKEOVERRIDES= to disable this behaviour. GNU make uses a very similar mechanism. Note that in adding name='value' to .MAKEOVERRIDES we do the moral equivalent of: .MAKEOVERRIDES:= ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:Nname=*} name='val' Fri Jun 1 14:08:02 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * make-conf.h (USE_IOVEC): make it conditional on HAVE_SYS_UIO_H * Merged with NetBSD make make -dx can now be used to run commands via sh -x better error messages on exec failures. Thu May 31 01:44:54 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Makefile.in (main.o): depends on ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} so that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. Also don't use ?= for MAKE_VERSION, MACHINE etc otherwise they propagate from the previous bmake. * configure.in (machine): allow --with-machine=generic to make configure use machine.sh to set MACHINE. * job.c (JobInterrupt): convert to using WAIT_T and friends. * Makefile.in: mention in bmake.1 that we use autoconf. * make.1: mention MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR. Wed May 30 23:17:18 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * main.c (ReadMakefile): don't set MAKEFILE if reading ".depend" as that rather defeats the usefulness of ${MAKEFILE}. * main.c (MainParseArgs): append command line variable assignments to MAKEFLAGS so that they get propagated to child make's. Apparently this is required POSIX behaviour? Its useful anyway. Tue May 29 02:20:07 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * compat.c (CompatRunCommand): don't use perror() since stdio may cause problems in child of vfork(). * compat.c, main.c: Call PrintOnError() when we are going to bail. This routine prints out the .curdir where we stopped and will also display any vars listed in ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR}. * main.c: add ${.newline} to hold a "\n" - sometimes handy in :@ expansion. * var.c: VarLoopExpand: ignore addSpace if a \n is present. * Added RCSid's for the files we've touched. Thu May 24 15:41:37 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * configure.in: Thanks to some clues from mdb@juniper.net, added autoconf magic to control setting of MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH as well as what ends up in _PATH_DEFSYSPATH. We now have: --with-machine=MACHINE explicitly set MACHINE --with-force-machine=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH --with-prefix-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST prefix _PATH_PREFIX_SYSPATH --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX If _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX is set to "no" we won't define it. * makefile: added a pathetically simple makefile to drive bootstrapping. Running configure by hand is more useful. * Makefile.in: added MAKE_VERSION, and reworked things to be less dependent on NetBSD bsd.*.mk * pathnames.h: allow NO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX to stop us defining _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX for those that don't want a default. construct _PATH_DEFSYSPATH from the info we get from configure. * main.c: allow for no _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, set ${MAKE_VERSION} if MAKE_VERSION is defined. * compat.c: when we bail, print out the .CURDIR we were in. Sat May 12 00:34:12 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * var.c: fixed a bug in the handling of the modifier :P if the node as found but the path was null, we segfault trying to duplicate it. Mon Mar 5 16:20:33 2001 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make * make.c: Make_OODate's test for a library out of date was using cmtime where it should have used mtime (my bug). * compat.c: Use perror() to tell us what really went wrong when we cannot exec a command. Fri Dec 15 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Sat Jun 10 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Jun 1 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Tue May 30 10:11:08 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Merged with NetBSD make Thu Apr 27 00:07:47 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * util.c: don't provide signal() since we use sigcompat.c * Makefile.in: added a build target. * var.c (Var_Parse): added ODE modifiers :U, :D, :L, :P, :@ and :! These allow some quite clever magic. * main.c (main): added support for getenv(MAKESYSPATH). Mon Apr 2 16:25:13 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Disable $PWD overriding getcwd() if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set. This avoids objdir having a different value depending on how a directory was reached (via command line, or subdir.mk). * If FORCE_MACHINE is defined, ignore getenv("MACHINE"). Mon Apr 2 23:15:31 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Do a chdir(${.CURDIR}) before invoking ${.MAKE} or ${.MAKE:T} if MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set and NOCHECKMAKECHDIR is not. I've been testing this in NetBSD's make for some weeks. * Turn Makefile into Makefile.in and make it useful. Tue Feb 29 22:08:00 2000 Simon J. Gerraty * Imported NetBSD's -current make(1) and resolve conflicts. * Applied autoconf patches from bmake v2 * Imported clean code base from NetBSD-1.0 Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile (revision 276305) @@ -1,221 +1,221 @@ -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.20 2013/09/04 15:42:03 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.27 2014/06/20 14:51:54 sjg Exp $ # Base version on src date -MAKE_VERSION= 20130904 +MAKE_VERSION= 20140620 PROG= bmake SRCS= \ arch.c \ buf.c \ compat.c \ cond.c \ dir.c \ for.c \ hash.c \ job.c \ main.c \ make.c \ make_malloc.c \ meta.c \ parse.c \ str.c \ strlist.c \ suff.c \ targ.c \ trace.c \ util.c \ var.c # from lst.lib/ SRCS+= \ lstAppend.c \ lstAtEnd.c \ lstAtFront.c \ lstClose.c \ lstConcat.c \ lstDatum.c \ lstDeQueue.c \ lstDestroy.c \ lstDupl.c \ lstEnQueue.c \ lstFind.c \ lstFindFrom.c \ lstFirst.c \ lstForEach.c \ lstForEachFrom.c \ lstInit.c \ lstInsert.c \ lstIsAtEnd.c \ lstIsEmpty.c \ lstLast.c \ lstMember.c \ lstNext.c \ lstOpen.c \ lstPrev.c \ lstRemove.c \ lstReplace.c \ lstSucc.c # this file gets generated by configure .-include "Makefile.config" .if !empty(LIBOBJS) SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c} .endif # just in case prefix?= /usr srcdir?= ${.CURDIR} -DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= .../share/mk:${prefix}/share/mk +DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= ${prefix}/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\" CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}} COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${MAKE_VERSION}\"" # meta mode can be useful even without filemon FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h .if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h" COPTS.meta.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H} .endif .PATH: ${srcdir} .PATH: ${srcdir}/lst.lib .if make(obj) || make(clean) SUBDIR+= unit-tests .endif # start-delete1 for bsd.after-import.mk # we skip a lot of this when building as part of FreeBSD etc. # list of OS's which are derrived from BSD4.4 BSD44_LIST= NetBSD FreeBSD OpenBSD DragonFly # we are... OS!= uname -s # are we 4.4BSD ? isBSD44:=${BSD44_LIST:M${OS}} .if ${isBSD44} == "" MANTARGET= cat INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if (${MACHINE} == "sun386") # even I don't have one of these anymore :-) CFLAGS+= -DPORTAR .elif (${MACHINE} != "sunos") SRCS+= sigcompat.c CFLAGS+= -DSIGNAL_FLAGS=SA_RESTART .endif .else MANTARGET?= man .endif # turn this on by default - ignored if we are root WITH_INSTALL_AS_USER= -# supress with -DWITHOUT_* +# suppress with -DWITHOUT_* OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES+= \ AUTOCONF_MK \ INSTALL_MK \ PROG_LINK OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO+= \ PROG_VERSION # process options now .include .if ${MK_PROG_VERSION} == "yes" PROG_NAME= ${PROG}-${MAKE_VERSION} .if ${MK_PROG_LINK} == "yes" SYMLINKS+= ${PROG}-${MAKE_VERSION} ${BINDIR}/${PROG} .endif .endif EXTRACT_MAN=no # end-delete1 MAN= ${PROG}.1 MAN1= ${MAN} .if (${PROG} != "make") CLEANFILES+= my.history .if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN}) my.history: ${MAKEFILE} @(echo ".Nm"; \ echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \ echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \ echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \ echo ".Pp") > $@ .NOPATH: ${MAN} ${MAN}: make.1 my.history @echo making $@ @sed -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@ all beforeinstall: ${MAN} _mfromdir=. .endif .endif MANTARGET?= cat MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1 .if ${MANTARGET} == "cat" _mfromdir=${srcdir} .endif .include CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral # Force these SHAREDIR= ${prefix}/share BINDIR= ${prefix}/bin MANDIR= ${SHAREDIR}/man .if !exists(.depend) ${OBJS}: config.h .endif # make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. main.o: ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} # start-delete2 for bsd.after-import.mk .if ${MK_AUTOCONF_MK} == "yes" .include .endif SHARE_MK?=${SHAREDIR}/mk MKSRC=${srcdir}/mk INSTALL?=${srcdir}/install-sh .if ${MK_INSTALL_MK} == "yes" install: install-mk .endif beforeinstall: test -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${BINDIR} test -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${MANDEST} install-mk: .if exists(${MKSRC}/install-mk) test -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} || ${INSTALL} -m 775 -d ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} sh ${MKSRC}/install-mk -v -m 644 ${DESTDIR}${SHARE_MK} .else @echo need to unpack mk.tar.gz under ${srcdir} or set MKSRC; false .endif # end-delete2 # A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions accept test: cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET} Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile.config.in =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile.config.in (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/Makefile.config.in (revision 276305) @@ -1,16 +1,20 @@ # things set by configure prefix= @prefix@ srcdir= @srcdir@ CC?= @CC@ MACHINE= @machine@ MACHINE_ARCH= @machine_arch@ DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= @default_sys_path@ CPPFLAGS+= @CPPFLAGS@ CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} @DEFS@ LDFLAGS= @LDFLAGS@ LIBOBJS= @LIBOBJS@ LDADD= @LIBS@ USE_META= @use_meta@ FILEMON_H= @filemon_h@ +BMAKE_PATH_MAX?= @bmake_path_max@ +# used if MAXPATHLEN not defined +CPPFLAGS+= -DBMAKE_PATH_MAX=${BMAKE_PATH_MAX} + Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/README =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/README (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/README (revision 276305) @@ -1,47 +1,47 @@ bmake This directory contains a port of the BSD make tool (from NetBSD) I have run it on SunOS,Solaris,HP-UX,AIX,IRIX,FreeBSD and Linux. Version 3 was re-worked from scratch to better facilitate importing newer make(1) versions from NetBSD. The original code base was NetBSD-1.0, so version 3 was built by doing a fresh import of the NetBSD-1.0 usr.bin/make, adding the autoconf and other portability patches to sync it with bmake v2, and then NetBSD's make of Feb 20, 2000 was imported and conflicts dealt with. NetBSD's make was again imported on June 6 and December 15, 2000. In 2003 bmake switched to a date based version (first was 20030714) which generally represents the date it was last merged with NetBSD's make. Since then, NetBSD's make is imported within a week of any interesting changes, so that bmake tracks it very closely. Building: -The prefered way to bootstrap bmake is: +The preferred way to bootstrap bmake is: ./bmake/boot-strap there are a number of args - most of which get passed to configure, eg. ./bmake/boot-strap --prefix=/opt see the boot-strap script for details. To make much use of bmake you will need the bsd.*.mk macros or my portable *.mk macros. See http://www.crufty.net/ftp/pub/sjg/mk.tar.gz which will be links to the latest versions. On a non-BSD system, you would want to unpack mk[-YYYYmmdd].tar.gz in the same directory as bmake (so ./mk and ./bmake exist), and ./bmake/boot-strap will do the rest. If you want to do it all by hand then read boot-strap first to get the idea. Even if you have an earlier version of bmake installed, use boot-strap to ensure that all goes well. --sjg Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.1 (revision 276305) @@ -1,2151 +1,2171 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.222 2013/08/11 09:53:49 apb Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.229 2014/01/19 10:23:29 apb Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd August 11, 2013 +.Dd February 14, 2014 .Dt MAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm bmake .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables. .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the .Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for .Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print .Nm Ns 's idea of the value of .Ar variable , in the global context. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be expanded before printing. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the commands in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used. .Pp If the first characters of the command line are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. .Pp In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell, otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir , without side-effect should be put in parenthesis: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \\ (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \\ echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file. .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member. .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql Va @ , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] , .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] , and .Ql Va * are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and are not recommended. The six variables .Ql Va "@F" , .Ql Va "@D" , .Ql Va "\*[Lt]F" , .Ql Va "\*[Lt]D" , .Ql Va "*F" , and .Ql Va "*D" are permitted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .El .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. +.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR +The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. +.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE +The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . -If +If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width ignore-cmd .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile as a global variable. In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR and set .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behaviour is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . +As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, +and then joined, a construct like +.Dl ${VAR:M*} +will normalise the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and +trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces +to single spaces. +. .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the .Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] combination of modifiers. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behaviour. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. .It Cm \&:gmtime The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using the current .Xr gmtime 3 . .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. .It Cm \&:localtime The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using the current .Xr localtime 3 . .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql \*[Am] is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being -simple strings, are a regular expression (see +simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. +.Pp +As for the +.Cm \&:S +modifier, the +.Ar pattern +and +.Ar replacement +are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as +regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behaviour, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either .Cm \&.include Aq Ar file or .Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am] Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive -.Nm Ns 's . +.Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make, however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY .Nm is derived from NetBSD .Xr make 1 . It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. .Pp A make command appeared in .At v7 . This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/bmake.cat1 (revision 276305) @@ -1,1381 +1,1397 @@ MAKE(1) NetBSD General Commands Manual MAKE(1) NNAAMMEE bbmmaakkee -- maintain program dependencies SSYYNNOOPPSSIISS bbmmaakkee [--BBeeiikkNNnnqqrrssttWWwwXX] [--CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [--dd _f_l_a_g_s] [--ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e] [--II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e] [--jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s] [--mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y] [--TT _f_i_l_e] [--VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e] [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e] [_t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN bbmmaakkee is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other pro- grams. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e makefile option is given, bbmmaakkee will try to open `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' then `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' in order to find the specifications. If the file `_._d_e_p_e_n_d' exists, it is read (see mkdep(1)). This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of bbmmaakkee and makefiles, please refer to _P_M_a_k_e _- _A _T_u_t_o_r_i_a_l. bbmmaakkee will prepend the contents of the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. The options are as follows: --BB Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. --CC _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Change to _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y before reading the makefiles or doing any- thing else. If multiple --CC options are specified, each is inter- preted relative to the previous one: --CC _/ --CC _e_t_c is equivalent to --CC _/_e_t_c. --DD _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Define _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to be 1, in the global context. --dd _[_-_]_f_l_a_g_s Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of bbmmaakkee are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by `-' they are added to the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the _F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard out- put is line buffered. _F_l_a_g_s is one or more of the following: _A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. _a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. _C Print debugging information about current working direc- tory. _c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. _d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. _e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. _F[++]_f_i_l_e_n_a_m_e Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the `F' flag is `+', then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is `stdout' or `stderr' then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the `+' option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends `.%d' then the `%d' is replaced by the pid. _f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. _g_1 Print the input graph before making anything. _g_2 Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. _g_3 Print the input graph before exiting on error. _j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. _l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by `@' or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. _M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. _m Print debugging information about making targets, includ- ing modification dates. _n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the TMPDIR environment vari- able, or in _/_t_m_p if TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by mkstemp(3), and have names of the form _m_a_k_e_X_X_X_X_X_X. _N_O_T_E: This can create many files in TMPDIR or _/_t_m_p, so use with care. _p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. _s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. _t Print debugging information about target list mainte- nance. _V Force the --VV option to print raw values of variables. _v Print debugging information about variable assignment. _w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. _x Run shell commands with --xx so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. --ee Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. --ff _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e Specify a makefile to read instead of the default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e'. If _m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e is `--', standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. --II _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the --mm option) is automatically included as part of this list. --ii Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equiva- lent to specifying `--' before each command line in the makefile. --JJ _p_r_i_v_a_t_e This option should _n_o_t be specified by the user. When the _j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s Specify the maximum number of jobs that bbmmaakkee may have running at any one time. The value is saved in _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S. Turns compati- bility mode off, unless the _B flag is also specified. When com- patibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the tradi- tional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. --kk Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. --mm _d_i_r_e_c_t_o_r_y Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the <_f_i_l_e>-style include statement. The --mm option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Fur- thermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for "_f_i_l_e"-style include statements (see the --II option). If a file or directory name in the --mm argument (or the MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string ".../" then bbmmaakkee will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the ".../" specification in the --mm argument. If used, this feature allows bbmmaakkee to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using ".../mk/sys.mk" as an argument). --nn Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE spe- cial source (see below). --NN Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. --qq Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. --rr Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. --ss Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying `@@' before each command line in the makefile. --TT _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e When used with the --jj flag, append a trace record to _t_r_a_c_e_f_i_l_e for each job started and completed. --tt Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up- to-date. --VV _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Print bbmmaakkee's idea of the value of _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e, in the global con- text. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e contains a `$' then the value will be expanded before printing. --WW Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. --XX Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environ- ment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the _M_A_K_E_F_L_A_G_S environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e_=_v_a_l_u_e Set the value of the variable _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e to _v_a_l_u_e. Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The --XX flag disables this behavior. Vari- able assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash (`\'). The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. FFIILLEE DDEEPPEENNDDEENNCCYY SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets ``depend'' on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that sep- arates them. The three operators are as follows: :: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. !! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumu- late over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. :::: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Oth- erwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if bbmmaakkee is interrupted. Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values `?', `*', `[]', and `{}'. The values `?', `*', and `[]' may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value `{}' need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. SSHHEELLLL CCOOMMMMAANNDDSS Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, nor- mally used to create the target. Each of the commands in this script _m_u_s_t be preceded by a tab. While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the `::::' operator is used. If the first characters of the command line are any combination of `@@', `++', or `--', the command is treated specially. A `@@' causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A `++' causes the command to be executed even when --nn is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A `--' causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. When bbmmaakkee is run in jobs mode with --jj _m_a_x___j_o_b_s, the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters (`#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\n') it will be passed to the shell, otherwise bbmmaakkee will attempt direct execution. Since bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. Makefiles should be written so that the mode of bbmmaakkee operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use ``cd'' or ``chdir'', without side-effect should be put in parenthesis: avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \ (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \ echo Back in `pwd` VVAARRIIAABBLLEE AASSSSIIGGNNMMEENNTTSS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradi- tion, consist of all upper-case letters. VVaarriiaabbllee aassssiiggnnmmeenntt mmooddiiffiieerrss The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: == Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overrid- den. ++== Append the value to the current value of the variable. ??== Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. ::== Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the vari- able is referenced. _N_O_T_E: References to undefined variables are _n_o_t expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. !!== Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. Any white-space before the assigned _v_a_l_u_e is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces (`{}') or parentheses (`()') and preceding it with a dollar sign (`$'). If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surround- ing braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names con- taining dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign (`$') the string is expanded again. Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. 1. Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. 2. Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. 3. ``.for'' loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the fol- lowing example code: .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} will print: 1 2 3 3 3 3 Because while ${a} contains ``1 2 3'' after the loop is executed, ${b} contains ``${j} ${j} ${j}'' which expands to ``3 3 3'' since after the loop completes ${j} contains ``3''. VVaarriiaabbllee ccllaasssseess The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing prece- dence) are: Environment variables Variables defined as part of bbmmaakkee's environment. Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. The seven local variables are as follows: _._A_L_L_S_R_C The list of all sources for this target; also known as `_>'. _._A_R_C_H_I_V_E The name of the archive file. _._I_M_P_S_R_C In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the ``implied'' source); also known as `_<'. It is not defined in explicit rules. _._M_E_M_B_E_R The name of the archive member. _._O_O_D_A_T_E The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as `_?'. _._P_R_E_F_I_X The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as `_*'. _._T_A_R_G_E_T The name of the target; also known as `_@'. The shorter forms `_@', `_?', `_<', `_>', and `_*' are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and are not rec- ommended. The six variables `_@_F', `_@_D', `_<_F', `_<_D', `_*_F', and `_*_D' are permitted for compatibility with AT&T System V UNIX makefiles and are not recommended. Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are `_._T_A_R_G_E_T', `_._P_R_E_F_I_X', `_._A_R_C_H_I_V_E', and `_._M_E_M_B_E_R'. AAddddiittiioonnaall bbuuiilltt--iinn vvaarriiaabblleess In addition, bbmmaakkee sets or knows about the following variables: _$ A single dollar sign `$', i.e. `$$' expands to a single dollar sign. _._A_L_L_T_A_R_G_E_T_S The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those tar- gets encountered thus far. _._C_U_R_D_I_R A path to the directory where bbmmaakkee was executed. Refer to the description of `PWD' for more details. + _._I_N_C_L_U_D_E_D_F_R_O_M_D_I_R + The directory of the file this Makefile was included + from. + + _._I_N_C_L_U_D_E_D_F_R_O_M_F_I_L_E + The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. + MAKE The name that bbmmaakkee was executed with (_a_r_g_v_[_0_]). For compatibility bbmmaakkee also sets _._M_A_K_E with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of bbmmaakkee and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. _._M_A_K_E_._D_E_P_E_N_D_F_I_L_E Names the makefile (default `_._d_e_p_e_n_d') from which gener- ated dependencies are read. _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_A_N_D___V_A_R_I_A_B_L_E_S A boolean that controls the default behavior of the --VV option. _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D The list of variables exported by bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_S The argument to the --jj option. _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X If bbmmaakkee is run with _j then output for each target is prefixed with a token `--- target ---' the first part of which can be controlled via _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X. If _._M_A_K_E_._J_O_B_._P_R_E_F_I_X is empty, no token is printed. For example: .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like `---make[1234] target ---' mak- ing it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. MAKEFLAGS The environment variable `MAKEFLAGS' may contain anything that may be specified on bbmmaakkee's command line. Anything specified on bbmmaakkee's command line is appended to the `MAKEFLAGS' variable which is then entered into the envi- ronment for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes. _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L The recursion depth of bbmmaakkee. The initial instance of bbmmaakkee will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E___P_R_E_F_E_R_E_N_C_E The ordered list of makefile names (default `_m_a_k_e_f_i_l_e', `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e') that bbmmaakkee will look for. _._M_A_K_E_._M_A_K_E_F_I_L_E_S The list of makefiles read by bbmmaakkee, which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. _._M_A_K_E_._M_O_D_E Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that bbmmaakkee runs in. It can contain a number of key- words: _c_o_m_p_a_t Like --BB, puts bbmmaakkee into "compat" mode. _m_e_t_a Puts bbmmaakkee into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if filemon(4) is available, the system calls which are of interest to bbmmaakkee. The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. _c_u_r_d_i_r_O_k_= _b_f Normally bbmmaakkee will not create .meta files in `_._C_U_R_D_I_R'. This can be overridden by set- ting _b_f to a value which represents True. _e_n_v For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude the environment in the .meta file. _v_e_r_b_o_s_e If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X. _i_g_n_o_r_e_-_c_m_d Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP. _s_i_l_e_n_t_= _b_f If _b_f is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target ..SSIILLEENNTT. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._B_A_I_L_I_W_I_C_K In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by bbmmaakkee. If a file that was generated outside of _._O_B_J_D_I_R but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._C_R_E_A_T_E_D In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._F_I_L_E_S In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency informa- tion. _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._I_G_N_O_R_E___P_A_T_H_S Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: `_/_d_e_v _/_e_t_c _/_p_r_o_c _/_t_m_p _/_v_a_r_/_r_u_n _/_v_a_r_/_t_m_p' _._M_A_K_E_._M_E_T_A_._P_R_E_F_I_X Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} _._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of `MAKEFLAGS'. This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S'. `MAKEFLAGS' is re-exported whenever `_._M_A_K_E_O_V_E_R_R_I_D_E_S' is modified. _._M_A_K_E_._P_A_T_H___F_I_L_E_M_O_N If bbmmaakkee was built with filemon(4) support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. _._M_A_K_E_._P_I_D The process-id of bbmmaakkee. _._M_A_K_E_._P_P_I_D The parent process-id of bbmmaakkee. _M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R When bbmmaakkee stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' as well as the value of any vari- ables named in `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R'. _._n_e_w_l_i_n_e This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the ::@@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of `_M_A_K_E___P_R_I_N_T___V_A_R___O_N___E_R_R_O_R' could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. _._O_B_J_D_I_R A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to chdir(2) to the follow- ing directories in order and using the first match: 1. ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set in the environ- ment or on the command line.) 2. ${MAKEOBJDIR} (Only if `MAKEOBJDIR' is set in the environment or on the command line.) 3. ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j_.${MACHINE} 4. ${.CURDIR}_/_o_b_j 5. _/_u_s_r_/_o_b_j_/${.CURDIR} 6. ${.CURDIR} Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with `MAKEOBJDIR'. `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' may be modified in the makefile as a global variable. In all cases, bbmmaakkee will chdir(2) to `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' and set `PWD' to that directory before executing any tar- gets. _._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R A path to the directory of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed. _._P_A_R_S_E_F_I_L_E The basename of the current `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e' being parsed. This variable and `_._P_A_R_S_E_D_I_R' are both set only while the `_M_a_k_e_f_i_l_e_s' are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: (`::=='). _._P_A_T_H A variable that represents the list of directories that bbmmaakkee will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target `_._P_A_T_H' rather than the vari- able. PWD Alternate path to the current directory. bbmmaakkee normally sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the canonical path given by getcwd(3). However, if the environment variable `PWD' is set and gives a path to the current directory, then bbmmaakkee sets `_._C_U_R_D_I_R' to the value of `PWD' instead. This behaviour is disabled if `MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX' is set or `MAKEOBJDIR' contains a variable transform. `PWD' is set to the value of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for all programs which bbmmaakkee executes. .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. VPATH Colon-separated (``:'') lists of directories that bbmmaakkee will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use `_._P_A_T_H' instead. VVaarriiaabbllee mmooddiiffiieerrss Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a ``word'' is white-space delimited sequence of charac- ters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: modifier_variable=modifier[:...] ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign (`$'), these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. The supported modifiers are: ::EE Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. ::HH Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last com- ponent. ::MM_p_a_t_t_e_r_n Select only those words that match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n. The standard shell wildcard characters (`*', `?', and `[]') may be used. The wildcard - characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). + characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). As a consequence + of the way values are split into words, matched, and then joined, a + construct like + ${VAR:M*} + will normalise the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and + trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces to single + spaces. ::NN_p_a_t_t_e_r_n This is identical to `::MM', but selects all words which do not match _p_a_t_t_e_r_n. ::OO Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the `::OO::[[--11....11]]' combination of modifiers. ::OOxx Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion (`::==') to prevent such behaviour. For example, LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" may produce output similar to: quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre ::QQ Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of bbmmaakkee. ::RR Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. ::ggmmttiimmee The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current gmtime(3). ::hhaasshh Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. ::llooccaallttiimmee The value is a format string for strftime(3), using the current localtime(3). ::ttAA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using realpath(3), if that fails, the value is unchanged. ::ttll Converts variable to lower-case letters. ::ttss_c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expan- sion. This modifier sets the separator to the character _c. If _c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. ::ttuu Converts variable to upper-case letters. ::ttWW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also `::[[**]]'. ::ttww Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also `::[[@@]]'. ::SS/_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g/_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g/[11ggWW] Modify the first occurrence of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g in the variable's value, replacing it with _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g. If a `g' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a `1' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a `W' is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly con- taining embedded white space). If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g begins with a caret (`^'), _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g is anchored at the beginning of each word. If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g ends with a dollar sign (`$'), it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g, an ampersand (`&') is replaced by _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g (without any `^' or `$'). Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash (`\'). Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. ::CC/_p_a_t_t_e_r_n/_r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t/[11ggWW] The ::CC modifier is just like the ::SS modifier except that the old and - new strings, instead of being simple strings, are a regular expres- - sion (see regex(3)) string _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and an ed(1)-style string - _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n - in each word of the value is substituted with _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. The `1' - modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the - `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances - of the search pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n as occur in the word or words it is - found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be treated as a sin- - gle word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that `1' - and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words - are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions - can potentially occur within each affected word. + new strings, instead of being simple strings, are an extended regu- + lar expression (see regex(3)) string _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and an ed(1)-style + string _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern + _p_a_t_t_e_r_n in each word of the value is substituted with _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t. + The `1' modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one + word; the `g' modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many + instances of the search pattern _p_a_t_t_e_r_n as occur in the word or + words it is found in; the `W' modifier causes the value to be + treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). + Note that `1' and `g' are orthogonal; the former specifies whether + multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple + substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. + As for the ::SS modifier, the _p_a_t_t_e_r_n and _r_e_p_l_a_c_e_m_e_n_t are subjected to + variable expansion before being parsed as regular expressions. + ::TT Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. ::uu Remove adjacent duplicate words (like uniq(1)). ::??_t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g::_f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if condi- tional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the _t_r_u_e___s_t_r_i_n_g, otherwise return the _f_a_l_s_e___s_t_r_i_n_g. Since the variable name is used as the expression, :? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != "":?match:no}. _:_o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g_=_n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g This is the AT&T System V UNIX style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g or _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g do not contain the pattern matching character _% then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise _% is the substring of _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g to be replaced in _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g. Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both _o_l_d___s_t_r_i_n_g and _n_e_w___s_t_r_i_n_g with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign (`$'), not a pre- ceding dollar sign as is usual. ::@@_t_e_m_p@@_s_t_r_i_n_g@@ This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Envi- ronment (ODE) make. Unlike ..ffoorr loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign _t_e_m_p to each word in the variable and evaluate _s_t_r_i_n_g. The ODE convention is that _t_e_m_p should start and end with a period. For example. ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} However a single character variable is often more readable: ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} ::UU_n_e_w_v_a_l If the variable is undefined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: ${VAR:D:Unewval} ::DD_n_e_w_v_a_l If the variable is defined _n_e_w_v_a_l is the value. ::LL The name of the variable is the value. ::PP The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. ::!!_c_m_d!! The output of running _c_m_d is the value. ::sshh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. ::::==_s_t_r The variable is assigned the value _s_t_r after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep bbmmaakkee happy. The `::::' helps avoid false matches with the AT&T System V UNIX style ::== modifier and since substitution always occurs the ::::== form is vaguely appropriate. ::::??==_s_t_r As for ::::== but only if the variable does not already have a value. ::::++==_s_t_r Append _s_t_r to the variable. ::::!!==_c_m_d Assign the output of _c_m_d to the variable. ::[[_r_a_n_g_e]] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other opera- tions related to the way in which the value is divided into words. Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behaviour, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the `::[[]]' modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index -1 represents the last word). The _r_a_n_g_e is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: _i_n_d_e_x Selects a single word from the value. _s_t_a_r_t...._e_n_d Selects all words from _s_t_a_r_t to _e_n_d, inclusive. For example, `::[[22....--11]]' selects all words from the second word to the last word. If _s_t_a_r_t is greater than _e_n_d, then the words are out- put in reverse order. For example, `::[[--11....11]]' selects all the words from last to first. ** Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of "$*" in Bourne shell. 0 Means the same as `::[[**]]'. @@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of "$@" in Bourne shell. ## Returns the number of words in the value. IINNCCLLUUDDEE SSTTAATTEEMMEENNTTSS,, CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNAALLSS AANNDD FFOORR LLOOOOPPSS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in bbmmaakkee. All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot (`.') character. Files are included with either ..iinncclluuddee <_f_i_l_e> or ..iinncclluuddee "_f_i_l_e". Vari- ables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the --II option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of bbmmaakkee `include file ...' is also accepted. If the include statement is written as ..--iinncclluuddee or as ..ssiinncclluuddee then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: ..eerrrroorr _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then bbmmaakkee will exit. ..eexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with `.'). This is not affected by the --XX flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other bbmmaakkee programs `export variable=value' is also accepted. Appending a variable name to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D is equivalent to exporting a variable. ..eexxppoorrtt--eennvv _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. The same as `.export', except that the variable is not appended to _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D. This allows exporting a value to the environ- ment which is different from that used by bbmmaakkee internally. ..iinnffoo _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. ..uunnddeeff _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. ..uunneexxppoorrtt _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._. The opposite of `.export'. The specified global _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e will be removed from _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D. If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and _._M_A_K_E_._E_X_P_O_R_T_E_D deleted. ..uunneexxppoorrtt--eennvv Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environ- ment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a mem- ory leak of the original environment, so should be used spar- ingly. Testing for _._M_A_K_E_._L_E_V_E_L being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environ- ment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .unexport-env .export PATH .endif Would result in an environment containing only `PATH', which is the minimal useful environment. Actually `.MAKE.LEVEL' will also be pushed into the new environment. ..wwaarrnniinngg _m_e_s_s_a_g_e The message prefixed by `_w_a_r_n_i_n_g_:' is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. ..iiff [!]_e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.] Test the value of an expression. ..iiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] Test the value of a variable. ..iiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] Test the value of a variable. ..iiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] Test the target being built. ..iiffnnmmaakkee [!] _t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] Test the target being built. ..eellssee Reverse the sense of the last conditional. ..eelliiff [!] _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiff'. ..eelliiffddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffddeeff'. ..eelliiffnnddeeff [!]_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnddeeff'. ..eelliiffmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffmmaakkee'. ..eelliiffnnmmaakkee [!]_t_a_r_g_e_t [_o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r _t_a_r_g_e_t _._._.] A combination of `..eellssee' followed by `..iiffnnmmaakkee'. ..eennddiiff End the body of the conditional. The _o_p_e_r_a_t_o_r may be any one of the following: |||| Logical OR. &&&& Logical AND; of higher precedence than ``||''. As in C, bbmmaakkee will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator `!!' may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than `&&&&'. The value of _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may be any of the following: ddeeffiinneedd Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. mmaakkee Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of bbmmaakkee's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see _._M_A_I_N) before the line containing the conditional. eemmppttyy Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. eexxiissttss Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see _._P_A_T_H). ttaarrggeett Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. ccoommmmaannddss Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. _E_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not sup- ported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a `====' or `!!==' operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. When bbmmaakkee is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the ``make'' or ``defined'' expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is `..iiffddeeff', `..iiffnnddeeff', or `..iiff' the ``defined'' expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is `..iiffmmaakkee' or `..iiffnnmmaakkee, tthhee' ``make'' expression is applied. If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile contin- ues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a `..eellssee' or `..eennddiiff' is found. For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: ..ffoorr _v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e [_v_a_r_i_a_b_l_e _._._.] iinn _e_x_p_r_e_s_s_i_o_n ..eennddffoorr After the for eexxpprreessssiioonn is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each vvaarriiaabbllee, in order, and these vvaarriiaabblleess are substituted into the mmaakkee--rruulleess inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. CCOOMMMMEENNTTSS Comments begin with a hash (`#') character, anywhere but in a shell com- mand line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. SSPPEECCIIAALL SSOOUURRCCEESS ((AATTTTRRIIBBUUTTEESS)) ..EEXXEECC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands any- way. ..IIGGNNOORREE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this tar- get, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash (`-'). ..MMAADDEE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. ..MMAAKKEE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the --nn or --tt options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive - bbmmaakkee's. + bbmmaakkees. ..MMEETTAA Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL. Usage in conjunction with ..MMAAKKEE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of- date if the meta file is missing. ..NNOOMMEETTAA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for ..PPHHOONNYY, ..MMAAKKEE, or ..SSPPEECCIIAALL targets. ..NNOOMMEETTAA__CCMMPP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable _._O_O_D_A_T_E, which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared The ::MM pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted vari- able. ..NNOOPPAATTHH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by ..PPAATTHH. ..NNOOTTMMAAIINN Normally bbmmaakkee selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. ..OOPPTTIIOONNAALL If a target is marked with this attribute and bbmmaakkee can't fig- ure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. ..PPHHOONNYY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the --tt option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to ..PPHHOONNYY targets. ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS When bbmmaakkee is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. ..RREECCUURRSSIIVVEE Synonym for ..MMAAKKEE. ..SSIILLEENNTT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign (`@'). ..UUSSEE Turn the target into bbmmaakkee's version of a macro. When the tar- get is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for ..UUSSEE) of the source. If the target already has commands, the ..UUSSEE target's commands are appended to them. ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE Exactly like ..UUSSEE, but prepend the ..UUSSEEBBEEFFOORREE target commands to the target. ..WWAAIITT If ..WWAAIITT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the depen- dency tree. So given: x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 the output is always `a', `b1', `b', `x'. The ordering imposed by ..WWAAIITT is only relevant for parallel makes. SSPPEECCIIAALL TTAARRGGEETTSS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. ..BBEEGGIINN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT This is sort of a ..UUSSEE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that bbmmaakkee can't figure out any other way to cre- ate. Only the shell script is used. The ..IIMMPPSSRRCC variable of a target that inherits ..DDEEFFAAUULLTT's commands is set to the target's own name. ..EENNDD Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. ..EERRRROORR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The ..EERRRROORR__TTAARRGGEETT variable is set to the target that failed. See also MMAAKKEE__PPRRIINNTT__VVAARR__OONN__EERRRROORR. ..IIGGNNOORREE Mark each of the sources with the ..IIGGNNOORREE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the --ii option. ..IINNTTEERRRRUUPPTT If bbmmaakkee is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. ..MMAAIINN If no target is specified when bbmmaakkee is invoked, this target will be built. ..MMAAKKEEFFLLAAGGSS This target provides a way to specify flags for bbmmaakkee when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the --ff option will have no effect. ..NNOOPPAATTHH Apply the ..NNOOPPAATTHH attribute to any specified sources. ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL Disable parallel mode. ..NNOO__PPAARRAALLLLEELL Synonym for ..NNOOTTPPAARRAALLLLEELL, for compatibility with other pmake variants. ..OORRDDEERR The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the depen- dents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless `a' is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .ORDER: b a b: a The ordering imposed by ..OORRDDEERR is only relevant for parallel makes. ..PPAATTHH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are speci- fied, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special ..DDOOTTLLAASSTT target, then the current working directory is searched last. ..PPAATTHH.._s_u_f_f_i_x Like ..PPAATTHH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS. ..PPHHOONNYY Apply the ..PPHHOONNYY attribute to any specified sources. ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS Apply the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the ..PPRREECCIIOOUUSS attribute is applied to every target in the file. ..SSHHEELLLL Sets the shell that bbmmaakkee will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of _f_i_e_l_d_=_v_a_l_u_e pairs. _n_a_m_e This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin shell specs; _s_h, _k_s_h, and _c_s_h. _p_a_t_h Specifies the path to the shell. _h_a_s_E_r_r_C_t_l Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. _c_h_e_c_k The command to turn on error checking. _i_g_n_o_r_e The command to disable error checking. _e_c_h_o The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. _q_u_i_e_t The command to turn off echoing of commands exe- cuted. _f_i_l_t_e_r The output to filter after issuing the _q_u_i_e_t com- mand. It is typically identical to _q_u_i_e_t. _e_r_r_F_l_a_g The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. _e_c_h_o_F_l_a_g The flag to pass the shell to enable command echo- ing. _n_e_w_l_i_n_e The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. Example: .SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \ check="set -e" ignore="set +e" \ echo="set -v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \ echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\n'" ..SSIILLEENNTT Apply the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the ..SSIILLEENNTT attribute is applied to every command in the file. ..SSTTAALLEE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having _._A_L_L_S_R_C set to the name of that dependency file. ..SSUUFFFFIIXXEESS Each source specifies a suffix to bbmmaakkee. If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. Example: .SUFFIXES: .o .c.o: cc -o ${.TARGET} -c ${.IMPSRC} EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT bbmmaakkee uses the following environment variables, if they exist: MACHINE, MACHINE_ARCH, MAKE, MAKEFLAGS, MAKEOBJDIR, MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, MAKESYSPATH, PWD, and TMPDIR. MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to bbmmaakkee and not as makefile variables; see the descrip- tion of `_._O_B_J_D_I_R' for more details. FFIILLEESS .depend list of dependencies Makefile list of dependencies makefile list of dependencies sys.mk system makefile /usr/share/mk system makefile directory CCOOMMPPAATTIIBBIILLIITTYY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make, however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in NetBSD 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algo- rithms used may change again in the future. The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after NetBSD 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. SSEEEE AALLSSOO mkdep(1) HHIISSTTOORRYY bbmmaakkee is derived from NetBSD make(1). It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms. A make command appeared in Version 7 AT&T UNIX. This make implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called ``customs''. Historically the target/dependency ``FRC'' has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an ``FRC'' file). BBUUGGSS The make syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places make just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. -NetBSD 5.1 August 11, 2013 NetBSD 5.1 +NetBSD 5.1 February 14, 2014 NetBSD 5.1 Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/boot-strap =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/boot-strap (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/boot-strap (revision 276305) @@ -1,464 +1,462 @@ : # NAME: # boot-strap # # SYNOPSIS: # boot-strap ["options"] # boot-strap --prefix=/opt --install # boot-strap --prefix=$HOME --install-host-target -DWITH_PROG_VERSION # boot-strap ["options"] op=build # boot-strap ["options"] op=install # # DESCRIPTION: # This script is used to configure/build bmake it builds for # each host-target in a different subdir to keep the src clean. # There is no requirement for an existing make(1). # # On successful completion if no '--install' flag is given, # it echos a command to do installation. # # The variable "op" defaults to 'all', and is affected by # '--install' flag as above. # Other values include: # # configure # Just run 'configure' # # build # If 'configure' has not been done, do it, then # run the build script, and finally 'test'. # # install # If 'build' has not been done, do it, 'test' then # install. # # clean # attempt to clean up # # test # run the unit-tests. Done automatically after 'build' # and before 'install'. # # The above are leveraged by a trivial makefile for the benefit # of those that have './configure; make; make install' baked # into them. # # Options: # # -c "rc" # Pick up settings from "rc". # We look for '.bmake-boot-strap.rc' before processing # options (unless SKIP_RC is set in environment). # # --share "share_dir" # Where to put man pages and mk files. # If $prefix ends in $HOST_TARGET, and $prefix/../share # exits, the default will be that rather than $prefix/share. # # --mksrc "mksrc" # Indicate where the mk files can be found. # Default is $Mydir/mk # # --install # If build and test work, run bmake install. # BINDIR=$prefix/bin # SHAREDIR=$prefix/share # # --install-host-target # As for '--install' but BINDIR=$prefix/$HOST_TARGET/bin # This is useful when $prefix/ is shared by multiple # machines. # # Flags relevant when installing: # # -DWITHOUT_INSTALL_MK # Skip installing mk files. # By default they will be installed to $prefix/share/mk # # -DWITH_PROG_VERSION # Install 'bmake' as 'bmake-$MAKE_VERSION' # A symlink will be made as 'bmake' unless # -DWITHOUT_PROG_LINK is set. # # Possibly useful configure_args: # # --without-meta # disable use of meta mode. # # --without-filemon # disable use of filemon(9) which is currently only # available for NetBSD and FreeBSD. # # --with-filemon="path/to/filemon.h" # enables use of filemon(9) by meta mode. # # --with-machine="machine" # set "machine" to override that determined by # machine.sh # # --with-force-machine="machine" # force "machine" even if uname(3) provides a value. # # --with-machine_arch="machine_arch" # set "machine_arch" to override that determined by # machine.sh # # --with-default-sys-path="syspath" # set an explicit default "syspath" which is where bmake # will look for sys.mk and friends. # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: boot-strap,v 1.43 2013/03/02 18:55:23 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: boot-strap,v 1.45 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2001 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # Mydir=`dirname $0` . "$Mydir/os.sh" case "$Mydir" in /*) ;; *) Mydir=`cd "$Mydir" && 'pwd'`;; esac Usage() { [ "$1" ] && echo "ERROR: $@" >&2 echo "Usage:" >&2 echo "$0 [-- ...][][--install]" >&2 exit 1 } Error() { echo "ERROR: $@" >&2 exit 1 } source_rc() { rc="$1"; shift for d in ${*:-""} do r="${d:+$d/}$rc" [ -f "$r" -a -s "$r" ] || continue echo "NOTE: reading $r" . "$r" break done } cmd_args="$@" # clear some things from the environment that we care about unset MAKEOBJDIR MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX # --install[-host-target] will set this INSTALL_PREFIX= # other things we pass to install step INSTALL_ARGS= CONFIGURE_ARGS= MAKESYSPATH= # pick a useful default prefix (for me at least ;-) for prefix in /opt/$HOST_TARGET "$HOME/$HOST_TARGET" /usr/pkg /usr/local "" do [ -d "${prefix:-.}" ] || continue case "$prefix" in */$HOST_TARGET) p=`dirname $prefix` if [ -d $p/share ]; then INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin prefix=$p fi ;; esac echo "NOTE: default prefix=$prefix ${INSTALL_BIN:+INSTALL_BIN=$INSTALL_BIN}" break done srcdir=$Mydir mksrc=$Mydir/mk objdir= quiet=: ${SKIP_RC:+:} source_rc .bmake-boot-strap.rc . "$Mydir/.." "$HOME" get_optarg() { expr "x$1" : "x[^=]*=\\(.*\\)" } here=`'pwd'` if [ $here = $Mydir ]; then - # avoid polution + # avoid pollution OBJROOT=../ fi op=all BMAKE= while : do case "$1" in --) shift; break;; --help) sed -n -e "1d;/RCSid/,\$d" -e '/^#\.[a-z]/d' -e '/^#/s,^# *,,p' $0; exit 0;; --prefix) prefix="$2"; shift;; --prefix=*) prefix=`get_optarg "$1"`;; --src=*) srcdir=`get_optarg "$1"`;; --with-mksrc=*|--mksrc=*) mksrc=`get_optarg "$1"`;; --share=*) share_dir=`get_optarg "$1"`;; --share) share_dir="$2"; shift;; --with-default-sys-path=*) - CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1" - MAKESYSPATH=`get_optarg "$1"`;; + CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1";; --with-default-sys-path) - CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1 $2" - MAKESYSPATH="$2"; shift;; + CONFIGURE_ARGS="$1 $2";; --install) INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix};; --install-host-target) INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix} INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin;; --install-destdir=*) INSTALL_DESTDIR=`get_optarg "$1"`;; --install-prefix=*) INSTALL_PREFIX=`get_optarg "$1"`;; -DWITH*) INSTALL_ARGS="$INSTALL_ARGS $1";; -s|--src) srcdir="$2"; shift;; -m|--mksrc) mksrc="$2"; shift;; -o|--objdir) objdir="$2"; shift;; -q) quiet=;; -c) source_rc "$2"; shift;; --*) CONFIGURE_ARGS="$CONFIGURE_ARGS $1";; *=*) eval "$1"; export `expr "x$1" : "x\\(.[^=]*\\)=.*"`;; *) break;; esac shift done AddConfigure() { case " $CONFIGURE_ARGS " in *" $1"*) ;; *) CONFIGURE_ARGS="$CONFIGURE_ARGS $1$2";; esac } GetDir() { match="$1" shift fmatch="$1" shift for dir in $* do [ -d "$dir" ] || continue case "/$dir/" in *$match*) ;; *) continue;; esac case "$fmatch" in .) ;; *) [ -s $dir/$fmatch ] || continue;; esac case "$dir/" in *./*) cd "$dir" && 'pwd';; /*) echo $dir;; *) cd "$dir" && 'pwd';; esac break done } FindHereOrAbove() { ( _t=-s while : do case "$1" in -C) cd "$2"; shift; shift;; -?) _t=$1; shift;; *) break;; esac done case "$1" in /*) # we shouldn't be here [ $_t "$1" ] && echo "$1" return ;; .../*) want=`echo "$1" | sed 's,^.../*,,'`;; *) want="$1";; esac here=`'pwd'` while : do if [ $_t "./$want" ]; then echo "$here/$want" return fi cd .. here=`'pwd'` case "$here" in /) return;; esac done ) } # is $1 missing from $2 (or PATH) ? no_path() { eval "__p=\$${2:-PATH}" case ":$__p:" in *:"$1":*) return 1;; *) return 0;; esac } # if $1 exists and is not in path, append it add_path () { case "$1" in -?) t=$1; shift;; *) t=-d;; esac case "$2,$1" in MAKESYSPATH,.../*) ;; *) [ $t ${1:-.} ] || return;; esac no_path $* && eval ${2:-PATH}="$__p${__p:+:}$1" } srcdir=`GetDir /bmake make-bootstrap.sh.in "$srcdir" "$2" "$Mydir" ./bmake* "$Mydir"/../bmake*` [ -d "${srcdir:-/dev/null}" ] || Usage case "$mksrc" in -none|-) # we don't want it - mksrc= +none|-) # we ignore this now + mksrc=$Mydir/mk ;; .../*) # find here or above mksrc=`FindHereOrAbove -C "$Mydir" -s "$mksrc/sys.mk"` # that found a file mksrc=`dirname $mksrc` ;; *) # guess we want mksrc... mksrc=`GetDir /mk sys.mk "$mksrc" "$3" ./mk* "$srcdir"/mk* "$srcdir"/../mk*` [ -d "${mksrc:-/dev/null}" ] || Usage "Use '-m none' to build without mksrc" ;; esac # Ok, get to work... objdir="${objdir:-$OBJROOT$HOST_TARGET}" [ -d "$objdir" ] || mkdir -p "$objdir" [ -d "$objdir" ] || mkdir "$objdir" cd "$objdir" || exit 1 # make it absolute objdir=`'pwd'` ShareDir() { case "/$1" in /) [ -d /share ] || return;; */$HOST_TARGET) if [ -d "$1/../share" ]; then echo `dirname "$1"`/share return fi ;; esac echo $1/share } # make it easy to force prefix to use $HOST_TARGET : looking at "$prefix" case "$prefix" in */host?target) prefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s,host.target,${HOST_TARGET},"`;; esac share_dir="${share_dir:-`ShareDir $prefix`}" AddConfigure --prefix= "$prefix" case "$CONFIGURE_ARGS" in *--with-*-sys-path*) ;; # skip *) [ "$share_dir" ] && AddConfigure --with-default-sys-path= "$share_dir/mk";; esac if [ "$mksrc" ]; then AddConfigure --with-mksrc= "$mksrc" # not all cc's support this CFLAGS_MF= CFLAGS_MD= export CFLAGS_MF CFLAGS_MD fi # this makes it easy to run the bmake we just built # the :tA dance is needed because 'pwd' and even /bin/pwd # may not give the same result as realpath(). Bmake() { ( cd $Mydir && MAKESYSPATH=$mksrc SRCTOP=$Mydir OBJTOP=$objdir \ MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP:tA},${OBJTOP:tA},}' \ ${BMAKE:-$objdir/bmake} -f $Mydir/Makefile "$@" ) } # make sure test below uses the same diff that configure did TOOL_DIFF=`type diff | sed 's,[()],,g;s,^[^/][^/]*,,;q'` export TOOL_DIFF op_configure() { $srcdir/configure $CONFIGURE_ARGS || exit 1 } op_build() { [ -s make-bootstrap.sh ] || op_configure chmod 755 make-bootstrap.sh || exit 1 ./make-bootstrap.sh || exit 1 case "$op" in build) op_test;; esac } op_test() { [ -x bmake ] || op_build Bmake test || exit 1 } op_clean() { if [ -x bmake ]; then ln bmake bmake$$ BMAKE=$objdir/bmake$$ Bmake clean rm -f bmake$$ elif [ $objdir != $srcdir ]; then rm -rf * fi } op_install() { op_test case "$INSTALL_PREFIX,$INSTALL_BIN,$prefix" in ,$HOST_TARGET/bin,*/$HOST_TARGET) INSTALL_PREFIX=`dirname $prefix` ;; esac INSTALL_PREFIX=${INSTALL_PREFIX:-$prefix} Bmake install prefix=$INSTALL_PREFIX BINDIR=$INSTALL_PREFIX/${INSTALL_BIN:-bin} ${INSTALL_DESTDIR:+DESTDIR=$INSTALL_DESTDIR} $INSTALL_ARGS || exit 1 } op_all() { rm -f make-bootstrap.sh bmake *.o if [ -n "$INSTALL_PREFIX" ]; then op_install else op_test MAKE_VERSION=`sed -n '/^MAKE_VERSION/ { s,.*= *,,;p; }' $srcdir/Makefile` echo You can install by running: echo echo $0 $cmd_args op=install echo echo "Use --install-prefix=/something to install somewhere other than $prefix" echo "Use --install-destdir=/somewhere to set DESTDIR during install" echo "Use --install-host-target to use INSTALL_BIN=$HOST_TARGET/bin" echo "Use -DWITH_PROG_VERSION to install as bmake-$MAKE_VERSION" - echo "Use -DWITHOUT_PROG_LINK to supress bmake -> bmake-$MAKE_VERSION symlink" + echo "Use -DWITHOUT_PROG_LINK to suppress bmake -> bmake-$MAKE_VERSION symlink" echo "Use -DWITHOUT_INSTALL_MK to skip installing files to $prefix/share/mk" fi } op_$op exit 0 Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,113 +1,111 @@ -# $Id: bsd.after-import.mk,v 1.11 2012/12/29 19:32:25 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: bsd.after-import.mk,v 1.12 2014/02/14 23:45:49 sjg Exp $ # This makefile is for use when integrating bmake into a BSD build # system. Use this makefile after importing bmake. # It will bootstrap the new version, # capture the generated files we need, and add an after-import # target to allow the process to be easily repeated. # The goal is to allow the benefits of autoconf without # the overhead of running configure. all: _makefile all: after-import # we rely on bmake .if !defined(.PARSEDIR) .error this makefile requires bmake .endif _this := ${MAKEFILE:tA} BMAKE_SRC := ${.PARSEDIR} # it helps to know where the top of the tree is. .if !defined(SRCTOP) srctop := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*src/share/mk/sys.mk:H:H:H} .if empty(srctop) # likely locations? .for d in contrib/bmake external/bsd/bmake/dist .if ${BMAKE_SRC:M*/$d} != "" srctop := ${BMAKE_SRC:tA:S,/$d,,} .endif .endfor .endif .if !empty(srctop) SRCTOP := ${srctop} .endif .endif # This lets us match what boot-strap does .if !defined(HOST_OS) HOST_OS!= uname .endif -# .../share/mk will find ${SRCTOP}/share/mk -# if we are within ${SRCTOP} -DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= .../share/mk:/usr/share/mk - BOOTSTRAP_ARGS = \ - --with-default-sys-path='${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}' \ --prefix /usr \ --share /usr/share +.if !empty(DEFAULT_SYS_PATH) +BOOTSTRAP_ARGS += --with-default-sys-path='${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}' +.endif # run boot-strap with minimal influence bootstrap: ${BMAKE_SRC}/boot-strap ${MAKEFILE} HOME=/ ${BMAKE_SRC}/boot-strap -o ${HOST_OS} ${BOOTSTRAP_ARGS} ${BOOTSTRAP_XTRAS} touch ${.TARGET} # Makefiles need a little more tweaking than say config.h MAKEFILE_SED = sed -e '/^MACHINE/d' \ -e '/^PROG/ { s,=,?=,;s,bmake,$${.CURDIR:T},; }' \ -e 's,^.-include,.sinclude,' \ -e '/^\..*include * ${.CURDIR}/$f .endfor .for f in ${configured_files:M*Makefile*} @echo Capturing $f @mkdir -p ${${.CURDIR}/$f:L:H} @(echo '# This is a generated file, do NOT edit!'; \ echo '# See ${_this:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}'; \ echo '#'; echo '# $$${HOST_OS}$$'; echo; \ echo 'SRCTOP?= $${.CURDIR:${${.CURDIR}/$f:L:H:S,${SRCTOP}/,,:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/,:,g}}'; echo; \ ${MAKEFILE_SED} ${HOST_OS}/$f ) > ${.CURDIR}/$f .endfor # this needs the most work _makefile: bootstrap ${MAKEFILE} @echo Generating ${.CURDIR}/Makefile @(echo '# This is a generated file, do NOT edit!'; \ echo '# See ${_this:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}'; \ echo '#'; echo '# $$${HOST_OS}$$'; \ echo; echo '.sinclude "Makefile.inc"'; \ echo; echo 'SRCTOP?= $${.CURDIR:${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,:C,[^/]+,H,g:S,/,:,g}}'; \ echo; echo '# look here first for config.h'; \ echo 'CFLAGS+= -I$${.CURDIR}'; echo; \ echo '# for after-import'; \ echo 'CLEANDIRS+= ${HOST_OS}'; \ echo 'CLEANFILES+= bootstrap'; echo; \ ${MAKEFILE_SED} \ ${1 2:L:@n@-e '/start-delete$n/,/end-delete$n/d'@} \ ${BMAKE_SRC}/Makefile; \ echo; echo '# override some simple things'; \ echo 'BINDIR= /usr/bin'; \ echo 'MANDIR= ${MANDIR:U/usr/share/man}'; \ echo; echo '# make sure we get this'; \ echo 'CFLAGS+= $${COPTS.$${.IMPSRC:T}}'; \ echo; echo 'after-import: ${_this:S,${SRCTOP},\${SRCTOP},}'; \ echo ' cd $${.CURDIR} && $${.MAKE} -f ${_this:S,${SRCTOP},\${SRCTOP},}'; \ echo ) > ${.TARGET} @cmp -s ${.TARGET} ${.CURDIR}/Makefile || \ mv ${.TARGET} ${.CURDIR}/Makefile .include Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/compat.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/compat.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/compat.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,767 +1,767 @@ -/* $NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.93 2013/09/02 19:26:42 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.94 2014/01/03 00:02:01 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990 The Regents of the University of California. * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989 by Adam de Boor * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.93 2013/09/02 19:26:42 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.94 2014/01/03 00:02:01 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)compat.c 8.2 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.93 2013/09/02 19:26:42 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: compat.c,v 1.94 2014/01/03 00:02:01 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * compat.c -- * The routines in this file implement the full-compatibility * mode of PMake. Most of the special functionality of PMake * is available in this mode. Things not supported: * - different shells. * - friendly variable substitution. * * Interface: * Compat_Run Initialize things for this module and recreate * thems as need creatin' */ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include "wait.h" #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "pathnames.h" /* * The following array is used to make a fast determination of which * characters are interpreted specially by the shell. If a command * contains any of these characters, it is executed by the shell, not * directly by us. */ static char meta[256]; static GNode *curTarg = NULL; static GNode *ENDNode; static void CompatInterrupt(int); static void Compat_Init(void) { const char *cp; Shell_Init(); /* setup default shell */ - for (cp = "#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\\n"; *cp != '\0'; cp++) { + for (cp = "~#=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\\\n"; *cp != '\0'; cp++) { meta[(unsigned char) *cp] = 1; } /* * The null character serves as a sentinel in the string. */ meta[0] = 1; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * CompatInterrupt -- * Interrupt the creation of the current target and remove it if * it ain't precious. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The target is removed and the process exits. If .INTERRUPT exists, * its commands are run first WITH INTERRUPTS IGNORED.. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void CompatInterrupt(int signo) { GNode *gn; if ((curTarg != NULL) && !Targ_Precious (curTarg)) { char *p1; char *file = Var_Value(TARGET, curTarg, &p1); if (!noExecute && eunlink(file) != -1) { Error("*** %s removed", file); } if (p1) free(p1); /* * Run .INTERRUPT only if hit with interrupt signal */ if (signo == SIGINT) { gn = Targ_FindNode(".INTERRUPT", TARG_NOCREATE); if (gn != NULL) { Compat_Make(gn, gn); } } } if (signo == SIGQUIT) _exit(signo); bmake_signal(signo, SIG_DFL); kill(myPid, signo); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * CompatRunCommand -- * Execute the next command for a target. If the command returns an * error, the node's made field is set to ERROR and creation stops. * * Input: * cmdp Command to execute * gnp Node from which the command came * * Results: * 0 if the command succeeded, 1 if an error occurred. * * Side Effects: * The node's 'made' field may be set to ERROR. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int CompatRunCommand(void *cmdp, void *gnp) { char *cmdStart; /* Start of expanded command */ char *cp, *bp; Boolean silent, /* Don't print command */ doIt; /* Execute even if -n */ volatile Boolean errCheck; /* Check errors */ WAIT_T reason; /* Reason for child's death */ int status; /* Description of child's death */ pid_t cpid; /* Child actually found */ pid_t retstat; /* Result of wait */ LstNode cmdNode; /* Node where current command is located */ const char ** volatile av; /* Argument vector for thing to exec */ char ** volatile mav;/* Copy of the argument vector for freeing */ int argc; /* Number of arguments in av or 0 if not * dynamically allocated */ Boolean local; /* TRUE if command should be executed * locally */ Boolean useShell; /* TRUE if command should be executed * using a shell */ char * volatile cmd = (char *)cmdp; GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; silent = gn->type & OP_SILENT; errCheck = !(gn->type & OP_IGNORE); doIt = FALSE; cmdNode = Lst_Member(gn->commands, cmd); cmdStart = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, FALSE); /* * brk_string will return an argv with a NULL in av[0], thus causing * execvp to choke and die horribly. Besides, how can we execute a null * command? In any case, we warn the user that the command expanded to * nothing (is this the right thing to do?). */ if (*cmdStart == '\0') { free(cmdStart); return(0); } cmd = cmdStart; Lst_Replace(cmdNode, cmdStart); if ((gn->type & OP_SAVE_CMDS) && (gn != ENDNode)) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(ENDNode->commands, cmdStart); return(0); } if (strcmp(cmdStart, "...") == 0) { gn->type |= OP_SAVE_CMDS; return(0); } while ((*cmd == '@') || (*cmd == '-') || (*cmd == '+')) { switch (*cmd) { case '@': silent = DEBUG(LOUD) ? FALSE : TRUE; break; case '-': errCheck = FALSE; break; case '+': doIt = TRUE; if (!meta[0]) /* we came here from jobs */ Compat_Init(); break; } cmd++; } while (isspace((unsigned char)*cmd)) cmd++; /* * If we did not end up with a command, just skip it. */ if (!*cmd) return (0); #if !defined(MAKE_NATIVE) /* * In a non-native build, the host environment might be weird enough * that it's necessary to go through a shell to get the correct * behaviour. Or perhaps the shell has been replaced with something * that does extra logging, and that should not be bypassed. */ useShell = TRUE; #else /* * Search for meta characters in the command. If there are no meta * characters, there's no need to execute a shell to execute the * command. */ for (cp = cmd; !meta[(unsigned char)*cp]; cp++) { continue; } useShell = (*cp != '\0'); #endif /* * Print the command before echoing if we're not supposed to be quiet for * this one. We also print the command if -n given. */ if (!silent || NoExecute(gn)) { printf("%s\n", cmd); fflush(stdout); } /* * If we're not supposed to execute any commands, this is as far as * we go... */ if (!doIt && NoExecute(gn)) { return (0); } if (DEBUG(JOB)) fprintf(debug_file, "Execute: '%s'\n", cmd); again: if (useShell) { /* * We need to pass the command off to the shell, typically * because the command contains a "meta" character. */ static const char *shargv[5]; int shargc; shargc = 0; shargv[shargc++] = shellPath; /* * The following work for any of the builtin shell specs. */ if (errCheck && shellErrFlag) { shargv[shargc++] = shellErrFlag; } if (DEBUG(SHELL)) shargv[shargc++] = "-xc"; else shargv[shargc++] = "-c"; shargv[shargc++] = cmd; shargv[shargc++] = NULL; av = shargv; argc = 0; bp = NULL; mav = NULL; } else { /* * No meta-characters, so no need to exec a shell. Break the command * into words to form an argument vector we can execute. */ mav = brk_string(cmd, &argc, TRUE, &bp); if (mav == NULL) { useShell = 1; goto again; } av = (void *)mav; } local = TRUE; #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta) { meta_compat_start(); } #endif /* * Fork and execute the single command. If the fork fails, we abort. */ cpid = vFork(); if (cpid < 0) { Fatal("Could not fork"); } if (cpid == 0) { Var_ExportVars(); #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta) { meta_compat_child(); } #endif if (local) (void)execvp(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av)); else (void)execv(av[0], (char *const *)UNCONST(av)); execError("exec", av[0]); _exit(1); } if (mav) free(mav); if (bp) free(bp); Lst_Replace(cmdNode, NULL); #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta) { meta_compat_parent(); } #endif /* * The child is off and running. Now all we can do is wait... */ while (1) { while ((retstat = wait(&reason)) != cpid) { if (retstat > 0) JobReapChild(retstat, reason, FALSE); /* not ours? */ if (retstat == -1 && errno != EINTR) { break; } } if (retstat > -1) { if (WIFSTOPPED(reason)) { status = WSTOPSIG(reason); /* stopped */ } else if (WIFEXITED(reason)) { status = WEXITSTATUS(reason); /* exited */ #if defined(USE_META) && defined(USE_FILEMON_ONCE) if (useMeta) { meta_cmd_finish(NULL); } #endif if (status != 0) { if (DEBUG(ERROR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "\n*** Failed target: %s\n*** Failed command: ", gn->name); for (cp = cmd; *cp; ) { if (isspace((unsigned char)*cp)) { fprintf(debug_file, " "); while (isspace((unsigned char)*cp)) cp++; } else { fprintf(debug_file, "%c", *cp); cp++; } } fprintf(debug_file, "\n"); } printf("*** Error code %d", status); } } else { status = WTERMSIG(reason); /* signaled */ printf("*** Signal %d", status); } if (!WIFEXITED(reason) || (status != 0)) { if (errCheck) { #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta) { meta_job_error(NULL, gn, 0, status); } #endif gn->made = ERROR; if (keepgoing) { /* * Abort the current target, but let others * continue. */ printf(" (continuing)\n"); } } else { /* * Continue executing commands for this target. * If we return 0, this will happen... */ printf(" (ignored)\n"); status = 0; } } break; } else { Fatal("error in wait: %d: %s", retstat, strerror(errno)); /*NOTREACHED*/ } } free(cmdStart); return (status); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Compat_Make -- * Make a target. * * Input: * gnp The node to make * pgnp Parent to abort if necessary * * Results: * 0 * * Side Effects: * If an error is detected and not being ignored, the process exits. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ int Compat_Make(void *gnp, void *pgnp) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp; if (!meta[0]) /* we came here from jobs */ Compat_Init(); if (gn->made == UNMADE && (gn == pgn || (pgn->type & OP_MADE) == 0)) { /* * First mark ourselves to be made, then apply whatever transformations * the suffix module thinks are necessary. Once that's done, we can * descend and make all our children. If any of them has an error * but the -k flag was given, our 'make' field will be set FALSE again. * This is our signal to not attempt to do anything but abort our * parent as well. */ gn->flags |= REMAKE; gn->made = BEINGMADE; if ((gn->type & OP_MADE) == 0) Suff_FindDeps(gn); Lst_ForEach(gn->children, Compat_Make, gn); if ((gn->flags & REMAKE) == 0) { gn->made = ABORTED; pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE; goto cohorts; } if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) { char *p1; Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0); if (p1) free(p1); } /* * All the children were made ok. Now cmgn->mtime contains the * modification time of the newest child, we need to find out if we * exist and when we were modified last. The criteria for datedness * are defined by the Make_OODate function. */ if (DEBUG(MAKE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Examining %s...", gn->name); } if (! Make_OODate(gn)) { gn->made = UPTODATE; if (DEBUG(MAKE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "up-to-date.\n"); } goto cohorts; } else if (DEBUG(MAKE)) { fprintf(debug_file, "out-of-date.\n"); } /* * If the user is just seeing if something is out-of-date, exit now * to tell him/her "yes". */ if (queryFlag) { exit(1); } /* * We need to be re-made. We also have to make sure we've got a $? * variable. To be nice, we also define the $> variable using * Make_DoAllVar(). */ Make_DoAllVar(gn); /* * Alter our type to tell if errors should be ignored or things * should not be printed so CompatRunCommand knows what to do. */ if (Targ_Ignore(gn)) { gn->type |= OP_IGNORE; } if (Targ_Silent(gn)) { gn->type |= OP_SILENT; } if (Job_CheckCommands(gn, Fatal)) { /* * Our commands are ok, but we still have to worry about the -t * flag... */ if (!touchFlag || (gn->type & OP_MAKE)) { curTarg = gn; #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) { meta_job_start(NULL, gn); } #endif Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, CompatRunCommand, gn); curTarg = NULL; } else { Job_Touch(gn, gn->type & OP_SILENT); } } else { gn->made = ERROR; } #ifdef USE_META if (useMeta && !NoExecute(gn)) { meta_job_finish(NULL); } #endif if (gn->made != ERROR) { /* * If the node was made successfully, mark it so, update * its modification time and timestamp all its parents. Note * that for .ZEROTIME targets, the timestamping isn't done. * This is to keep its state from affecting that of its parent. */ gn->made = MADE; pgn->flags |= Make_Recheck(gn) == 0 ? FORCE : 0; if (!(gn->type & OP_EXEC)) { pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE; Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn); } } else if (keepgoing) { pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE; } else { PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop."); exit(1); } } else if (gn->made == ERROR) { /* * Already had an error when making this beastie. Tell the parent * to abort. */ pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE; } else { if (Lst_Member(gn->iParents, pgn) != NULL) { char *p1; Var_Set(IMPSRC, Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p1), pgn, 0); if (p1) free(p1); } switch(gn->made) { case BEINGMADE: Error("Graph cycles through %s", gn->name); gn->made = ERROR; pgn->flags &= ~REMAKE; break; case MADE: if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) { pgn->flags |= CHILDMADE; Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn); } break; case UPTODATE: if ((gn->type & OP_EXEC) == 0) { Make_TimeStamp(pgn, gn); } break; default: break; } } cohorts: Lst_ForEach(gn->cohorts, Compat_Make, pgnp); return (0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Compat_Run -- * Initialize this mode and start making. * * Input: * targs List of target nodes to re-create * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Guess what? * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Compat_Run(Lst targs) { GNode *gn = NULL;/* Current root target */ int errors; /* Number of targets not remade due to errors */ Compat_Init(); if (bmake_signal(SIGINT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) { bmake_signal(SIGINT, CompatInterrupt); } if (bmake_signal(SIGTERM, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) { bmake_signal(SIGTERM, CompatInterrupt); } if (bmake_signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) { bmake_signal(SIGHUP, CompatInterrupt); } if (bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, SIG_IGN) != SIG_IGN) { bmake_signal(SIGQUIT, CompatInterrupt); } ENDNode = Targ_FindNode(".END", TARG_CREATE); ENDNode->type = OP_SPECIAL; /* * If the user has defined a .BEGIN target, execute the commands attached * to it. */ if (!queryFlag) { gn = Targ_FindNode(".BEGIN", TARG_NOCREATE); if (gn != NULL) { Compat_Make(gn, gn); if (gn->made == ERROR) { PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop."); exit(1); } } } /* * Expand .USE nodes right now, because they can modify the structure * of the tree. */ Make_ExpandUse(targs); /* * For each entry in the list of targets to create, call Compat_Make on * it to create the thing. Compat_Make will leave the 'made' field of gn * in one of several states: * UPTODATE gn was already up-to-date * MADE gn was recreated successfully * ERROR An error occurred while gn was being created * ABORTED gn was not remade because one of its inferiors * could not be made due to errors. */ errors = 0; while (!Lst_IsEmpty (targs)) { gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(targs); Compat_Make(gn, gn); if (gn->made == UPTODATE) { printf("`%s' is up to date.\n", gn->name); } else if (gn->made == ABORTED) { printf("`%s' not remade because of errors.\n", gn->name); errors += 1; } } /* * If the user has defined a .END target, run its commands. */ if (errors == 0) { Compat_Make(ENDNode, ENDNode); if (gn->made == ERROR) { PrintOnError(gn, "\n\nStop."); exit(1); } } } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/config.h.in =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/config.h.in (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/config.h.in (revision 276305) @@ -1,314 +1,323 @@ /* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */ /* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */ #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD /* Path of default shell */ #undef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM /* Shell spec to use by default */ #undef DEFSHELL_INDEX /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_AR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you don't. */ #undef HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_DIRENT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `dirname' function. */ #undef HAVE_DIRNAME /* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */ #undef HAVE_DOPRNT /* Define to 1 if you have the `err' function. */ #undef HAVE_ERR /* Define to 1 if you have the `errx' function. */ #undef HAVE_ERRX /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_ERR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_FCNTL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */ #undef HAVE_FORK /* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETCWD /* Define to 1 if you have the `getenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETENV /* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETOPT /* Define to 1 if you have the `getwd' function. */ #undef HAVE_GETWD /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */ #undef HAVE_KILLPG /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_MEMORY_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `mmap' function. */ #undef HAVE_MMAP /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_PATHS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_POLL_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_PUTENV /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_RANLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */ #undef HAVE_REALPATH /* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */ #undef HAVE_SELECT /* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETENV /* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgid' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETPGID /* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */ #undef HAVE_SETSID /* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */ #undef HAVE_SIGACTION /* Define to 1 if you have the `sigvec' function. */ #undef HAVE_SIGVEC /* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_SNPRINTF /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDINT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STDLIB_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRERROR /* Define to 1 if you have the `stresep' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRESEP /* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRFTIME /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRINGS_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_STRING_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRLCPY /* Define to 1 if you have the `strsep' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRSEP /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtod' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOD /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */ #undef HAVE_STRTOL /* Define to 1 if `struct stat' is a member of `st_rdev'. */ #undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV /* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_rdev'. Deprecated, use `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV' instead. */ #undef HAVE_ST_RDEV +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysctl' function. */ +#undef HAVE_SYSCTL + /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#undef HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H + /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_UIO_H /* Define to 1 if you have that is POSIX.1 compatible. */ #undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UNISTD_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */ #undef HAVE_UNSETENV /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_UTIME_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */ #undef HAVE_VFORK /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #undef HAVE_VFORK_H /* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VPRINTF /* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */ #undef HAVE_VSNPRINTF /* Define to 1 if you have the `wait3' function. */ #undef HAVE_WAIT3 /* Define to 1 if you have the `wait4' function. */ #undef HAVE_WAIT4 /* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */ #undef HAVE_WAITPID /* Define to 1 if you have the `warn' function. */ #undef HAVE_WARN /* Define to 1 if you have the `warnx' function. */ #undef HAVE_WARNX /* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */ #undef HAVE_WORKING_FORK /* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */ #undef HAVE_WORKING_VFORK /* define if your compiler has __attribute__ */ #undef HAVE___ATTRIBUTE__ /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_NAME /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_STRING /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_TARNAME /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_URL /* Define to the version of this package. */ #undef PACKAGE_VERSION /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */ #undef RETSIGTYPE /* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */ #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #undef STDC_HEADERS /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both and . */ #undef TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME /* Define to 1 if your declares `struct tm'. */ #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME /* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */ #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE # undef _ALL_SOURCE #endif /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # undef _GNU_SOURCE #endif /* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS # undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS #endif /* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */ #ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE # undef _TANDEM_SOURCE #endif /* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef __EXTENSIONS__ # undef __EXTENSIONS__ #endif /* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */ #if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD # if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ # define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 # endif #else # ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN # endif #endif /* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */ #undef _MINIX /* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this defined. */ #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE /* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */ #undef _POSIX_SOURCE + +/* C99 function name */ +#undef __func__ /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ #undef const /* Define to `long int' if does not define. */ #undef off_t /* Define to `int' if does not define. */ #undef pid_t /* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */ #undef size_t /* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */ #undef vfork Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/configure =================================================================== Cannot display: file marked as a binary type. svn:mime-type = application/x-shellscript Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/configure.in =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/configure.in (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/configure.in (revision 276305) @@ -1,367 +1,386 @@ dnl dnl RCSid: -dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.49 2013/07/06 18:25:19 sjg Exp $ +dnl $Id: configure.in,v 1.52 2014/02/15 22:27:59 sjg Exp $ dnl dnl Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script dnl -AC_INIT([bmake], [20130706], [sjg@NetBSD.org]) -AC_CONFIG_HEADER(config.h) +AC_PREREQ(2.50) +AC_INIT([bmake], [20140214], [sjg@NetBSD.org]) +AC_CONFIG_HEADERS(config.h) dnl make srcdir absolute case "$srcdir" in /*) ;; *) srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd`;; esac dnl AC_ARG_WITH(defshell, [ --with-defshell=SHELL use SHELL by default - must be sh compatible, use sh or ksh to pick the internal definitions], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake DEFSHELL) ;; no) ;; *) case "$with_defshell" in sh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_SH;; # it's the default anyway ksh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_KSH;; csh) DEFSHELL_INDEX=DEFSHELL_INDEX_CSH;; # kidding right? *) defshell_path=$with_defshell;; # better be sh compatible! esac ;; esac]) dnl use_meta=yes AC_ARG_WITH(meta, [ --without-meta dissable use of meta-mode], [case "${withval}" in yes|no) use_meta=${withval};; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for meta) ;; esac]) dnl AC_ARG_WITH(filemon, [ --with-filemon=path/filemon.h indicate path to filemon.h for meta-mode], [ case "/${withval}" in /no|*/filemon.h) filemon_h="${withval}";; */filemon*) filemon_h="${withval}/filemon.h";; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for filemon) ;; esac], [ OS=`uname -s` for d in "/usr/include/dev/filemon" "$prefix/include/dev/filemon" "$srcdir/filemon" "$srcdir/../filemon" "$srcdir/../../sys/dev/filemon" do for x in "/$OS" "" do filemon_h="$d$x/filemon.h" test -s "$filemon_h" && break done test -s "$filemon_h" && break done test -s "${filemon_h:-/dev/null}" || filemon_h=no ]) dnl echo "Note: use_meta=$use_meta filemon_h=$filemon_h" >&6 case "$use_meta" in yes) case "$filemon_h" in *.h) echo "Using: filemon=$filemon_h" >&6;; esac ;; esac dnl dnl Check for OS problems dnl Solaris's signal.h only privides sigset_t etc if one of dnl _EXTENSIONS_ _POSIX_C_SOURCE or _XOPEN_SOURCE are defined. dnl The later two seem to cause more problems than they solve so if we dnl see _EXTENSIONS_ we use it. AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS dnl Checks for programs. AC_PROG_CC AC_PROG_GCC_TRADITIONAL AC_PROG_INSTALL dnl Executable suffix - normally empty; .exe on os2. AC_SUBST(ac_exe_suffix)dnl - dnl +dnl Hurd refuses to define PATH_MAX or MAXPATHLEN +if test -x /usr/bin/getconf; then + bmake_path_max=`getconf PATH_MAX / 2> /dev/null` +fi +bmake_path_max=${bmake_path_max:-1024} +if test $bmake_path_max -gt 1024; then + # this is all we expect + bmake_path_max=1024 +fi +echo "Using: BMAKE_PATH_MAX=$bmake_path_max" >&6 +AC_SUBST(bmake_path_max)dnl +dnl dnl AC_C_CROSS dnl dnl Checks for header files. AC_HEADER_STDC AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT AC_HEADER_DIRENT dnl Keep this list sorted AC_CHECK_HEADERS( \ ar.h \ err.h \ fcntl.h \ paths.h \ poll.h \ ranlib.h \ string.h \ sys/mman.h \ sys/select.h \ sys/socket.h \ + sys/sysctl.h \ sys/time.h \ sys/uio.h \ unistd.h \ utime.h \ ) dnl Both *BSD and Linux have sys/cdefs.h, most do not. dnl If it is missing, we add -I${srcdir}/missing to CFLAGS dnl also if sys/cdefs.h does not have __RCSID we need to use ours dnl but we need to include the host's one too *sigh* AC_CHECK_HEADER(sys/cdefs.h, echo $ECHO_N "checking whether sys/cdefs.h is compatible... $ECHO_C" >&6 AC_EGREP_CPP(yes, [#include #ifdef __RCSID yes #endif ], echo yes >&6, echo no >&6; CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd` -DNEED_HOST_CDEFS_H"), CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS} -I`cd ${srcdir}/missing && pwd`") dnl Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics. AC_C___ATTRIBUTE__ AC_C_BIGENDIAN AC_C_CONST AC_TYPE_OFF_T AC_TYPE_PID_T AC_TYPE_SIZE_T AC_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST AC_HEADER_TIME AC_STRUCT_TM dnl Checks for library functions. AC_TYPE_SIGNAL AC_FUNC_VFORK AC_FUNC_VPRINTF AC_FUNC_WAIT3 dnl Keep this list sorted AC_CHECK_FUNCS( \ err \ errx \ getcwd \ getenv \ getopt \ getwd \ killpg \ mmap \ putenv \ select \ setenv \ setpgid \ setsid \ sigaction \ sigvec \ snprintf \ strerror \ strftime \ strsep \ strtod \ strtol \ + sysctl \ unsetenv \ vsnprintf \ wait3 \ wait4 \ waitpid \ warn \ warnx \ ) dnl functions which we may need to provide AC_REPLACE_FUNCS( \ realpath \ dirname \ stresep \ strlcpy \ ) AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [emalloc], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [erealloc], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrdup], [ AC_CHECK_LIB([util], [estrndup], [ LIBS="$LIBS -lutil" CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DUSE_EMALLOC" ])])])]) dnl dnl Structures dnl AC_HEADER_STAT AC_STRUCT_ST_RDEV +dnl +echo "checking if compiler supports __func__" >&6 +AC_LANG(C) +AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],[[const char *func = __func__;]])],, + AC_DEFINE(__func__, __FUNCTION__, C99 function name)) dnl dnl we want this for unit-tests/Makefile echo $ECHO_N "checking if diff -u works... $ECHO_C" >&6 if diff -u /dev/null /dev/null > /dev/null 2>&1; then diff_u=-u echo yes >&6 else diff_u= echo no >&6 fi dnl dnl AC_* don't quite cut it. dnl echo "checking for MACHINE & MACHINE_ARCH..." >&6 cat > conftest.$ac_ext < #ifdef MACHINE machine=MACHINE #endif #ifdef MACHINE_ARCH machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH #endif EOF default_machine=`(eval "$ac_cpp conftest.$ac_ext") 2>&5 | egrep machine= | tr -d ' "'` rm -rf conftest* if test "$default_machine"; then eval "$default_machine" fi machine=${machine:-`$srcdir/machine.sh`} machine_arch=${machine_arch:-`$srcdir/machine.sh arch`} echo "defaults: MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6 dnl dnl now allow overrides dnl AC_ARG_WITH(machine, [ --with-machine=MACHINE explicitly set MACHINE], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE) ;; no) ;; generic) machine=`$srcdir/machine.sh`;; *) machine=$with_machine;; esac]) force_machine= AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine, [ --with-force-machine=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE], [case "${withval}" in yes) force_machine=FORCE_;; no) ;; *) force_machine=FORCE_; machine=$with_force_machine;; esac]) dnl force_machine_arch= AC_ARG_WITH(force_machine_arch, [ --with-force-machine-arch=MACHINE set FORCE_MACHINE_ARCH], [case "${withval}" in yes) force_machine_arch=FORCE_;; no) ;; *) force_machine_arch=FORCE_; machine_arch=$with_force_machine;; esac]) dnl AC_ARG_WITH(machine_arch, [ --with-machine_arch=MACHINE_ARCH explicitly set MACHINE_ARCH], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake MACHINE_ARCH) ;; no) ;; *) machine_arch=$with_machine_arch;; esac]) dnl dnl Tell them what we ended up with dnl echo "Using: ${force_machine}MACHINE=$machine, MACHINE_ARCH=$machine_arch" 1>&6 dnl dnl Allow folk to control _PATH_DEFSYSPATH dnl default_sys_path=\${prefix}/share/mk AC_ARG_WITH(default-sys-path, [ --with-default-sys-path=PATH:DIR:LIST use an explicit _PATH_DEFSYSPATH MAKESYSPATH is a ':' separated list of directories that bmake will search for system .mk files. _PATH_DEFSYSPATH is its default value.], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_DEFSYSPATH) ;; no) ;; *) default_sys_path="$with_default_sys_path" ;; esac]) dnl dnl Some folk don't like this one dnl AC_ARG_WITH(path-objdirprefix, [ --with-path-objdirprefix=PATH override _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX], [case "${withval}" in yes) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for bmake _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX" ;; *) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS \"-D_PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX=\\\"$with_path-objdir\\\"\"" ;; esac]) dnl dnl And this can be handy to do with out. dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(pwd-override, [ --disable-pwd-override disable \$PWD overriding getcwd()], [case "${enableval}" in yes) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_PWD_OVERRIDE" ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for pwd-override option) ;; esac]) dnl dnl Just for grins dnl AC_ARG_ENABLE(check-make-chdir, [ --disable-check-make-chdir disable make trying to guess when it should automatically cd \${.CURDIR}], [case "${enableval}" in yes) ;; no) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -DNO_CHECK_MAKE_CHDIR" ;; *) AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${enableval} given for check-make-chdir option) ;; esac]) dnl dnl On non-BSD systems, bootstrap won't work without mk dnl AC_ARG_WITH(mksrc, [ --with-mksrc=PATH tell makefile.boot where to find mk src], [case "${withval}" in ""|yes|no) ;; *) test -s $withval/install-mk && mksrc=$withval || AC_MSG_ERROR(bad value ${withval} given for mksrc cannot find install-mk) ;; esac ]) dnl dnl Now make sure we have a value dnl srcdir=`cd $srcdir && pwd` for mksrc in $mksrc $srcdir/mk $srcdir/../mk mk do test -s $mksrc/install-mk || continue mksrc=`cd $mksrc && pwd` break done mksrc=`echo $mksrc | sed "s,$srcdir,\\\${srcdir},"` echo "Using: MKSRC=$mksrc" 1>&6 dnl On some systems we want a different default shell by default if test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/sh; then defshell_path=${defshell_path:-/usr/xpg4/bin/sh} fi if test -n "$defshell_path"; then echo "Using: SHELL=$defshell_path" >&6 AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_CUSTOM, "$defshell_path", Path of default shell) fi if test -n "$DEFSHELL_INDEX"; then AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFSHELL_INDEX, $DEFSHELL_INDEX, Shell spec to use by default) fi dnl AC_SUBST(machine) AC_SUBST(force_machine) AC_SUBST(machine_arch) AC_SUBST(mksrc) AC_SUBST(default_sys_path) AC_SUBST(INSTALL) AC_SUBST(GCC) AC_SUBST(diff_u) AC_SUBST(use_meta) AC_SUBST(filemon_h) AC_OUTPUT(makefile Makefile.config make-bootstrap.sh unit-tests/Makefile) cat < #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)hash.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.19 2009/01/24 10:59:09 dsl Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: hash.c,v 1.20 2013/11/14 00:27:05 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /* hash.c -- * * This module contains routines to manipulate a hash table. * See hash.h for a definition of the structure of the hash * table. Hash tables grow automatically as the amount of * information increases. */ #include "sprite.h" #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" /* * Forward references to local procedures that are used before they're * defined: */ static void RebuildTable(Hash_Table *); /* * The following defines the ratio of # entries to # buckets * at which we rebuild the table to make it larger. */ #define rebuildLimit 3 /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_InitTable -- * * This routine just sets up the hash table. * * Input: * t Structure to to hold table. * numBuckets How many buckets to create for starters. This * number is rounded up to a power of two. If * <= 0, a reasonable default is chosen. The * table will grow in size later as needed. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Memory is allocated for the initial bucket area. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ void Hash_InitTable(Hash_Table *t, int numBuckets) { int i; struct Hash_Entry **hp; /* * Round up the size to a power of two. */ if (numBuckets <= 0) i = 16; else { for (i = 2; i < numBuckets; i <<= 1) continue; } t->numEntries = 0; t->size = i; t->mask = i - 1; t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i); while (--i >= 0) *hp++ = NULL; } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_DeleteTable -- * * This routine removes everything from a hash table * and frees up the memory space it occupied (except for * the space in the Hash_Table structure). * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Lots of memory is freed up. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ void Hash_DeleteTable(Hash_Table *t) { struct Hash_Entry **hp, *h, *nexth = NULL; int i; for (hp = t->bucketPtr, i = t->size; --i >= 0;) { for (h = *hp++; h != NULL; h = nexth) { nexth = h->next; free(h); } } free(t->bucketPtr); /* * Set up the hash table to cause memory faults on any future access * attempts until re-initialization. */ t->bucketPtr = NULL; } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_FindEntry -- * * Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to key. * * Input: * t Hash table to search. * key A hash key. * * Results: * The return value is a pointer to the entry for key, * if key was present in the table. If key was not * present, NULL is returned. * * Side Effects: * None. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ Hash_Entry * Hash_FindEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key) { Hash_Entry *e; unsigned h; const char *p; + if (t == NULL || t->bucketPtr == NULL) { + return NULL; + } for (h = 0, p = key; *p;) h = (h << 5) - h + *p++; p = key; for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next) if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0) return (e); return NULL; } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_CreateEntry -- * * Searches a hash table for an entry corresponding to * key. If no entry is found, then one is created. * * Input: * t Hash table to search. * key A hash key. * newPtr Filled in with TRUE if new entry created, * FALSE otherwise. * * Results: * The return value is a pointer to the entry. If *newPtr * isn't NULL, then *newPtr is filled in with TRUE if a * new entry was created, and FALSE if an entry already existed * with the given key. * * Side Effects: * Memory may be allocated, and the hash buckets may be modified. *--------------------------------------------------------- */ Hash_Entry * Hash_CreateEntry(Hash_Table *t, const char *key, Boolean *newPtr) { Hash_Entry *e; unsigned h; const char *p; int keylen; struct Hash_Entry **hp; /* * Hash the key. As a side effect, save the length (strlen) of the * key in case we need to create the entry. */ for (h = 0, p = key; *p;) h = (h << 5) - h + *p++; keylen = p - key; p = key; for (e = t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e != NULL; e = e->next) { if (e->namehash == h && strcmp(e->name, p) == 0) { if (newPtr != NULL) *newPtr = FALSE; return (e); } } /* * The desired entry isn't there. Before allocating a new entry, * expand the table if necessary (and this changes the resulting * bucket chain). */ if (t->numEntries >= rebuildLimit * t->size) RebuildTable(t); e = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*e) + keylen); hp = &t->bucketPtr[h & t->mask]; e->next = *hp; *hp = e; Hash_SetValue(e, NULL); e->namehash = h; (void)strcpy(e->name, p); t->numEntries++; if (newPtr != NULL) *newPtr = TRUE; return (e); } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_DeleteEntry -- * * Delete the given hash table entry and free memory associated with * it. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * Hash chain that entry lives in is modified and memory is freed. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ void Hash_DeleteEntry(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Entry *e) { Hash_Entry **hp, *p; if (e == NULL) return; for (hp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & t->mask]; (p = *hp) != NULL; hp = &p->next) { if (p == e) { *hp = p->next; free(p); t->numEntries--; return; } } (void)write(2, "bad call to Hash_DeleteEntry\n", 29); abort(); } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_EnumFirst -- * This procedure sets things up for a complete search * of all entries recorded in the hash table. * * Input: * t Table to be searched. * searchPtr Area in which to keep state about search. * * Results: * The return value is the address of the first entry in * the hash table, or NULL if the table is empty. * * Side Effects: * The information in searchPtr is initialized so that successive * calls to Hash_Next will return successive HashEntry's * from the table. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ Hash_Entry * Hash_EnumFirst(Hash_Table *t, Hash_Search *searchPtr) { searchPtr->tablePtr = t; searchPtr->nextIndex = 0; searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = NULL; return Hash_EnumNext(searchPtr); } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * Hash_EnumNext -- * This procedure returns successive entries in the hash table. * * Input: * searchPtr Area used to keep state about search. * * Results: * The return value is a pointer to the next HashEntry * in the table, or NULL when the end of the table is * reached. * * Side Effects: * The information in searchPtr is modified to advance to the * next entry. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ Hash_Entry * Hash_EnumNext(Hash_Search *searchPtr) { Hash_Entry *e; Hash_Table *t = searchPtr->tablePtr; /* * The hashEntryPtr field points to the most recently returned * entry, or is nil if we are starting up. If not nil, we have * to start at the next one in the chain. */ e = searchPtr->hashEntryPtr; if (e != NULL) e = e->next; /* * If the chain ran out, or if we are starting up, we need to * find the next nonempty chain. */ while (e == NULL) { if (searchPtr->nextIndex >= t->size) return NULL; e = t->bucketPtr[searchPtr->nextIndex++]; } searchPtr->hashEntryPtr = e; return (e); } /* *--------------------------------------------------------- * * RebuildTable -- * This local routine makes a new hash table that * is larger than the old one. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The entire hash table is moved, so any bucket numbers * from the old table are invalid. * *--------------------------------------------------------- */ static void RebuildTable(Hash_Table *t) { Hash_Entry *e, *next = NULL, **hp, **xp; int i, mask; Hash_Entry **oldhp; int oldsize; oldhp = t->bucketPtr; oldsize = i = t->size; i <<= 1; t->size = i; t->mask = mask = i - 1; t->bucketPtr = hp = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*hp) * i); while (--i >= 0) *hp++ = NULL; for (hp = oldhp, i = oldsize; --i >= 0;) { for (e = *hp++; e != NULL; e = next) { next = e->next; xp = &t->bucketPtr[e->namehash & mask]; e->next = *xp; *xp = e; } } free(oldhp); } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/lst.lib/lstMember.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/lst.lib/lstMember.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/lst.lib/lstMember.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,74 +1,77 @@ -/* $NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)lstMember.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.13 2009/01/23 21:26:30 dsl Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: lstMember.c,v 1.14 2013/11/14 00:01:28 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * lstMember.c -- * See if a given datum is on a given list. */ #include "lstInt.h" LstNode Lst_Member(Lst l, void *d) { List list = l; ListNode lNode; + if (list == NULL) { + return NULL; + } lNode = list->firstPtr; if (lNode == NULL) { return NULL; } do { if (lNode->datum == d) { return lNode; } lNode = lNode->nextPtr; } while (lNode != NULL && lNode != list->firstPtr); return NULL; } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/main.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/main.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/main.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,1992 +1,2019 @@ -/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.224 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: main.c,v 1.226 2014/02/07 17:23:35 pooka Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.224 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.226 2014/02/07 17:23:35 pooka Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint __COPYRIGHT("@(#) Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993\ The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved."); #endif /* not lint */ #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)main.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.224 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: main.c,v 1.226 2014/02/07 17:23:35 pooka Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * main.c -- * The main file for this entire program. Exit routines etc * reside here. * * Utility functions defined in this file: * Main_ParseArgLine Takes a line of arguments, breaks them and * treats them as if they were given when first * invoked. Used by the parse module to implement * the .MFLAGS target. * * Error Print a tagged error message. The global * MAKE variable must have been defined. This * takes a format string and two optional * arguments for it. * * Fatal Print an error message and exit. Also takes * a format string and two arguments. * * Punt Aborts all jobs and exits with a message. Also * takes a format string and two arguments. * * Finish Finish things up by printing the number of * errors which occurred, as passed to it, and * exiting. */ #include #include #include #include #include +#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(HAVE_SYSCTL) +#include +#endif #include #include "wait.h" #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "pathnames.h" #include "trace.h" #ifdef USE_IOVEC #include #endif #ifndef DEFMAXLOCAL #define DEFMAXLOCAL DEFMAXJOBS #endif /* DEFMAXLOCAL */ +#ifndef __arraycount +# define __arraycount(__x) (sizeof(__x) / sizeof(__x[0])) +#endif + Lst create; /* Targets to be made */ time_t now; /* Time at start of make */ GNode *DEFAULT; /* .DEFAULT node */ Boolean allPrecious; /* .PRECIOUS given on line by itself */ static Boolean noBuiltins; /* -r flag */ static Lst makefiles; /* ordered list of makefiles to read */ static Boolean printVars; /* print value of one or more vars */ static Lst variables; /* list of variables to print */ int maxJobs; /* -j argument */ static int maxJobTokens; /* -j argument */ Boolean compatMake; /* -B argument */ int debug; /* -d argument */ Boolean debugVflag; /* -dV */ Boolean noExecute; /* -n flag */ Boolean noRecursiveExecute; /* -N flag */ Boolean keepgoing; /* -k flag */ Boolean queryFlag; /* -q flag */ Boolean touchFlag; /* -t flag */ Boolean enterFlag; /* -w flag */ Boolean ignoreErrors; /* -i flag */ Boolean beSilent; /* -s flag */ Boolean oldVars; /* variable substitution style */ Boolean checkEnvFirst; /* -e flag */ Boolean parseWarnFatal; /* -W flag */ Boolean jobServer; /* -J flag */ static int jp_0 = -1, jp_1 = -1; /* ends of parent job pipe */ Boolean varNoExportEnv; /* -X flag */ Boolean doing_depend; /* Set while reading .depend */ static Boolean jobsRunning; /* TRUE if the jobs might be running */ static const char * tracefile; static void MainParseArgs(int, char **); static int ReadMakefile(const void *, const void *); static void usage(void) MAKE_ATTR_DEAD; static Boolean ignorePWD; /* if we use -C, PWD is meaningless */ static char objdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* where we chdir'ed to */ char curdir[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* Startup directory */ char *progname; /* the program name */ char *makeDependfile; pid_t myPid; int makelevel; Boolean forceJobs = FALSE; /* * On some systems MACHINE is defined as something other than * what we want. */ #ifdef FORCE_MACHINE # undef MACHINE # define MACHINE FORCE_MACHINE #endif extern Lst parseIncPath; /* * For compatibility with the POSIX version of MAKEFLAGS that includes * all the options with out -, convert flags to -f -l -a -g -s. */ static char * explode(const char *flags) { size_t len; char *nf, *st; const char *f; if (flags == NULL) return NULL; for (f = flags; *f; f++) if (!isalpha((unsigned char)*f)) break; if (*f) return bmake_strdup(flags); len = strlen(flags); st = nf = bmake_malloc(len * 3 + 1); while (*flags) { *nf++ = '-'; *nf++ = *flags++; *nf++ = ' '; } *nf = '\0'; return st; } static void parse_debug_options(const char *argvalue) { const char *modules; const char *mode; char *fname; int len; for (modules = argvalue; *modules; ++modules) { switch (*modules) { case 'A': debug = ~0; break; case 'a': debug |= DEBUG_ARCH; break; case 'C': debug |= DEBUG_CWD; break; case 'c': debug |= DEBUG_COND; break; case 'd': debug |= DEBUG_DIR; break; case 'e': debug |= DEBUG_ERROR; break; case 'f': debug |= DEBUG_FOR; break; case 'g': if (modules[1] == '1') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH1; ++modules; } else if (modules[1] == '2') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH2; ++modules; } else if (modules[1] == '3') { debug |= DEBUG_GRAPH3; ++modules; } break; case 'j': debug |= DEBUG_JOB; break; case 'l': debug |= DEBUG_LOUD; break; case 'M': debug |= DEBUG_META; break; case 'm': debug |= DEBUG_MAKE; break; case 'n': debug |= DEBUG_SCRIPT; break; case 'p': debug |= DEBUG_PARSE; break; case 's': debug |= DEBUG_SUFF; break; case 't': debug |= DEBUG_TARG; break; case 'V': debugVflag = TRUE; break; case 'v': debug |= DEBUG_VAR; break; case 'x': debug |= DEBUG_SHELL; break; case 'F': if (debug_file != stdout && debug_file != stderr) fclose(debug_file); if (*++modules == '+') { modules++; mode = "a"; } else mode = "w"; if (strcmp(modules, "stdout") == 0) { debug_file = stdout; goto debug_setbuf; } if (strcmp(modules, "stderr") == 0) { debug_file = stderr; goto debug_setbuf; } len = strlen(modules); fname = malloc(len + 20); memcpy(fname, modules, len + 1); /* Let the filename be modified by the pid */ if (strcmp(fname + len - 3, ".%d") == 0) snprintf(fname + len - 2, 20, "%d", getpid()); debug_file = fopen(fname, mode); if (!debug_file) { fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open debug file %s\n", fname); usage(); } free(fname); goto debug_setbuf; default: (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to d option -- %c\n", progname, *modules); usage(); } } debug_setbuf: /* * Make the debug_file unbuffered, and make * stdout line buffered (unless debugfile == stdout). */ setvbuf(debug_file, NULL, _IONBF, 0); if (debug_file != stdout) { setvbuf(stdout, NULL, _IOLBF, 0); } } /*- * MainParseArgs -- * Parse a given argument vector. Called from main() and from * Main_ParseArgLine() when the .MAKEFLAGS target is used. * * XXX: Deal with command line overriding .MAKEFLAGS in makefile * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Various global and local flags will be set depending on the flags * given */ static void MainParseArgs(int argc, char **argv) { char *p; int c = '?'; int arginc; char *argvalue; const char *getopt_def; char *optscan; Boolean inOption, dashDash = FALSE; char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */ #define OPTFLAGS "BC:D:I:J:NST:V:WXd:ef:ij:km:nqrstw" /* Can't actually use getopt(3) because rescanning is not portable */ getopt_def = OPTFLAGS; rearg: inOption = FALSE; optscan = NULL; while(argc > 1) { char *getopt_spec; if(!inOption) optscan = argv[1]; c = *optscan++; arginc = 0; if(inOption) { if(c == '\0') { ++argv; --argc; inOption = FALSE; continue; } } else { if (c != '-' || dashDash) break; inOption = TRUE; c = *optscan++; } /* '-' found at some earlier point */ getopt_spec = strchr(getopt_def, c); if(c != '\0' && getopt_spec != NULL && getopt_spec[1] == ':') { /* - found, and should have an arg */ inOption = FALSE; arginc = 1; argvalue = optscan; if(*argvalue == '\0') { if (argc < 3) goto noarg; argvalue = argv[2]; arginc = 2; } } else { argvalue = NULL; } switch(c) { case '\0': arginc = 1; inOption = FALSE; break; case 'B': compatMake = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-B", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Set(MAKE_MODE, "compat", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); break; case 'C': if (chdir(argvalue) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: chdir %s: %s\n", progname, argvalue, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } ignorePWD = TRUE; break; case 'D': if (argvalue == NULL || argvalue[0] == 0) goto noarg; Var_Set(argvalue, "1", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-D", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'I': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; Parse_AddIncludeDir(argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-I", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'J': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; if (sscanf(argvalue, "%d,%d", &jp_0, &jp_1) != 2) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: internal error -- J option malformed (%s)\n", progname, argvalue); usage(); } if ((fcntl(jp_0, F_GETFD, 0) < 0) || (fcntl(jp_1, F_GETFD, 0) < 0)) { #if 0 (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ###### warning -- J descriptors were closed!\n", progname); exit(2); #endif jp_0 = -1; jp_1 = -1; compatMake = TRUE; } else { Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-J", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); jobServer = TRUE; } break; case 'N': noExecute = TRUE; noRecursiveExecute = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-N", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'S': keepgoing = FALSE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-S", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'T': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; tracefile = bmake_strdup(argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-T", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'V': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; printVars = TRUE; (void)Lst_AtEnd(variables, argvalue); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-V", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'W': parseWarnFatal = TRUE; break; case 'X': varNoExportEnv = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-X", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'd': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; /* If '-d-opts' don't pass to children */ if (argvalue[0] == '-') argvalue++; else { Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-d", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); } parse_debug_options(argvalue); break; case 'e': checkEnvFirst = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-e", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'f': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; (void)Lst_AtEnd(makefiles, argvalue); break; case 'i': ignoreErrors = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-i", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'j': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; forceJobs = TRUE; maxJobs = strtol(argvalue, &p, 0); if (*p != '\0' || maxJobs < 1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: illegal argument to -j -- must be positive integer!\n", progname); exit(1); } Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-j", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Set(".MAKE.JOBS", argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); maxJobTokens = maxJobs; break; case 'k': keepgoing = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-k", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'm': if (argvalue == NULL) goto noarg; /* look for magic parent directory search string */ if (strncmp(".../", argvalue, 4) == 0) { if (!Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, argvalue+4, found_path, sizeof(found_path))) break; /* nothing doing */ (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, found_path); } else { (void)Dir_AddDir(sysIncPath, argvalue); } Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-m", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, argvalue, VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'n': noExecute = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-n", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'q': queryFlag = TRUE; /* Kind of nonsensical, wot? */ Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-q", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'r': noBuiltins = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-r", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 's': beSilent = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-s", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 't': touchFlag = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-t", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case 'w': enterFlag = TRUE; Var_Append(MAKEFLAGS, "-w", VAR_GLOBAL); break; case '-': dashDash = TRUE; break; default: case '?': #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE fprintf(stderr, "getopt(%s) -> %d (%c)\n", OPTFLAGS, c, c); #endif usage(); } argv += arginc; argc -= arginc; } oldVars = TRUE; /* * See if the rest of the arguments are variable assignments and * perform them if so. Else take them to be targets and stuff them * on the end of the "create" list. */ for (; argc > 1; ++argv, --argc) if (Parse_IsVar(argv[1])) { Parse_DoVar(argv[1], VAR_CMD); } else { if (!*argv[1]) Punt("illegal (null) argument."); if (*argv[1] == '-' && !dashDash) goto rearg; (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(argv[1])); } return; noarg: (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: option requires an argument -- %c\n", progname, c); usage(); } /*- * Main_ParseArgLine -- * Used by the parse module when a .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS target * is encountered and by main() when reading the .MAKEFLAGS envariable. * Takes a line of arguments and breaks it into its * component words and passes those words and the number of them to the * MainParseArgs function. * The line should have all its leading whitespace removed. * * Input: * line Line to fracture * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Only those that come from the various arguments. */ void Main_ParseArgLine(const char *line) { char **argv; /* Manufactured argument vector */ int argc; /* Number of arguments in argv */ char *args; /* Space used by the args */ char *buf, *p1; char *argv0 = Var_Value(".MAKE", VAR_GLOBAL, &p1); size_t len; if (line == NULL) return; for (; *line == ' '; ++line) continue; if (!*line) return; #ifndef POSIX { /* * $MAKE may simply be naming the make(1) binary */ char *cp; if (!(cp = strrchr(line, '/'))) cp = line; if ((cp = strstr(cp, "make")) && strcmp(cp, "make") == 0) return; } #endif buf = bmake_malloc(len = strlen(line) + strlen(argv0) + 2); (void)snprintf(buf, len, "%s %s", argv0, line); if (p1) free(p1); argv = brk_string(buf, &argc, TRUE, &args); if (argv == NULL) { Error("Unterminated quoted string [%s]", buf); free(buf); return; } free(buf); MainParseArgs(argc, argv); free(args); free(argv); } Boolean Main_SetObjdir(const char *path) { struct stat sb; char *p = NULL; char buf[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; Boolean rc = FALSE; /* expand variable substitutions */ if (strchr(path, '$') != 0) { snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s", path); path = p = Var_Subst(NULL, buf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (path[0] != '/') { snprintf(buf, MAXPATHLEN, "%s/%s", curdir, path); path = buf; } /* look for the directory and try to chdir there */ if (stat(path, &sb) == 0 && S_ISDIR(sb.st_mode)) { if (chdir(path)) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "make warning: %s: %s.\n", path, strerror(errno)); } else { strncpy(objdir, path, MAXPATHLEN); Var_Set(".OBJDIR", objdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); setenv("PWD", objdir, 1); Dir_InitDot(); rc = TRUE; } } if (p) free(p); return rc; } /*- * ReadAllMakefiles -- * wrapper around ReadMakefile() to read all. * * Results: * TRUE if ok, FALSE on error */ static int ReadAllMakefiles(const void *p, const void *q) { return (ReadMakefile(p, q) == 0); } int str2Lst_Append(Lst lp, char *str, const char *sep) { char *cp; int n; if (!sep) sep = " \t"; for (n = 0, cp = strtok(str, sep); cp; cp = strtok(NULL, sep)) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(lp, cp); n++; } return (n); } #ifdef SIGINFO /*ARGSUSED*/ static void siginfo(int signo MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { char dir[MAXPATHLEN]; char str[2 * MAXPATHLEN]; int len; if (getcwd(dir, sizeof(dir)) == NULL) return; len = snprintf(str, sizeof(str), "%s: Working in: %s\n", progname, dir); if (len > 0) (void)write(STDERR_FILENO, str, (size_t)len); } #endif /* * Allow makefiles some control over the mode we run in. */ void MakeMode(const char *mode) { char *mp = NULL; if (!mode) mode = mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_MODE ":tl}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (mode && *mode) { if (strstr(mode, "compat")) { compatMake = TRUE; forceJobs = FALSE; } #if USE_META if (strstr(mode, "meta")) meta_mode_init(mode); #endif } if (mp) free(mp); } /*- * main -- * The main function, for obvious reasons. Initializes variables * and a few modules, then parses the arguments give it in the * environment and on the command line. Reads the system makefile * followed by either Makefile, makefile or the file given by the * -f argument. Sets the .MAKEFLAGS PMake variable based on all the * flags it has received by then uses either the Make or the Compat * module to create the initial list of targets. * * Results: * If -q was given, exits -1 if anything was out-of-date. Else it exits * 0. * * Side Effects: * The program exits when done. Targets are created. etc. etc. etc. */ int main(int argc, char **argv) { Lst targs; /* target nodes to create -- passed to Make_Init */ Boolean outOfDate = FALSE; /* FALSE if all targets up to date */ struct stat sb, sa; char *p1, *path; char mdpath[MAXPATHLEN]; #ifdef FORCE_MACHINE const char *machine = FORCE_MACHINE; #else const char *machine = getenv("MACHINE"); #endif const char *machine_arch = getenv("MACHINE_ARCH"); char *syspath = getenv("MAKESYSPATH"); Lst sysMkPath; /* Path of sys.mk */ char *cp = NULL, *start; /* avoid faults on read-only strings */ static char defsyspath[] = _PATH_DEFSYSPATH; char found_path[MAXPATHLEN + 1]; /* for searching for sys.mk */ struct timeval rightnow; /* to initialize random seed */ struct utsname utsname; /* default to writing debug to stderr */ debug_file = stderr; #ifdef SIGINFO (void)bmake_signal(SIGINFO, siginfo); #endif /* * Set the seed to produce a different random sequence * on each program execution. */ gettimeofday(&rightnow, NULL); srandom(rightnow.tv_sec + rightnow.tv_usec); if ((progname = strrchr(argv[0], '/')) != NULL) progname++; else progname = argv[0]; #if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) || (defined(HAVE_SETRLIMIT) && defined(RLIMIT_NOFILE)) /* * get rid of resource limit on file descriptors */ { struct rlimit rl; if (getrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl) != -1 && rl.rlim_cur != rl.rlim_max) { rl.rlim_cur = rl.rlim_max; (void)setrlimit(RLIMIT_NOFILE, &rl); } } #endif if (uname(&utsname) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: uname failed (%s).\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } /* * Get the name of this type of MACHINE from utsname * so we can share an executable for similar machines. * (i.e. m68k: amiga hp300, mac68k, sun3, ...) * * Note that both MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH are decided at * run-time. */ if (!machine) { #ifdef MAKE_NATIVE machine = utsname.machine; #else #ifdef MAKE_MACHINE machine = MAKE_MACHINE; #else machine = "unknown"; #endif #endif } if (!machine_arch) { +#if defined(MAKE_NATIVE) && defined(HAVE_SYSCTL) && defined(CTL_HW) && defined(HW_MACHINE_ARCH) + static char machine_arch_buf[sizeof(utsname.machine)]; + int mib[2] = { CTL_HW, HW_MACHINE_ARCH }; + size_t len = sizeof(machine_arch_buf); + + if (sysctl(mib, __arraycount(mib), machine_arch_buf, + &len, NULL, 0) < 0) { + (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: sysctl failed (%s).\n", progname, + strerror(errno)); + exit(2); + } + + machine_arch = machine_arch_buf; +#else #ifndef MACHINE_ARCH #ifdef MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH machine_arch = MAKE_MACHINE_ARCH; #else machine_arch = "unknown"; #endif #else machine_arch = MACHINE_ARCH; #endif +#endif } myPid = getpid(); /* remember this for vFork() */ /* * Just in case MAKEOBJDIR wants us to do something tricky. */ Var_Init(); /* Initialize the lists of variables for * parsing arguments */ Var_Set(".MAKE.OS", utsname.sysname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MACHINE", machine, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MACHINE_ARCH", machine_arch, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #ifdef MAKE_VERSION Var_Set("MAKE_VERSION", MAKE_VERSION, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #endif Var_Set(".newline", "\n", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* handy for :@ loops */ /* * This is the traditional preference for makefiles. */ #ifndef MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST # define MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST "makefile Makefile" #endif Var_Set(MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE, MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE_LIST, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKE_DEPENDFILE, ".depend", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); create = Lst_Init(FALSE); makefiles = Lst_Init(FALSE); printVars = FALSE; debugVflag = FALSE; variables = Lst_Init(FALSE); beSilent = FALSE; /* Print commands as executed */ ignoreErrors = FALSE; /* Pay attention to non-zero returns */ noExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all commands */ noRecursiveExecute = FALSE; /* Execute all .MAKE targets */ keepgoing = FALSE; /* Stop on error */ allPrecious = FALSE; /* Remove targets when interrupted */ queryFlag = FALSE; /* This is not just a check-run */ noBuiltins = FALSE; /* Read the built-in rules */ touchFlag = FALSE; /* Actually update targets */ debug = 0; /* No debug verbosity, please. */ jobsRunning = FALSE; maxJobs = DEFMAXLOCAL; /* Set default local max concurrency */ maxJobTokens = maxJobs; compatMake = FALSE; /* No compat mode */ ignorePWD = FALSE; /* * Initialize the parsing, directory and variable modules to prepare * for the reading of inclusion paths and variable settings on the * command line */ /* * Initialize various variables. * MAKE also gets this name, for compatibility * .MAKEFLAGS gets set to the empty string just in case. * MFLAGS also gets initialized empty, for compatibility. */ Parse_Init(); if (argv[0][0] == '/' || strchr(argv[0], '/') == NULL) { /* * Leave alone if it is an absolute path, or if it does * not contain a '/' in which case we need to find it in * the path, like execvp(3) and the shells do. */ p1 = argv[0]; } else { /* * A relative path, canonicalize it. */ p1 = realpath(argv[0], mdpath); if (!p1 || *p1 != '/' || stat(p1, &sb) < 0) { p1 = argv[0]; /* realpath failed */ } } Var_Set("MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".MAKE", p1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKEFLAGS, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKEOVERRIDES, "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set("MFLAGS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".ALLTARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* some makefiles need to know this */ Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL ".ENV", MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, VAR_CMD, 0); /* * Set some other useful macros */ { char tmp[64], *ep; makelevel = ((ep = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV)) && *ep) ? atoi(ep) : 0; if (makelevel < 0) makelevel = 0; snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel); Var_Set(MAKE_LEVEL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", myPid); Var_Set(".MAKE.PID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%u", getppid()); Var_Set(".MAKE.PPID", tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (makelevel > 0) { char pn[1024]; snprintf(pn, sizeof(pn), "%s[%d]", progname, makelevel); progname = bmake_strdup(pn); } #ifdef USE_META meta_init(); #endif /* * First snag any flags out of the MAKE environment variable. * (Note this is *not* MAKEFLAGS since /bin/make uses that and it's * in a different format). */ #ifdef POSIX p1 = explode(getenv("MAKEFLAGS")); Main_ParseArgLine(p1); free(p1); #else Main_ParseArgLine(getenv("MAKE")); #endif /* * Find where we are (now). * We take care of PWD for the automounter below... */ if (getcwd(curdir, MAXPATHLEN) == NULL) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: getcwd: %s.\n", progname, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } MainParseArgs(argc, argv); if (enterFlag) printf("%s: Entering directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir); /* * Verify that cwd is sane. */ if (stat(curdir, &sa) == -1) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: %s: %s.\n", progname, curdir, strerror(errno)); exit(2); } /* * All this code is so that we know where we are when we start up * on a different machine with pmake. * Overriding getcwd() with $PWD totally breaks MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX * since the value of curdir can vary depending on how we got * here. Ie sitting at a shell prompt (shell that provides $PWD) * or via subdir.mk in which case its likely a shell which does * not provide it. * So, to stop it breaking this case only, we ignore PWD if * MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or MAKEOBJDIR contains a transform. */ #ifndef NO_PWD_OVERRIDE if (!ignorePWD) { - char *pwd; + char *pwd, *ptmp1 = NULL, *ptmp2 = NULL; if ((pwd = getenv("PWD")) != NULL && - getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX") == NULL) { - const char *makeobjdir = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR"); + Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", VAR_CMD, &ptmp1) == NULL) { + const char *makeobjdir = Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIR", + VAR_CMD, &ptmp2); if (makeobjdir == NULL || !strchr(makeobjdir, '$')) { if (stat(pwd, &sb) == 0 && sa.st_ino == sb.st_ino && sa.st_dev == sb.st_dev) (void)strncpy(curdir, pwd, MAXPATHLEN); } } + free(ptmp1); + free(ptmp2); } #endif Var_Set(".CURDIR", curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* * Find the .OBJDIR. If MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX, or failing that, * MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment, try only that value * and fall back to .CURDIR if it does not exist. * * Otherwise, try _PATH_OBJDIR.MACHINE, _PATH_OBJDIR, and * finally _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX`pwd`, in that order. If none * of these paths exist, just use .CURDIR. */ Dir_Init(curdir); (void)Main_SetObjdir(curdir); - if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX")) != NULL) { + if ((path = Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX", VAR_CMD, &p1)) != NULL) { (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", path, curdir); (void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath); - } else if ((path = getenv("MAKEOBJDIR")) != NULL) { + free(p1); + } else if ((path = Var_Value("MAKEOBJDIR", VAR_CMD, &p1)) != NULL) { (void)Main_SetObjdir(path); + free(p1); } else { (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s.%s", _PATH_OBJDIR, machine); if (!Main_SetObjdir(mdpath) && !Main_SetObjdir(_PATH_OBJDIR)) { (void)snprintf(mdpath, MAXPATHLEN, "%s%s", _PATH_OBJDIRPREFIX, curdir); (void)Main_SetObjdir(mdpath); } } /* * Be compatible if user did not specify -j and did not explicitly * turned compatibility on */ if (!compatMake && !forceJobs) { compatMake = TRUE; } /* * Initialize archive, target and suffix modules in preparation for * parsing the makefile(s) */ Arch_Init(); Targ_Init(); Suff_Init(); Trace_Init(tracefile); DEFAULT = NULL; (void)time(&now); Trace_Log(MAKESTART, NULL); /* * Set up the .TARGETS variable to contain the list of targets to be * created. If none specified, make the variable empty -- the parser * will fill the thing in with the default or .MAIN target. */ if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) { LstNode ln; for (ln = Lst_First(create); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { char *name = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); Var_Append(".TARGETS", name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } else Var_Set(".TARGETS", "", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); /* * If no user-supplied system path was given (through the -m option) * add the directories from the DEFSYSPATH (more than one may be given * as dir1:...:dirn) to the system include path. */ if (syspath == NULL || *syspath == '\0') syspath = defsyspath; else syspath = bmake_strdup(syspath); for (start = syspath; *start != '\0'; start = cp) { for (cp = start; *cp != '\0' && *cp != ':'; cp++) continue; if (*cp == ':') { *cp++ = '\0'; } /* look for magic parent directory search string */ if (strncmp(".../", start, 4) != 0) { (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, start); } else { if (Dir_FindHereOrAbove(curdir, start+4, found_path, sizeof(found_path))) { (void)Dir_AddDir(defIncPath, found_path); } } } if (syspath != defsyspath) free(syspath); /* * Read in the built-in rules first, followed by the specified * makefile, if it was (makefile != NULL), or the default * makefile and Makefile, in that order, if it wasn't. */ if (!noBuiltins) { LstNode ln; sysMkPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); Dir_Expand(_PATH_DEFSYSMK, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath, sysMkPath); if (Lst_IsEmpty(sysMkPath)) Fatal("%s: no system rules (%s).", progname, _PATH_DEFSYSMK); ln = Lst_Find(sysMkPath, NULL, ReadMakefile); if (ln == NULL) Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, (char *)Lst_Datum(ln)); } if (!Lst_IsEmpty(makefiles)) { LstNode ln; ln = Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadAllMakefiles); if (ln != NULL) Fatal("%s: cannot open %s.", progname, (char *)Lst_Datum(ln)); } else { p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE "}", VAR_CMD, 0); if (p1) { (void)str2Lst_Append(makefiles, p1, NULL); (void)Lst_Find(makefiles, NULL, ReadMakefile); free(p1); } } /* In particular suppress .depend for '-r -V .OBJDIR -f /dev/null' */ if (!noBuiltins || !printVars) { makeDependfile = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T}", VAR_CMD, 0); doing_depend = TRUE; (void)ReadMakefile(makeDependfile, NULL); doing_depend = FALSE; } MakeMode(NULL); Var_Append("MFLAGS", Var_Value(MAKEFLAGS, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1), VAR_GLOBAL); if (p1) free(p1); if (!compatMake) Job_ServerStart(maxJobTokens, jp_0, jp_1); if (DEBUG(JOB)) fprintf(debug_file, "job_pipe %d %d, maxjobs %d, tokens %d, compat %d\n", jp_0, jp_1, maxJobs, maxJobTokens, compatMake); Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(TRUE); /* initial export */ /* * For compatibility, look at the directories in the VPATH variable * and add them to the search path, if the variable is defined. The * variable's value is in the same format as the PATH envariable, i.e. * ::... */ if (Var_Exists("VPATH", VAR_CMD)) { char *vpath, savec; /* * GCC stores string constants in read-only memory, but * Var_Subst will want to write this thing, so store it * in an array */ static char VPATH[] = "${VPATH}"; vpath = Var_Subst(NULL, VPATH, VAR_CMD, FALSE); path = vpath; do { /* skip to end of directory */ for (cp = path; *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) continue; /* Save terminator character so know when to stop */ savec = *cp; *cp = '\0'; /* Add directory to search path */ (void)Dir_AddDir(dirSearchPath, path); *cp = savec; path = cp + 1; } while (savec == ':'); free(vpath); } /* * Now that all search paths have been read for suffixes et al, it's * time to add the default search path to their lists... */ Suff_DoPaths(); /* * Propagate attributes through :: dependency lists. */ Targ_Propagate(); /* print the initial graph, if the user requested it */ if (DEBUG(GRAPH1)) Targ_PrintGraph(1); /* print the values of any variables requested by the user */ if (printVars) { LstNode ln; Boolean expandVars; if (debugVflag) expandVars = FALSE; else expandVars = getBoolean(".MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES", FALSE); for (ln = Lst_First(variables); ln != NULL; ln = Lst_Succ(ln)) { char *var = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); char *value; if (strchr(var, '$')) { value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, var, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } else if (expandVars) { char tmp[128]; if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", var) >= (int)(sizeof(tmp))) Fatal("%s: variable name too big: %s", progname, var); value = p1 = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } else { value = Var_Value(var, VAR_GLOBAL, &p1); } printf("%s\n", value ? value : ""); if (p1) free(p1); } } else { /* * Have now read the entire graph and need to make a list of * targets to create. If none was given on the command line, * we consult the parsing module to find the main target(s) * to create. */ if (Lst_IsEmpty(create)) targs = Parse_MainName(); else targs = Targ_FindList(create, TARG_CREATE); if (!compatMake) { /* * Initialize job module before traversing the graph * now that any .BEGIN and .END targets have been read. * This is done only if the -q flag wasn't given * (to prevent the .BEGIN from being executed should * it exist). */ if (!queryFlag) { Job_Init(); jobsRunning = TRUE; } /* Traverse the graph, checking on all the targets */ outOfDate = Make_Run(targs); } else { /* * Compat_Init will take care of creating all the * targets as well as initializing the module. */ Compat_Run(targs); } } #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_Destroy(targs, NULL); Lst_Destroy(variables, NULL); Lst_Destroy(makefiles, NULL); Lst_Destroy(create, (FreeProc *)free); #endif /* print the graph now it's been processed if the user requested it */ if (DEBUG(GRAPH2)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEEND, 0); if (enterFlag) printf("%s: Leaving directory `%s'\n", progname, curdir); Suff_End(); Targ_End(); Arch_End(); Var_End(); Parse_End(); Dir_End(); Job_End(); Trace_End(); return outOfDate ? 1 : 0; } /*- * ReadMakefile -- * Open and parse the given makefile. * * Results: * 0 if ok. -1 if couldn't open file. * * Side Effects: * lots */ static int ReadMakefile(const void *p, const void *q MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { const char *fname = p; /* makefile to read */ int fd; size_t len = MAXPATHLEN; char *name, *path = bmake_malloc(len); if (!strcmp(fname, "-")) { Parse_File(NULL /*stdin*/, -1); Var_Set("MAKEFILE", "", VAR_INTERNAL, 0); } else { /* if we've chdir'd, rebuild the path name */ if (strcmp(curdir, objdir) && *fname != '/') { size_t plen = strlen(curdir) + strlen(fname) + 2; if (len < plen) path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen); (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", curdir, fname); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) { fname = path; goto found; } /* If curdir failed, try objdir (ala .depend) */ plen = strlen(objdir) + strlen(fname) + 2; if (len < plen) path = bmake_realloc(path, len = 2 * plen); (void)snprintf(path, len, "%s/%s", objdir, fname); fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) { fname = path; goto found; } } else { fd = open(fname, O_RDONLY); if (fd != -1) goto found; } /* look in -I and system include directories. */ name = Dir_FindFile(fname, parseIncPath); if (!name) name = Dir_FindFile(fname, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath); if (!name || (fd = open(name, O_RDONLY)) == -1) { if (name) free(name); free(path); return(-1); } fname = name; /* * set the MAKEFILE variable desired by System V fans -- the * placement of the setting here means it gets set to the last * makefile specified, as it is set by SysV make. */ found: if (!doing_depend) Var_Set("MAKEFILE", fname, VAR_INTERNAL, 0); Parse_File(fname, fd); } free(path); return(0); } /*- * Cmd_Exec -- * Execute the command in cmd, and return the output of that command * in a string. * * Results: * A string containing the output of the command, or the empty string * If errnum is not NULL, it contains the reason for the command failure * * Side Effects: * The string must be freed by the caller. */ char * Cmd_Exec(const char *cmd, const char **errnum) { const char *args[4]; /* Args for invoking the shell */ int fds[2]; /* Pipe streams */ int cpid; /* Child PID */ int pid; /* PID from wait() */ char *res; /* result */ WAIT_T status; /* command exit status */ Buffer buf; /* buffer to store the result */ char *cp; int cc; *errnum = NULL; if (!shellName) Shell_Init(); /* * Set up arguments for shell */ args[0] = shellName; args[1] = "-c"; args[2] = cmd; args[3] = NULL; /* * Open a pipe for fetching its output */ if (pipe(fds) == -1) { *errnum = "Couldn't create pipe for \"%s\""; goto bad; } /* * Fork */ switch (cpid = vFork()) { case 0: /* * Close input side of pipe */ (void)close(fds[0]); /* * Duplicate the output stream to the shell's output, then * shut the extra thing down. Note we don't fetch the error * stream...why not? Why? */ (void)dup2(fds[1], 1); (void)close(fds[1]); Var_ExportVars(); (void)execv(shellPath, UNCONST(args)); _exit(1); /*NOTREACHED*/ case -1: *errnum = "Couldn't exec \"%s\""; goto bad; default: /* * No need for the writing half */ (void)close(fds[1]); Buf_Init(&buf, 0); do { char result[BUFSIZ]; cc = read(fds[0], result, sizeof(result)); if (cc > 0) Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cc, result); } while (cc > 0 || (cc == -1 && errno == EINTR)); /* * Close the input side of the pipe. */ (void)close(fds[0]); /* * Wait for the process to exit. */ while(((pid = waitpid(cpid, &status, 0)) != cpid) && (pid >= 0)) { JobReapChild(pid, status, FALSE); continue; } cc = Buf_Size(&buf); res = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (cc == 0) *errnum = "Couldn't read shell's output for \"%s\""; if (WIFSIGNALED(status)) *errnum = "\"%s\" exited on a signal"; else if (WEXITSTATUS(status) != 0) *errnum = "\"%s\" returned non-zero status"; /* * Null-terminate the result, convert newlines to spaces and * install it in the variable. */ res[cc] = '\0'; cp = &res[cc]; if (cc > 0 && *--cp == '\n') { /* * A final newline is just stripped */ *cp-- = '\0'; } while (cp >= res) { if (*cp == '\n') { *cp = ' '; } cp--; } break; } return res; bad: res = bmake_malloc(1); *res = '\0'; return res; } /*- * Error -- * Print an error message given its format. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The message is printed. */ /* VARARGS */ void Error(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; FILE *err_file; err_file = debug_file; if (err_file == stdout) err_file = stderr; (void)fflush(stdout); for (;;) { va_start(ap, fmt); fprintf(err_file, "%s: ", progname); (void)vfprintf(err_file, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(err_file, "\n"); (void)fflush(err_file); if (err_file == stderr) break; err_file = stderr; } } /*- * Fatal -- * Produce a Fatal error message. If jobs are running, waits for them * to finish. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The program exits */ /* VARARGS */ void Fatal(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); if (jobsRunning) Job_Wait(); (void)fflush(stdout); (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); (void)fflush(stderr); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); if (DEBUG(GRAPH2) || DEBUG(GRAPH3)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0); exit(2); /* Not 1 so -q can distinguish error */ } /* * Punt -- * Major exception once jobs are being created. Kills all jobs, prints * a message and exits. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * All children are killed indiscriminately and the program Lib_Exits */ /* VARARGS */ void Punt(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname); (void)vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); (void)fprintf(stderr, "\n"); (void)fflush(stderr); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); DieHorribly(); } /*- * DieHorribly -- * Exit without giving a message. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A big one... */ void DieHorribly(void) { if (jobsRunning) Job_AbortAll(); if (DEBUG(GRAPH2)) Targ_PrintGraph(2); Trace_Log(MAKEERROR, 0); exit(2); /* Not 1, so -q can distinguish error */ } /* * Finish -- * Called when aborting due to errors in child shell to signal * abnormal exit. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The program exits */ void Finish(int errors) /* number of errors encountered in Make_Make */ { Fatal("%d error%s", errors, errors == 1 ? "" : "s"); } /* * eunlink -- * Remove a file carefully, avoiding directories. */ int eunlink(const char *file) { struct stat st; if (lstat(file, &st) == -1) return -1; if (S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { errno = EISDIR; return -1; } return unlink(file); } /* * execError -- * Print why exec failed, avoiding stdio. */ void execError(const char *af, const char *av) { #ifdef USE_IOVEC int i = 0; struct iovec iov[8]; #define IOADD(s) \ (void)(iov[i].iov_base = UNCONST(s), \ iov[i].iov_len = strlen(iov[i].iov_base), \ i++) #else #define IOADD(s) (void)write(2, s, strlen(s)) #endif IOADD(progname); IOADD(": "); IOADD(af); IOADD("("); IOADD(av); IOADD(") failed ("); IOADD(strerror(errno)); IOADD(")\n"); #ifdef USE_IOVEC while (writev(2, iov, 8) == -1 && errno == EAGAIN) continue; #endif } /* * usage -- * exit with usage message */ static void usage(void) { char *p; if ((p = strchr(progname, '[')) != NULL) *p = '\0'; (void)fprintf(stderr, "usage: %s [-BeikNnqrstWwX] \n\ [-C directory] [-D variable] [-d flags] [-f makefile]\n\ [-I directory] [-J private] [-j max_jobs] [-m directory] [-T file]\n\ [-V variable] [variable=value] [target ...]\n", progname); exit(2); } int PrintAddr(void *a, void *b) { printf("%lx ", (unsigned long) a); return b ? 0 : 0; } void PrintOnError(GNode *gn, const char *s) { static GNode *en = NULL; char tmp[64]; char *cp; if (s) printf("%s", s); printf("\n%s: stopped in %s\n", progname, curdir); if (en) return; /* we've been here! */ if (gn) { /* * We can print this even if there is no .ERROR target. */ Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } strncpy(tmp, "${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'\n@}", sizeof(tmp) - 1); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (cp) { if (*cp) printf("%s", cp); free(cp); } /* * Finally, see if there is a .ERROR target, and run it if so. */ en = Targ_FindNode(".ERROR", TARG_NOCREATE); if (en) { en->type |= OP_SPECIAL; Compat_Make(en, en); } } void Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(Boolean first) { static int once = 1; char tmp[64]; char *s; if (once != first) return; once = 0; strncpy(tmp, "${.MAKEFLAGS} ${.MAKEOVERRIDES:O:u:@v@$v=${$v:Q}@}", sizeof(tmp)); s = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_CMD, 0); if (s && *s) { #ifdef POSIX setenv("MAKEFLAGS", s, 1); #else setenv("MAKE", s, 1); #endif } } char * getTmpdir(void) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; if (!tmpdir) { struct stat st; /* * Honor $TMPDIR but only if it is valid. * Ensure it ends with /. */ tmpdir = Var_Subst(NULL, "${TMPDIR:tA:U" _PATH_TMP "}/", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (stat(tmpdir, &st) < 0 || !S_ISDIR(st.st_mode)) { free(tmpdir); tmpdir = bmake_strdup(_PATH_TMP); } } return tmpdir; } /* * Create and open a temp file using "pattern". * If "fnamep" is provided set it to a copy of the filename created. * Otherwise unlink the file once open. */ int mkTempFile(const char *pattern, char **fnamep) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; char tfile[MAXPATHLEN]; int fd; if (!pattern) pattern = TMPPAT; if (!tmpdir) tmpdir = getTmpdir(); if (pattern[0] == '/') { snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s", pattern); } else { snprintf(tfile, sizeof(tfile), "%s%s", tmpdir, pattern); } if ((fd = mkstemp(tfile)) < 0) Punt("Could not create temporary file %s: %s", tfile, strerror(errno)); if (fnamep) { *fnamep = bmake_strdup(tfile); } else { unlink(tfile); /* we just want the descriptor */ } return fd; } /* * Return a Boolean based on setting of a knob. * * If the knob is not set, the supplied default is the return value. * If set, anything that looks or smells like "No", "False", "Off", "0" etc, * is FALSE, otherwise TRUE. */ Boolean getBoolean(const char *name, Boolean bf) { char tmp[64]; char *cp; if (snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s:tl}", name) < (int)(sizeof(tmp))) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (cp) { switch(*cp) { case '\0': /* not set - the default wins */ break; case '0': case 'f': case 'n': bf = FALSE; break; case 'o': switch (cp[1]) { case 'f': bf = FALSE; break; default: bf = TRUE; break; } break; default: bf = TRUE; break; } free(cp); } } return (bf); } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/make-bootstrap.sh.in =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/make-bootstrap.sh.in (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/make-bootstrap.sh.in (revision 276305) @@ -1,84 +1,84 @@ #!/bin/sh set -e srcdir=@srcdir@ DEFAULT_SYS_PATH="@default_sys_path@" case "@use_meta@" in yes) XDEFS="-DUSE_META ${XDEFS}";; esac CC="@CC@" -CFLAGS="@CFLAGS@ -I. -I${srcdir} @DEFS@ @CPPFLAGS@ -DMAKE_NATIVE ${XDEFS}" +CFLAGS="@CFLAGS@ -I. -I${srcdir} @DEFS@ @CPPFLAGS@ -DMAKE_NATIVE ${XDEFS} -DBMAKE_PATH_MAX=@bmake_path_max@" MAKE_VERSION=`sed -n '/^MAKE_VERSION=/s,.*=[^0-9]*,,p' $srcdir/Makefile` MDEFS="-DMAKE_VERSION=\"$MAKE_VERSION\" \ -D@force_machine@MACHINE=\"@machine@\" -DMACHINE_ARCH=\"@machine_arch@\" \ -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\"" LDFLAGS="@LDFLAGS@" LIBS="@LIBS@" do_compile2() { obj="$1"; shift src="$1"; shift echo ${CC} -c ${CFLAGS} "$@" -o "$obj" "$src" ${CC} -c ${CFLAGS} "$@" -o "$obj" "$src" } do_compile() { obj="$1"; shift src=`basename "$obj" .o`.c for d in "$srcdir" "$srcdir/lst.lib" do test -s "$d/$src" || continue do_compile2 "$obj" "$d/$src" "$@" || exit 1 return done echo "Unknown object file '$obj'" >&2 exit 1 } do_link() { output="$1"; shift echo ${CC} ${LDSTATIC} ${LDFLAGS} -o "$output" "$@" ${LIBS} ${CC} ${LDSTATIC} ${LDFLAGS} -o "$output" "$@" ${LIBS} } BASE_OBJECTS="arch.o buf.o compat.o cond.o dir.o for.o getopt hash.o \ job.o make.o make_malloc.o parse.o sigcompat.o str.o strlist.o \ suff.o targ.o trace.o var.o util.o" LST_OBJECTS="lstAppend.o lstDupl.o lstInit.o lstOpen.o \ lstAtEnd.o lstEnQueue.o lstInsert.o lstAtFront.o lstIsAtEnd.o \ lstClose.o lstFind.o lstIsEmpty.o lstRemove.o lstConcat.o \ lstFindFrom.o lstLast.o lstReplace.o lstFirst.o lstDatum.o \ lstForEach.o lstMember.o lstSucc.o lstDeQueue.o lstForEachFrom.o \ lstDestroy.o lstNext.o lstPrev.o" LIB_OBJECTS="@LIBOBJS@" do_compile main.o ${MDEFS} for o in ${BASE_OBJECTS} ${LST_OBJECTS} ${LIB_OBJECTS} do do_compile "$o" done case "@use_meta@" in yes) case "@filemon_h@" in */filemon.h) FDEFS="-DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I`dirname @filemon_h@`";; esac do_compile meta.o ${FDEFS} BASE_OBJECTS="meta.o ${BASE_OBJECTS}" ;; esac do_link bmake main.o ${BASE_OBJECTS} ${LST_OBJECTS} ${LIB_OBJECTS} Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.1 =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.1 (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.1 (revision 276305) @@ -1,2157 +1,2177 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.222 2013/08/11 09:53:49 apb Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.230 2014/02/15 18:55:30 sjg Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without .\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions .\" are met: .\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. .\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright .\" notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the .\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. .\" 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors .\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software .\" without specific prior written permission. .\" .\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND .\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE .\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE .\" ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE .\" FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL .\" DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS .\" OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) .\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT .\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)make.1 8.4 (Berkeley) 3/19/94 .\" -.Dd August 11, 2013 +.Dd February 14, 2014 .Dt MAKE 1 .Os .Sh NAME .Nm make .Nd maintain program dependencies .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm .Op Fl BeikNnqrstWwX .Op Fl C Ar directory .Op Fl D Ar variable .Op Fl d Ar flags .Op Fl f Ar makefile .Op Fl I Ar directory .Op Fl J Ar private .Op Fl j Ar max_jobs .Op Fl m Ar directory .Op Fl T Ar file .Op Fl V Ar variable .Op Ar variable=value .Op Ar target ... .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nm is a program designed to simplify the maintenance of other programs. Its input is a list of specifications as to the files upon which programs and other files depend. If no .Fl f Ar makefile makefile option is given, .Nm will try to open .Ql Pa makefile then .Ql Pa Makefile in order to find the specifications. If the file .Ql Pa .depend exists, it is read (see .Xr mkdep 1 ) . .Pp This manual page is intended as a reference document only. For a more thorough description of .Nm and makefiles, please refer to .%T "PMake \- A Tutorial" . .Pp .Nm will prepend the contents of the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable to the command line arguments before parsing them. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Fl B Try to be backwards compatible by executing a single shell per command and by executing the commands to make the sources of a dependency line in sequence. .It Fl C Ar directory Change to .Ar directory before reading the makefiles or doing anything else. If multiple .Fl C options are specified, each is interpreted relative to the previous one: .Fl C Pa / Fl C Pa etc is equivalent to .Fl C Pa /etc . .It Fl D Ar variable Define .Ar variable to be 1, in the global context. .It Fl d Ar [-]flags Turn on debugging, and specify which portions of .Nm are to print debugging information. Unless the flags are preceded by .Ql \- they are added to the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable and will be processed by any child make processes. By default, debugging information is printed to standard error, but this can be changed using the .Ar F debugging flag. The debugging output is always unbuffered; in addition, if debugging is enabled but debugging output is not directed to standard output, then the standard output is line buffered. .Ar Flags is one or more of the following: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ar A Print all possible debugging information; equivalent to specifying all of the debugging flags. .It Ar a Print debugging information about archive searching and caching. .It Ar C Print debugging information about current working directory. .It Ar c Print debugging information about conditional evaluation. .It Ar d Print debugging information about directory searching and caching. .It Ar e Print debugging information about failed commands and targets. .It Ar F Ns Oo Sy \&+ Oc Ns Ar filename Specify where debugging output is written. This must be the last flag, because it consumes the remainder of the argument. If the character immediately after the .Ql F flag is .Ql \&+ , then the file will be opened in append mode; otherwise the file will be overwritten. If the file name is .Ql stdout or .Ql stderr then debugging output will be written to the standard output or standard error output file descriptors respectively (and the .Ql \&+ option has no effect). Otherwise, the output will be written to the named file. If the file name ends .Ql .%d then the .Ql %d is replaced by the pid. .It Ar f Print debugging information about loop evaluation. .It Ar "g1" Print the input graph before making anything. .It Ar "g2" Print the input graph after making everything, or before exiting on error. .It Ar "g3" Print the input graph before exiting on error. .It Ar j Print debugging information about running multiple shells. .It Ar l Print commands in Makefiles regardless of whether or not they are prefixed by .Ql @ or other "quiet" flags. Also known as "loud" behavior. .It Ar M Print debugging information about "meta" mode decisions about targets. .It Ar m Print debugging information about making targets, including modification dates. .It Ar n Don't delete the temporary command scripts created when running commands. These temporary scripts are created in the directory referred to by the .Ev TMPDIR environment variable, or in .Pa /tmp if .Ev TMPDIR is unset or set to the empty string. The temporary scripts are created by .Xr mkstemp 3 , and have names of the form .Pa makeXXXXXX . .Em NOTE : This can create many files in .Ev TMPDIR or .Pa /tmp , so use with care. .It Ar p Print debugging information about makefile parsing. .It Ar s Print debugging information about suffix-transformation rules. .It Ar t Print debugging information about target list maintenance. .It Ar V Force the .Fl V option to print raw values of variables. .It Ar v Print debugging information about variable assignment. .It Ar w Print entering and leaving directory messages, pre and post processing. .It Ar x Run shell commands with .Fl x so the actual commands are printed as they are executed. .El .It Fl e Specify that environment variables override macro assignments within makefiles. .It Fl f Ar makefile Specify a makefile to read instead of the default .Ql Pa makefile . If .Ar makefile is .Ql Fl , standard input is read. Multiple makefiles may be specified, and are read in the order specified. .It Fl I Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for makefiles and included makefiles. The system makefile directory (or directories, see the .Fl m option) is automatically included as part of this list. .It Fl i Ignore non-zero exit of shell commands in the makefile. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Fl before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl J Ar private This option should .Em not be specified by the user. .Pp When the .Ar j option is in use in a recursive build, this option is passed by a make to child makes to allow all the make processes in the build to cooperate to avoid overloading the system. .It Fl j Ar max_jobs Specify the maximum number of jobs that .Nm may have running at any one time. The value is saved in .Va .MAKE.JOBS . Turns compatibility mode off, unless the .Ar B flag is also specified. When compatibility mode is off, all commands associated with a target are executed in a single shell invocation as opposed to the traditional one shell invocation per line. This can break traditional scripts which change directories on each command invocation and then expect to start with a fresh environment on the next line. It is more efficient to correct the scripts rather than turn backwards compatibility on. .It Fl k Continue processing after errors are encountered, but only on those targets that do not depend on the target whose creation caused the error. .It Fl m Ar directory Specify a directory in which to search for sys.mk and makefiles included via the .Ao Ar file Ac Ns -style include statement. The .Fl m option can be used multiple times to form a search path. This path will override the default system include path: /usr/share/mk. Furthermore the system include path will be appended to the search path used for .Qo Ar file Qc Ns -style include statements (see the .Fl I option). .Pp If a file or directory name in the .Fl m argument (or the .Ev MAKESYSPATH environment variable) starts with the string .Qq \&.../ then .Nm will search for the specified file or directory named in the remaining part of the argument string. The search starts with the current directory of the Makefile and then works upward towards the root of the filesystem. If the search is successful, then the resulting directory replaces the .Qq \&.../ specification in the .Fl m argument. If used, this feature allows .Nm to easily search in the current source tree for customized sys.mk files (e.g., by using .Qq \&.../mk/sys.mk as an argument). .It Fl n Display the commands that would have been executed, but do not actually execute them unless the target depends on the .MAKE special source (see below). .It Fl N Display the commands which would have been executed, but do not actually execute any of them; useful for debugging top-level makefiles without descending into subdirectories. .It Fl q Do not execute any commands, but exit 0 if the specified targets are up-to-date and 1, otherwise. .It Fl r Do not use the built-in rules specified in the system makefile. .It Fl s Do not echo any commands as they are executed. Equivalent to specifying .Ql Ic @ before each command line in the makefile. .It Fl T Ar tracefile When used with the .Fl j flag, append a trace record to .Ar tracefile for each job started and completed. .It Fl t Rather than re-building a target as specified in the makefile, create it or update its modification time to make it appear up-to-date. .It Fl V Ar variable Print .Nm Ns 's idea of the value of .Ar variable , in the global context. Do not build any targets. Multiple instances of this option may be specified; the variables will be printed one per line, with a blank line for each null or undefined variable. If .Ar variable contains a .Ql \&$ then the value will be expanded before printing. .It Fl W Treat any warnings during makefile parsing as errors. .It Fl X Don't export variables passed on the command line to the environment individually. Variables passed on the command line are still exported via the .Va MAKEFLAGS environment variable. This option may be useful on systems which have a small limit on the size of command arguments. .It Ar variable=value Set the value of the variable .Ar variable to .Ar value . Normally, all values passed on the command line are also exported to sub-makes in the environment. The .Fl X flag disables this behavior. Variable assignments should follow options for POSIX compatibility but no ordering is enforced. .El .Pp There are seven different types of lines in a makefile: file dependency specifications, shell commands, variable assignments, include statements, conditional directives, for loops, and comments. .Pp In general, lines may be continued from one line to the next by ending them with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . The trailing newline character and initial whitespace on the following line are compressed into a single space. .Sh FILE DEPENDENCY SPECIFICATIONS Dependency lines consist of one or more targets, an operator, and zero or more sources. This creates a relationship where the targets .Dq depend on the sources and are usually created from them. The exact relationship between the target and the source is determined by the operator that separates them. The three operators are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flag .It Ic \&: A target is considered out-of-date if its modification time is less than those of any of its sources. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&! Targets are always re-created, but not until all sources have been examined and re-created as necessary. Sources for a target accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target is removed if .Nm is interrupted. .It Ic \&:: If no sources are specified, the target is always re-created. Otherwise, a target is considered out-of-date if any of its sources has been modified more recently than the target. Sources for a target do not accumulate over dependency lines when this operator is used. The target will not be removed if .Nm is interrupted. .El .Pp Targets and sources may contain the shell wildcard values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , .Ql [] , and .Ql {} . The values .Ql \&? , .Ql * , and .Ql [] may only be used as part of the final component of the target or source, and must be used to describe existing files. The value .Ql {} need not necessarily be used to describe existing files. Expansion is in directory order, not alphabetically as done in the shell. .Sh SHELL COMMANDS Each target may have associated with it a series of shell commands, normally used to create the target. Each of the commands in this script .Em must be preceded by a tab. While any target may appear on a dependency line, only one of these dependencies may be followed by a creation script, unless the .Ql Ic \&:: operator is used. .Pp If the first characters of the command line are any combination of .Ql Ic @ , .Ql Ic + , or .Ql Ic \- , the command is treated specially. A .Ql Ic @ causes the command not to be echoed before it is executed. A .Ql Ic + causes the command to be executed even when .Fl n is given. This is similar to the effect of the .MAKE special source, except that the effect can be limited to a single line of a script. A .Ql Ic \- causes any non-zero exit status of the command line to be ignored. .Pp When .Nm is run in jobs mode with .Fl j Ar max_jobs , the entire script for the target is fed to a single instance of the shell. .Pp In compatibility (non-jobs) mode, each command is run in a separate process. If the command contains any shell meta characters .Pq Ql #=|^(){};&<>*?[]:$`\e\en it will be passed to the shell, otherwise .Nm will attempt direct execution. .Pp Since .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR before executing any targets, each child process starts with that as its current working directory. .Pp Makefiles should be written so that the mode of .Nm operation does not change their behavior. For example, any command which needs to use .Dq cd or .Dq chdir , without side-effect should be put in parenthesis: .Bd -literal -offset indent avoid-chdir-side-effects: @echo Building $@ in `pwd` @(cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@) @echo Back in `pwd` ensure-one-shell-regardless-of-mode: @echo Building $@ in `pwd`; \\ (cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} $@); \\ echo Back in `pwd` .Ed .Sh VARIABLE ASSIGNMENTS Variables in make are much like variables in the shell, and, by tradition, consist of all upper-case letters. .Ss Variable assignment modifiers The five operators that can be used to assign values to variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic \&= Assign the value to the variable. Any previous value is overridden. .It Ic \&+= Append the value to the current value of the variable. .It Ic \&?= Assign the value to the variable if it is not already defined. .It Ic \&:= Assign with expansion, i.e. expand the value before assigning it to the variable. Normally, expansion is not done until the variable is referenced. .Em NOTE : References to undefined variables are .Em not expanded. This can cause problems when variable modifiers are used. .It Ic \&!= Expand the value and pass it to the shell for execution and assign the result to the variable. Any newlines in the result are replaced with spaces. .El .Pp Any white-space before the assigned .Ar value is removed; if the value is being appended, a single space is inserted between the previous contents of the variable and the appended value. .Pp Variables are expanded by surrounding the variable name with either curly braces .Pq Ql {} or parentheses .Pq Ql () and preceding it with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ . If the variable name contains only a single letter, the surrounding braces or parentheses are not required. This shorter form is not recommended. .Pp If the variable name contains a dollar, then the name itself is expanded first. This allows almost arbitrary variable names, however names containing dollar, braces, parenthesis, or whitespace are really best avoided! .Pp If the result of expanding a variable contains a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ the string is expanded again. .Pp Variable substitution occurs at three distinct times, depending on where the variable is being used. .Bl -enum .It Variables in dependency lines are expanded as the line is read. .It Variables in shell commands are expanded when the shell command is executed. .It .Dq .for loop index variables are expanded on each loop iteration. Note that other variables are not expanded inside loops so the following example code: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Dv .for i in 1 2 3 a+= ${i} j= ${i} b+= ${j} .Dv .endfor all: @echo ${a} @echo ${b} .Ed will print: .Bd -literal -offset indent 1 2 3 3 3 3 .Ed Because while ${a} contains .Dq 1 2 3 after the loop is executed, ${b} contains .Dq ${j} ${j} ${j} which expands to .Dq 3 3 3 since after the loop completes ${j} contains .Dq 3 . .El .Ss Variable classes The four different classes of variables (in order of increasing precedence) are: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Environment variables Variables defined as part of .Nm Ns 's environment. .It Global variables Variables defined in the makefile or in included makefiles. .It Command line variables Variables defined as part of the command line. .It Local variables Variables that are defined specific to a certain target. The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file. .It Va .IMPSRC In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member. .It Va .OODATE The list of sources for this target that were deemed out-of-date; also known as .Ql Va \&? . .It Va .PREFIX The file prefix of the target, containing only the file portion, no suffix or preceding directory components; also known as .Ql Va * . .It Va .TARGET The name of the target; also known as .Ql Va @ . .El .Pp The shorter forms .Ql Va @ , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va \&\*[Lt] , .Ql Va \&\*[Gt] , and .Ql Va * are permitted for backward compatibility with historical makefiles and are not recommended. The six variables .Ql Va "@F" , .Ql Va "@D" , .Ql Va "\*[Lt]F" , .Ql Va "\*[Lt]D" , .Ql Va "*F" , and .Ql Va "*D" are permitted for compatibility with .At V makefiles and are not recommended. .Pp Four of the local variables may be used in sources on dependency lines because they expand to the proper value for each target on the line. These variables are .Ql Va .TARGET , .Ql Va .PREFIX , .Ql Va .ARCHIVE , and .Ql Va .MEMBER . .El .Ss Additional built-in variables In addition, .Nm sets or knows about the following variables: .Bl -tag -width .MAKEOVERRIDES .It Va \&$ A single dollar sign .Ql \&$ , i.e. .Ql \&$$ expands to a single dollar sign. .It Va .ALLTARGETS The list of all targets encountered in the Makefile. If evaluated during Makefile parsing, lists only those targets encountered thus far. .It Va .CURDIR A path to the directory where .Nm was executed. Refer to the description of .Ql Ev PWD for more details. +.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMDIR +The directory of the file this Makefile was included from. +.It Va .INCLUDEDFROMFILE +The filename of the file this Makefile was included from. .It Ev MAKE The name that .Nm was executed with .Pq Va argv[0] . For compatibility .Nm also sets .Va .MAKE with the same value. The preferred variable to use is the environment variable .Ev MAKE because it is more compatible with other versions of .Nm and cannot be confused with the special target with the same name. .It Va .MAKE.ALWAYS_PASS_JOB_QUEUE Tells .Nm whether to pass the descriptors of the job token queue even if the target is not tagged with .Ic .MAKE The default is .Ql Pa yes for backwards compatability with .Fx 9.0 and earlier. .It Va .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Names the makefile (default .Ql Pa .depend ) from which generated dependencies are read. .It Va .MAKE.EXPAND_VARIABLES A boolean that controls the default behavior of the .Fl V option. .It Va .MAKE.EXPORTED The list of variables exported by .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.JOBS The argument to the .Fl j option. .It Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX If .Nm is run with .Ar j then output for each target is prefixed with a token .Ql --- target --- the first part of which can be controlled via .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX . -If +If .Va .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX is empty, no token is printed. .br For example: .Li .MAKE.JOB.PREFIX=${.newline}---${.MAKE:T}[${.MAKE.PID}] would produce tokens like .Ql ---make[1234] target --- making it easier to track the degree of parallelism being achieved. .It Ev MAKEFLAGS The environment variable .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS may contain anything that may be specified on .Nm Ns 's command line. Anything specified on .Nm Ns 's command line is appended to the .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS variable which is then entered into the environment for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Va .MAKE.LEVEL The recursion depth of .Nm . The initial instance of .Nm will be 0, and an incremented value is put into the environment to be seen by the next generation. This allows tests like: .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 to protect things which should only be evaluated in the initial instance of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE The ordered list of makefile names (default .Ql Pa makefile , .Ql Pa Makefile ) that .Nm will look for. .It Va .MAKE.MAKEFILES The list of makefiles read by .Nm , which is useful for tracking dependencies. Each makefile is recorded only once, regardless of the number of times read. .It Va .MAKE.MODE Processed after reading all makefiles. Can affect the mode that .Nm runs in. It can contain a number of keywords: .Bl -hang -width ignore-cmd .It Pa compat Like .Fl B , puts .Nm into "compat" mode. .It Pa meta Puts .Nm into "meta" mode, where meta files are created for each target to capture the command run, the output generated and if .Xr filemon 4 is available, the system calls which are of interest to .Nm . The captured output can be very useful when diagnosing errors. .It Pa curdirOk= Ar bf Normally .Nm will not create .meta files in .Ql Va .CURDIR . This can be overridden by setting .Va bf to a value which represents True. .It Pa env For debugging, it can be useful to inlcude the environment in the .meta file. .It Pa verbose If in "meta" mode, print a clue about the target being built. This is useful if the build is otherwise running silently. The message printed the value of: .Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX . .It Pa ignore-cmd Some makefiles have commands which are simply not stable. This keyword causes them to be ignored for determining whether a target is out of date in "meta" mode. See also .Ic .NOMETA_CMP . .It Pa silent= Ar bf If .Va bf is True, when a .meta file is created, mark the target .Ic .SILENT . .El .It Va .MAKE.META.BAILIWICK In "meta" mode, provides a list of prefixes which match the directories controlled by .Nm . If a file that was generated outside of .Va .OBJDIR but within said bailiwick is missing, the current target is considered out-of-date. .It Va .MAKE.META.CREATED In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files updated. If not empty, it can be used to trigger processing of .Va .MAKE.META.FILES . .It Va .MAKE.META.FILES In "meta" mode, this variable contains a list of all the meta files used (updated or not). This list can be used to process the meta files to extract dependency information. .It Va .MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS Provides a list of path prefixes that should be ignored; because the contents are expected to change over time. The default list includes: .Ql Pa /dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp .It Va .MAKE.META.PREFIX Defines the message printed for each meta file updated in "meta verbose" mode. The default value is: .Dl Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T} .It Va .MAKEOVERRIDES This variable is used to record the names of variables assigned to on the command line, so that they may be exported as part of .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS . This behaviour can be disabled by assigning an empty value to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES within a makefile. Extra variables can be exported from a makefile by appending their names to .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES . .Ql Ev MAKEFLAGS is re-exported whenever .Ql Va .MAKEOVERRIDES is modified. .It Va .MAKE.PATH_FILEMON If .Nm was built with .Xr filemon 4 support, this is set to the path of the device node. This allows makefiles to test for this support. .It Va .MAKE.PID The process-id of .Nm . .It Va .MAKE.PPID The parent process-id of .Nm . .It Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR When .Nm stops due to an error, it prints its name and the value of .Ql Va .CURDIR as well as the value of any variables named in .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Va .newline This variable is simply assigned a newline character as its value. This allows expansions using the .Cm \&:@ modifier to put a newline between iterations of the loop rather than a space. For example, the printing of .Ql Va MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR could be done as ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@}. .It Va .OBJDIR A path to the directory where the targets are built. Its value is determined by trying to .Xr chdir 2 to the following directories in order and using the first match: .Bl -enum .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX}${.CURDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${MAKEOBJDIR} .Pp (Only if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR is set in the environment or on the command line.) .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj. Ns Ev ${MACHINE} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} Ns Pa /obj .It .Pa /usr/obj/ Ns Ev ${.CURDIR} .It .Ev ${.CURDIR} .El .Pp Variable expansion is performed on the value before it's used, so expressions such as .Dl ${.CURDIR:S,^/usr/src,/var/obj,} may be used. This is especially useful with .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR . .Pp .Ql Va .OBJDIR may be modified in the makefile as a global variable. In all cases, .Nm will .Xr chdir 2 to .Ql Va .OBJDIR and set .Ql Ev PWD to that directory before executing any targets. . .It Va .PARSEDIR A path to the directory of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. .It Va .PARSEFILE The basename of the current .Ql Pa Makefile being parsed. This variable and .Ql Va .PARSEDIR are both set only while the .Ql Pa Makefiles are being parsed. If you want to retain their current values, assign them to a variable using assignment with expansion: .Pq Ql Cm \&:= . .It Va .PATH A variable that represents the list of directories that .Nm will search for files. The search list should be updated using the target .Ql Va .PATH rather than the variable. .It Ev PWD Alternate path to the current directory. .Nm normally sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the canonical path given by .Xr getcwd 3 . However, if the environment variable .Ql Ev PWD is set and gives a path to the current directory, then .Nm sets .Ql Va .CURDIR to the value of .Ql Ev PWD instead. This behaviour is disabled if .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX is set or .Ql Ev MAKEOBJDIR contains a variable transform. .Ql Ev PWD is set to the value of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for all programs which .Nm executes. .It Ev .TARGETS The list of targets explicitly specified on the command line, if any. .It Ev VPATH Colon-separated .Pq Dq \&: lists of directories that .Nm will search for files. The variable is supported for compatibility with old make programs only, use .Ql Va .PATH instead. .El .Ss Variable modifiers Variable expansion may be modified to select or modify each word of the variable (where a .Dq word is white-space delimited sequence of characters). The general format of a variable expansion is as follows: .Pp .Dl ${variable[:modifier[:...]]} .Pp Each modifier begins with a colon, which may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp A set of modifiers can be specified via a variable, as follows: .Pp .Dl modifier_variable=modifier[:...] .Dl ${variable:${modifier_variable}[:...]} .Pp In this case the first modifier in the modifier_variable does not start with a colon, since that must appear in the referencing variable. If any of the modifiers in the modifier_variable contain a dollar sign .Pq Ql $ , these must be doubled to avoid early expansion. .Pp The supported modifiers are: .Bl -tag -width EEE .It Cm \&:E Replaces each word in the variable with its suffix. .It Cm \&:H Replaces each word in the variable with everything but the last component. .It Cm \&:M Ns Ar pattern Select only those words that match .Ar pattern . The standard shell wildcard characters .Pf ( Ql * , .Ql \&? , and .Ql Oo Oc ) may be used. The wildcard characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . +As a consequence of the way values are split into words, matched, +and then joined, a construct like +.Dl ${VAR:M*} +will normalise the inter-word spacing, removing all leading and +trailing space, and converting multiple consecutive spaces +to single spaces. +. .It Cm \&:N Ns Ar pattern This is identical to .Ql Cm \&:M , but selects all words which do not match .Ar pattern . .It Cm \&:O Order every word in variable alphabetically. To sort words in reverse order use the .Ql Cm \&:O:[-1..1] combination of modifiers. .It Cm \&:Ox Randomize words in variable. The results will be different each time you are referring to the modified variable; use the assignment with expansion .Pq Ql Cm \&:= to prevent such behaviour. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent LIST= uno due tre quattro RANDOM_LIST= ${LIST:Ox} STATIC_RANDOM_LIST:= ${LIST:Ox} all: @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" @echo "${STATIC_RANDOM_LIST}" .Ed may produce output similar to: .Bd -literal -offset indent quattro due tre uno tre due quattro uno due uno quattro tre due uno quattro tre .Ed .It Cm \&:Q Quotes every shell meta-character in the variable, so that it can be passed safely through recursive invocations of .Nm . .It Cm \&:R Replaces each word in the variable with everything but its suffix. .It Cm \&:gmtime The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using the current .Xr gmtime 3 . .It Cm \&:hash Compute a 32bit hash of the value and encode it as hex digits. .It Cm \&:localtime The value is a format string for .Xr strftime 3 , using the current .Xr localtime 3 . .It Cm \&:tA Attempt to convert variable to an absolute path using .Xr realpath 3 , if that fails, the value is unchanged. .It Cm \&:tl Converts variable to lower-case letters. .It Cm \&:ts Ns Ar c Words in the variable are normally separated by a space on expansion. This modifier sets the separator to the character .Ar c . If .Ar c is omitted, then no separator is used. The common escapes (including octal numeric codes), work as expected. .It Cm \&:tu Converts variable to upper-case letters. .It Cm \&:tW Causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). See also .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .It Cm \&:tw Causes the value to be treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. See also .Ql Cm \&:[@] . .Sm off .It Cm \&:S No \&/ Ar old_string No \&/ Ar new_string No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on Modify the first occurrence of .Ar old_string in the variable's value, replacing it with .Ar new_string . If a .Ql g is appended to the last slash of the pattern, all occurrences in each word are replaced. If a .Ql 1 is appended to the last slash of the pattern, only the first word is affected. If a .Ql W is appended to the last slash of the pattern, then the value is treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). If .Ar old_string begins with a caret .Pq Ql ^ , .Ar old_string is anchored at the beginning of each word. If .Ar old_string ends with a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand .Pq Ql \*[Am] is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any .Ql ^ or .Ql \&$ ) . Any character may be used as a delimiter for the parts of the modifier string. The anchoring, ampersand and delimiter characters may be escaped with a backslash .Pq Ql \e . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:C No \&/ Ar pattern No \&/ Ar replacement No \&/ Op Cm 1gW .Sm on The .Cm \&:C modifier is just like the .Cm \&:S modifier except that the old and new strings, instead of being -simple strings, are a regular expression (see +simple strings, are an extended regular expression (see .Xr regex 3 ) string .Ar pattern and an .Xr ed 1 Ns \-style string .Ar replacement . Normally, the first occurrence of the pattern .Ar pattern in each word of the value is substituted with .Ar replacement . The .Ql 1 modifier causes the substitution to apply to at most one word; the .Ql g modifier causes the substitution to apply to as many instances of the search pattern .Ar pattern as occur in the word or words it is found in; the .Ql W modifier causes the value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Note that .Ql 1 and .Ql g are orthogonal; the former specifies whether multiple words are potentially affected, the latter whether multiple substitutions can potentially occur within each affected word. +.Pp +As for the +.Cm \&:S +modifier, the +.Ar pattern +and +.Ar replacement +are subjected to variable expansion before being parsed as +regular expressions. .It Cm \&:T Replaces each word in the variable with its last component. .It Cm \&:u Remove adjacent duplicate words (like .Xr uniq 1 ) . .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&? Ar true_string Cm \&: Ar false_string .Sm on If the variable name (not its value), when parsed as a .if conditional expression, evaluates to true, return as its value the .Ar true_string , otherwise return the .Ar false_string . Since the variable name is used as the expression, \&:\&? must be the first modifier after the variable name itself - which will, of course, usually contain variable expansions. A common error is trying to use expressions like .Dl ${NUMBERS:M42:?match:no} which actually tests defined(NUMBERS), to determine is any words match "42" you need to use something like: .Dl ${"${NUMBERS:M42}" != \&"\&":?match:no} . .It Ar :old_string=new_string This is the .At V style variable substitution. It must be the last modifier specified. If .Ar old_string or .Ar new_string do not contain the pattern matching character .Ar % then it is assumed that they are anchored at the end of each word, so only suffixes or entire words may be replaced. Otherwise .Ar % is the substring of .Ar old_string to be replaced in .Ar new_string . .Pp Variable expansion occurs in the normal fashion inside both .Ar old_string and .Ar new_string with the single exception that a backslash is used to prevent the expansion of a dollar sign .Pq Ql \&$ , not a preceding dollar sign as is usual. .Sm off .It Cm \&:@ Ar temp Cm @ Ar string Cm @ .Sm on This is the loop expansion mechanism from the OSF Development Environment (ODE) make. Unlike .Cm \&.for loops expansion occurs at the time of reference. Assign .Ar temp to each word in the variable and evaluate .Ar string . The ODE convention is that .Ar temp should start and end with a period. For example. .Dl ${LINKS:@.LINK.@${LN} ${TARGET} ${.LINK.}@} .Pp However a single character variable is often more readable: .Dl ${MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR:@v@$v='${$v}'${.newline}@} .It Cm \&:U Ns Ar newval If the variable is undefined .Ar newval is the value. If the variable is defined, the existing value is returned. This is another ODE make feature. It is handy for setting per-target CFLAGS for instance: .Dl ${_${.TARGET:T}_CFLAGS:U${DEF_CFLAGS}} If a value is only required if the variable is undefined, use: .Dl ${VAR:D:Unewval} .It Cm \&:D Ns Ar newval If the variable is defined .Ar newval is the value. .It Cm \&:L The name of the variable is the value. .It Cm \&:P The path of the node which has the same name as the variable is the value. If no such node exists or its path is null, then the name of the variable is used. In order for this modifier to work, the name (node) must at least have appeared on the rhs of a dependency. .Sm off .It Cm \&:\&! Ar cmd Cm \&! .Sm on The output of running .Ar cmd is the value. .It Cm \&:sh If the variable is non-empty it is run as a command and the output becomes the new value. .It Cm \&::= Ns Ar str The variable is assigned the value .Ar str after substitution. This modifier and its variations are useful in obscure situations such as wanting to set a variable when shell commands are being parsed. These assignment modifiers always expand to nothing, so if appearing in a rule line by themselves should be preceded with something to keep .Nm happy. .Pp The .Ql Cm \&:: helps avoid false matches with the .At V style .Cm \&:= modifier and since substitution always occurs the .Cm \&::= form is vaguely appropriate. .It Cm \&::?= Ns Ar str As for .Cm \&::= but only if the variable does not already have a value. .It Cm \&::+= Ns Ar str Append .Ar str to the variable. .It Cm \&::!= Ns Ar cmd Assign the output of .Ar cmd to the variable. .It Cm \&:\&[ Ns Ar range Ns Cm \&] Selects one or more words from the value, or performs other operations related to the way in which the value is divided into words. .Pp Ordinarily, a value is treated as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Some modifiers suppress this behaviour, causing a value to be treated as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). An empty value, or a value that consists entirely of white-space, is treated as a single word. For the purposes of the .Ql Cm \&:[] modifier, the words are indexed both forwards using positive integers (where index 1 represents the first word), and backwards using negative integers (where index \-1 represents the last word). .Pp The .Ar range is subjected to variable expansion, and the expanded result is then interpreted as follows: .Bl -tag -width index .\" :[n] .It Ar index Selects a single word from the value. .\" :[start..end] .It Ar start Ns Cm \&.. Ns Ar end Selects all words from .Ar start to .Ar end , inclusive. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[2..-1] selects all words from the second word to the last word. If .Ar start is greater than .Ar end , then the words are output in reverse order. For example, .Ql Cm \&:[-1..1] selects all the words from last to first. .\" :[*] .It Cm \&* Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a single word (possibly containing embedded white space). Analogous to the effect of \&"$*\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[0] .It 0 Means the same as .Ql Cm \&:[*] . .\" :[*] .It Cm \&@ Causes subsequent modifiers to treat the value as a sequence of words delimited by white space. Analogous to the effect of \&"$@\&" in Bourne shell. .\" :[#] .It Cm \&# Returns the number of words in the value. .El \" :[range] .El .Sh INCLUDE STATEMENTS, CONDITIONALS AND FOR LOOPS Makefile inclusion, conditional structures and for loops reminiscent of the C programming language are provided in .Nm . All such structures are identified by a line beginning with a single dot .Pq Ql \&. character. Files are included with either .Cm \&.include Aq Ar file or .Cm \&.include Pf \*q Ar file Ns \*q . Variables between the angle brackets or double quotes are expanded to form the file name. If angle brackets are used, the included makefile is expected to be in the system makefile directory. If double quotes are used, the including makefile's directory and any directories specified using the .Fl I option are searched before the system makefile directory. For compatibility with other versions of .Nm .Ql include file ... is also accepted. If the include statement is written as .Cm .-include or as .Cm .sinclude then errors locating and/or opening include files are ignored. .Pp Conditional expressions are also preceded by a single dot as the first character of a line. The possible conditionals are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds .It Ic .error Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number, then .Nm will exit. .It Ic .export Ar variable ... Export the specified global variable. If no variable list is provided, all globals are exported except for internal variables (those that start with .Ql \&. ) . This is not affected by the .Fl X flag, so should be used with caution. For compatibility with other .Nm programs .Ql export variable=value is also accepted. .Pp Appending a variable name to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED is equivalent to exporting a variable. .It Ic .export-env Ar variable ... The same as .Ql .export , except that the variable is not appended to .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . This allows exporting a value to the environment which is different from that used by .Nm internally. .It Ic .info Ar message The message is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic .undef Ar variable Un-define the specified global variable. Only global variables may be un-defined. .It Ic .unexport Ar variable ... The opposite of .Ql .export . The specified global .Va variable will be removed from .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED . If no variable list is provided, all globals are unexported, and .Va .MAKE.EXPORTED deleted. .It Ic .unexport-env Unexport all globals previously exported and clear the environment inherited from the parent. This operation will cause a memory leak of the original environment, so should be used sparingly. Testing for .Va .MAKE.LEVEL being 0, would make sense. Also note that any variables which originated in the parent environment should be explicitly preserved if desired. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent .Li .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 PATH := ${PATH} .Li .unexport-env .Li .export PATH .Li .endif .Pp .Ed Would result in an environment containing only .Ql Ev PATH , which is the minimal useful environment. Actually .Ql Ev .MAKE.LEVEL will also be pushed into the new environment. .It Ic .warning Ar message The message prefixed by .Ql Pa warning: is printed along with the name of the makefile and line number. .It Ic \&.if Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... Test the value of an expression. .It Ic .ifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... Test the value of a variable. .It Ic .ifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .ifnmake Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar target Op Ar operator target ... Test the target being built. .It Ic .else Reverse the sense of the last conditional. .It Ic .elif Oo \&! Ns Oc Ar expression Op Ar operator expression ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .if . .It Ic .elifdef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifdef . .It Ic .elifndef Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar variable Op Ar operator variable ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifndef . .It Ic .elifmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifmake . .It Ic .elifnmake Oo \&! Oc Ns Ar target Op Ar operator target ... A combination of .Ql Ic .else followed by .Ql Ic .ifnmake . .It Ic .endif End the body of the conditional. .El .Pp The .Ar operator may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. .It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am] Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than .Dq \&|\&| . .El .Pp As in C, .Nm will only evaluate a conditional as far as is necessary to determine its value. Parentheses may be used to change the order of evaluation. The boolean operator .Ql Ic \&! may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than .Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] . .Pp The value of .Ar expression may be any of the following: .Bl -tag -width defined .It Ic defined Takes a variable name as an argument and evaluates to true if the variable has been defined. .It Ic make Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target was specified as part of .Nm Ns 's command line or was declared the default target (either implicitly or explicitly, see .Va .MAIN ) before the line containing the conditional. .It Ic empty Takes a variable, with possible modifiers, and evaluates to true if the expansion of the variable would result in an empty string. .It Ic exists Takes a file name as an argument and evaluates to true if the file exists. The file is searched for on the system search path (see .Va .PATH ) . .It Ic target Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined. .It Ic commands Takes a target name as an argument and evaluates to true if the target has been defined and has commands associated with it. .El .Pp .Ar Expression may also be an arithmetic or string comparison. Variable expansion is performed on both sides of the comparison, after which the integral values are compared. A value is interpreted as hexadecimal if it is preceded by 0x, otherwise it is decimal; octal numbers are not supported. The standard C relational operators are all supported. If after variable expansion, either the left or right hand side of a .Ql Ic == or .Ql Ic "!=" operator is not an integral value, then string comparison is performed between the expanded variables. If no relational operator is given, it is assumed that the expanded variable is being compared against 0 or an empty string in the case of a string comparison. .Pp When .Nm is evaluating one of these conditional expressions, and it encounters a (white-space separated) word it doesn't recognize, either the .Dq make or .Dq defined expression is applied to it, depending on the form of the conditional. If the form is .Ql Ic .ifdef , .Ql Ic .ifndef , or .Ql Ic .if the .Dq defined expression is applied. Similarly, if the form is .Ql Ic .ifmake or .Ql Ic .ifnmake , the .Dq make expression is applied. .Pp If the conditional evaluates to true the parsing of the makefile continues as before. If it evaluates to false, the following lines are skipped. In both cases this continues until a .Ql Ic .else or .Ql Ic .endif is found. .Pp For loops are typically used to apply a set of rules to a list of files. The syntax of a for loop is: .Pp .Bl -tag -compact -width Ds .It Ic \&.for Ar variable Oo Ar variable ... Oc Ic in Ar expression .It Aq make-rules .It Ic \&.endfor .El .Pp After the for .Ic expression is evaluated, it is split into words. On each iteration of the loop, one word is taken and assigned to each .Ic variable , in order, and these .Ic variables are substituted into the .Ic make-rules inside the body of the for loop. The number of words must come out even; that is, if there are three iteration variables, the number of words provided must be a multiple of three. .Sh COMMENTS Comments begin with a hash .Pq Ql \&# character, anywhere but in a shell command line, and continue to the end of an unescaped new line. .Sh SPECIAL SOURCES (ATTRIBUTES) .Bl -tag -width .IGNOREx .It Ic .EXEC Target is never out of date, but always execute commands anyway. .It Ic .IGNORE Ignore any errors from the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by a dash .Pq Ql \- . .\" .It Ic .INVISIBLE .\" XXX .\" .It Ic .JOIN .\" XXX .It Ic .MADE Mark all sources of this target as being up-to-date. .It Ic .MAKE Execute the commands associated with this target even if the .Fl n or .Fl t options were specified. Normally used to mark recursive -.Nm Ns 's . +.Nm Ns s . .It Ic .META Create a meta file for the target, even if it is flagged as .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL . Usage in conjunction with .Ic .MAKE is the most likely case. In "meta" mode, the target is out-of-date if the meta file is missing. .It Ic .NOMETA Do not create a meta file for the target. Meta files are also not created for .Ic .PHONY , .Ic .MAKE , or .Ic .SPECIAL targets. .It Ic .NOMETA_CMP Ignore differences in commands when deciding if target is out of date. This is useful if the command contains a value which always changes. If the number of commands change, though, the target will still be out of date. The same effect applies to any command line that uses the variable .Va .OODATE , which can be used for that purpose even when not otherwise needed or desired: .Bd -literal -offset indent skip-compare-for-some: @echo this will be compared @echo this will not ${.OODATE:M.NOMETA_CMP} @echo this will also be compared .Ed The .Cm \&:M pattern suppresses any expansion of the unwanted variable. .It Ic .NOPATH Do not search for the target in the directories specified by .Ic .PATH . .It Ic .NOTMAIN Normally .Nm selects the first target it encounters as the default target to be built if no target was specified. This source prevents this target from being selected. .It Ic .OPTIONAL If a target is marked with this attribute and .Nm can't figure out how to create it, it will ignore this fact and assume the file isn't needed or already exists. .It Ic .PHONY The target does not correspond to an actual file; it is always considered to be out of date, and will not be created with the .Fl t option. Suffix-transformation rules are not applied to .Ic .PHONY targets. .It Ic .PRECIOUS When .Nm is interrupted, it normally removes any partially made targets. This source prevents the target from being removed. .It Ic .RECURSIVE Synonym for .Ic .MAKE . .It Ic .SILENT Do not echo any of the commands associated with this target, exactly as if they all were preceded by an at sign .Pq Ql @ . .It Ic .USE Turn the target into .Nm Ns 's version of a macro. When the target is used as a source for another target, the other target acquires the commands, sources, and attributes (except for .Ic .USE ) of the source. If the target already has commands, the .Ic .USE target's commands are appended to them. .It Ic .USEBEFORE Exactly like .Ic .USE , but prepend the .Ic .USEBEFORE target commands to the target. .It Ic .WAIT If .Ic .WAIT appears in a dependency line, the sources that precede it are made before the sources that succeed it in the line. Since the dependents of files are not made until the file itself could be made, this also stops the dependents being built unless they are needed for another branch of the dependency tree. So given: .Bd -literal x: a .WAIT b echo x a: echo a b: b1 echo b b1: echo b1 .Ed the output is always .Ql a , .Ql b1 , .Ql b , .Ql x . .br The ordering imposed by .Ic .WAIT is only relevant for parallel makes. .El .Sh SPECIAL TARGETS Special targets may not be included with other targets, i.e. they must be the only target specified. .Bl -tag -width .BEGINx .It Ic .BEGIN Any command lines attached to this target are executed before anything else is done. .It Ic .DEFAULT This is sort of a .Ic .USE rule for any target (that was used only as a source) that .Nm can't figure out any other way to create. Only the shell script is used. The .Ic .IMPSRC variable of a target that inherits .Ic .DEFAULT Ns 's commands is set to the target's own name. .It Ic .END Any command lines attached to this target are executed after everything else is done. .It Ic .ERROR Any command lines attached to this target are executed when another target fails. The .Ic .ERROR_TARGET variable is set to the target that failed. See also .Ic MAKE_PRINT_VAR_ON_ERROR . .It Ic .IGNORE Mark each of the sources with the .Ic .IGNORE attribute. If no sources are specified, this is the equivalent of specifying the .Fl i option. .It Ic .INTERRUPT If .Nm is interrupted, the commands for this target will be executed. .It Ic .MAIN If no target is specified when .Nm is invoked, this target will be built. .It Ic .MAKEFLAGS This target provides a way to specify flags for .Nm when the makefile is used. The flags are as if typed to the shell, though the .Fl f option will have no effect. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in non parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in non parallel mode. .It Ic .NOPATH Apply the .Ic .NOPATH attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .NOTPARALLEL Disable parallel mode. .It Ic .NO_PARALLEL Synonym for .Ic .NOTPARALLEL , for compatibility with other pmake variants. .It Ic .ORDER The named targets are made in sequence. This ordering does not add targets to the list of targets to be made. Since the dependents of a target do not get built until the target itself could be built, unless .Ql a is built by another part of the dependency graph, the following is a dependency loop: .Bd -literal \&.ORDER: b a b: a .Ed .Pp The ordering imposed by .Ic .ORDER is only relevant for parallel makes. .\" XXX: NOT YET!!!! .\" .It Ic .PARALLEL .\" The named targets are executed in parallel mode. .\" If no targets are .\" specified, then all targets are executed in parallel mode. .It Ic .PATH The sources are directories which are to be searched for files not found in the current directory. If no sources are specified, any previously specified directories are deleted. If the source is the special .Ic .DOTLAST target, then the current working directory is searched last. .It Ic .PATH. Ns Va suffix Like .Ic .PATH but applies only to files with a particular suffix. The suffix must have been previously declared with .Ic .SUFFIXES . .It Ic .PHONY Apply the .Ic .PHONY attribute to any specified sources. .It Ic .PRECIOUS Apply the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .PRECIOUS attribute is applied to every target in the file. .It Ic .SHELL Sets the shell that .Nm will use to execute commands. The sources are a set of .Ar field=value pairs. .Bl -tag -width hasErrCtls .It Ar name This is the minimal specification, used to select one of the builtin shell specs; .Ar sh , .Ar ksh , and .Ar csh . .It Ar path Specifies the path to the shell. .It Ar hasErrCtl Indicates whether the shell supports exit on error. .It Ar check The command to turn on error checking. .It Ar ignore The command to disable error checking. .It Ar echo The command to turn on echoing of commands executed. .It Ar quiet The command to turn off echoing of commands executed. .It Ar filter The output to filter after issuing the .Ar quiet command. It is typically identical to .Ar quiet . .It Ar errFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable error checking. .It Ar echoFlag The flag to pass the shell to enable command echoing. .It Ar newline The string literal to pass the shell that results in a single newline character when used outside of any quoting characters. .El Example: .Bd -literal \&.SHELL: name=ksh path=/bin/ksh hasErrCtl=true \e check="set \-e" ignore="set +e" \e echo="set \-v" quiet="set +v" filter="set +v" \e echoFlag=v errFlag=e newline="'\en'" .Ed .It Ic .SILENT Apply the .Ic .SILENT attribute to any specified sources. If no sources are specified, the .Ic .SILENT attribute is applied to every command in the file. .It Ic .STALE This target gets run when a dependency file contains stale entries, having .Va .ALLSRC set to the name of that dependency file. .It Ic .SUFFIXES Each source specifies a suffix to .Nm . If no sources are specified, any previously specified suffixes are deleted. It allows the creation of suffix-transformation rules. .Pp Example: .Bd -literal \&.SUFFIXES: .o \&.c.o: cc \-o ${.TARGET} \-c ${.IMPSRC} .Ed .El .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm uses the following environment variables, if they exist: .Ev MACHINE , .Ev MACHINE_ARCH , .Ev MAKE , .Ev MAKEFLAGS , .Ev MAKEOBJDIR , .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX , .Ev MAKESYSPATH , .Ev PWD , and .Ev TMPDIR . .Pp .Ev MAKEOBJDIRPREFIX and .Ev MAKEOBJDIR may only be set in the environment or on the command line to .Nm and not as makefile variables; see the description of .Ql Va .OBJDIR for more details. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/mk -compact .It .depend list of dependencies .It Makefile list of dependencies .It makefile list of dependencies .It sys.mk system makefile .It /usr/share/mk system makefile directory .El .Sh COMPATIBILITY The basic make syntax is compatible between different versions of make, however the special variables, variable modifiers and conditionals are not. .Pp The way that parallel makes are scheduled changed in .Nx 4.0 so that .ORDER and .WAIT apply recursively to the dependent nodes. The algorithms used may change again in the future. .Pp The way that .for loop variables are substituted changed after .Nx 5.0 so that they still appear to be variable expansions. In particular this stops them being treated as syntax, and removes some obscure problems using them in .if statements. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdep 1 .Sh HISTORY A .Nm command appeared in .At v7 . This .Nm implementation is based on Adam De Boor's pmake program which was written for Sprite at Berkeley. It was designed to be a parallel distributed make running jobs on different machines using a daemon called .Dq customs . .Pp Historically the target/dependency .Dq FRC has been used to FoRCe rebuilding (since the target/dependency does not exist... unless someone creates an .Dq FRC file). .Sh BUGS The .Nm syntax is difficult to parse without actually acting of the data. For instance finding the end of a variable use should involve scanning each the modifiers using the correct terminator for each field. In many places .Nm just counts {} and () in order to find the end of a variable expansion. .Pp There is no way of escaping a space character in a filename. Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.h =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.h (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/make.h (revision 276305) @@ -1,521 +1,525 @@ /* $NetBSD: make.h,v 1.92 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * from: @(#)make.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95 */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. * * from: @(#)make.h 8.3 (Berkeley) 6/13/95 */ /*- * make.h -- * The global definitions for pmake */ #ifndef _MAKE_H_ #define _MAKE_H_ #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include #include #include #ifdef HAVE_STRING_H #include #else #include #endif #include #include #if defined(__GNUC__) #define MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y) \ ((__GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) || \ (__GNUC__ > (x))) #else /* defined(__GNUC__) */ #define MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(x, y) 0 #endif /* defined(__GNUC__) */ #if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7) #define MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED __attribute__((__unused__)) #else #define MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED /* delete */ #endif #if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 5) #define MAKE_ATTR_DEAD __attribute__((__noreturn__)) #elif defined(__GNUC__) #define MAKE_ATTR_DEAD __volatile #else #define MAKE_ATTR_DEAD /* delete */ #endif #if MAKE_GNUC_PREREQ(2, 7) #define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg) \ __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__, fmtarg, firstvararg))) #else #define MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(fmtarg, firstvararg) /* delete */ #endif #include "sprite.h" #include "lst.h" #include "hash.h" #include "make-conf.h" #include "buf.h" #include "make_malloc.h" /* * some vendors don't have this --sjg */ #if defined(S_IFDIR) && !defined(S_ISDIR) # define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR) #endif #if defined(sun) && (defined(__svr4__) || defined(__SVR4)) #define POSIX_SIGNALS #endif /*- * The structure for an individual graph node. Each node has several * pieces of data associated with it. * 1) the name of the target it describes * 2) the location of the target file in the file system. * 3) the type of operator used to define its sources (qv. parse.c) * 4) whether it is involved in this invocation of make * 5) whether the target has been remade * 6) whether any of its children has been remade * 7) the number of its children that are, as yet, unmade * 8) its modification time * 9) the modification time of its youngest child (qv. make.c) * 10) a list of nodes for which this is a source (parents) * 11) a list of nodes on which this depends (children) * 12) a list of nodes that depend on this, as gleaned from the * transformation rules (iParents) * 13) a list of ancestor nodes, which includes parents, iParents, * and recursive parents of parents * 14) a list of nodes of the same name created by the :: operator * 15) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before * this node can be, but that do not enter into the datedness of * this node. * 16) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) before * this node or any child of this node can be, but that do not * enter into the datedness of this node. * 17) a list of nodes that must be made (if they're made) after * this node is, but that do not depend on this node, in the * normal sense. * 18) a Lst of ``local'' variables that are specific to this target * and this target only (qv. var.c [$@ $< $?, etc.]) * 19) a Lst of strings that are commands to be given to a shell * to create this target. */ typedef struct GNode { char *name; /* The target's name */ char *uname; /* The unexpanded name of a .USE node */ char *path; /* The full pathname of the file */ int type; /* Its type (see the OP flags, below) */ int flags; #define REMAKE 0x1 /* this target needs to be (re)made */ #define CHILDMADE 0x2 /* children of this target were made */ #define FORCE 0x4 /* children don't exist, and we pretend made */ #define DONE_WAIT 0x8 /* Set by Make_ProcessWait() */ #define DONE_ORDER 0x10 /* Build requested by .ORDER processing */ #define FROM_DEPEND 0x20 /* Node created from .depend */ #define DONE_ALLSRC 0x40 /* We do it once only */ #define CYCLE 0x1000 /* Used by MakePrintStatus */ #define DONECYCLE 0x2000 /* Used by MakePrintStatus */ enum enum_made { UNMADE, DEFERRED, REQUESTED, BEINGMADE, MADE, UPTODATE, ERROR, ABORTED } made; /* Set to reflect the state of processing * on this node: * UNMADE - Not examined yet * DEFERRED - Examined once (building child) * REQUESTED - on toBeMade list * BEINGMADE - Target is already being made. * Indicates a cycle in the graph. * MADE - Was out-of-date and has been made * UPTODATE - Was already up-to-date * ERROR - An error occurred while it was being * made (used only in compat mode) * ABORTED - The target was aborted due to * an error making an inferior (compat). */ int unmade; /* The number of unmade children */ time_t mtime; /* Its modification time */ struct GNode *cmgn; /* The youngest child */ Lst iParents; /* Links to parents for which this is an * implied source, if any */ Lst cohorts; /* Other nodes for the :: operator */ Lst parents; /* Nodes that depend on this one */ Lst children; /* Nodes on which this one depends */ Lst order_pred; /* .ORDER nodes we need made */ Lst order_succ; /* .ORDER nodes who need us */ char cohort_num[8]; /* #n for this cohort */ int unmade_cohorts;/* # of unmade instances on the cohorts list */ struct GNode *centurion; /* Pointer to the first instance of a :: node; only set when on a cohorts list */ unsigned int checked; /* Last time we tried to makle this node */ Hash_Table context; /* The local variables */ Lst commands; /* Creation commands */ struct _Suff *suffix; /* Suffix for the node (determined by * Suff_FindDeps and opaque to everyone * but the Suff module) */ const char *fname; /* filename where the GNode got defined */ int lineno; /* line number where the GNode got defined */ } GNode; /* * The OP_ constants are used when parsing a dependency line as a way of * communicating to other parts of the program the way in which a target * should be made. These constants are bitwise-OR'ed together and * placed in the 'type' field of each node. Any node that has * a 'type' field which satisfies the OP_NOP function was never never on * the lefthand side of an operator, though it may have been on the * righthand side... */ #define OP_DEPENDS 0x00000001 /* Execution of commands depends on * kids (:) */ #define OP_FORCE 0x00000002 /* Always execute commands (!) */ #define OP_DOUBLEDEP 0x00000004 /* Execution of commands depends on kids * per line (::) */ #define OP_OPMASK (OP_DEPENDS|OP_FORCE|OP_DOUBLEDEP) #define OP_OPTIONAL 0x00000008 /* Don't care if the target doesn't * exist and can't be created */ #define OP_USE 0x00000010 /* Use associated commands for parents */ #define OP_EXEC 0x00000020 /* Target is never out of date, but always * execute commands anyway. Its time * doesn't matter, so it has none...sort * of */ #define OP_IGNORE 0x00000040 /* Ignore errors when creating the node */ #define OP_PRECIOUS 0x00000080 /* Don't remove the target when * interrupted */ #define OP_SILENT 0x00000100 /* Don't echo commands when executed */ #define OP_MAKE 0x00000200 /* Target is a recursive make so its * commands should always be executed when * it is out of date, regardless of the * state of the -n or -t flags */ #define OP_JOIN 0x00000400 /* Target is out-of-date only if any of its * children was out-of-date */ #define OP_MADE 0x00000800 /* Assume the children of the node have * been already made */ #define OP_SPECIAL 0x00001000 /* Special .BEGIN, .END, .INTERRUPT */ #define OP_USEBEFORE 0x00002000 /* Like .USE, only prepend commands */ #define OP_INVISIBLE 0x00004000 /* The node is invisible to its parents. * I.e. it doesn't show up in the parents's * local variables. */ #define OP_NOTMAIN 0x00008000 /* The node is exempt from normal 'main * target' processing in parse.c */ #define OP_PHONY 0x00010000 /* Not a file target; run always */ #define OP_NOPATH 0x00020000 /* Don't search for file in the path */ #define OP_WAIT 0x00040000 /* .WAIT phony node */ #define OP_NOMETA 0x00080000 /* .NOMETA do not create a .meta file */ #define OP_META 0x00100000 /* .META we _do_ want a .meta file */ #define OP_NOMETA_CMP 0x00200000 /* Do not compare commands in .meta file */ /* Attributes applied by PMake */ #define OP_TRANSFORM 0x80000000 /* The node is a transformation rule */ #define OP_MEMBER 0x40000000 /* Target is a member of an archive */ #define OP_LIB 0x20000000 /* Target is a library */ #define OP_ARCHV 0x10000000 /* Target is an archive construct */ #define OP_HAS_COMMANDS 0x08000000 /* Target has all the commands it should. * Used when parsing to catch multiple * commands for a target */ #define OP_SAVE_CMDS 0x04000000 /* Saving commands on .END (Compat) */ #define OP_DEPS_FOUND 0x02000000 /* Already processed by Suff_FindDeps */ #define OP_MARK 0x01000000 /* Node found while expanding .ALLSRC */ #define NoExecute(gn) ((gn->type & OP_MAKE) ? noRecursiveExecute : noExecute) /* * OP_NOP will return TRUE if the node with the given type was not the * object of a dependency operator */ #define OP_NOP(t) (((t) & OP_OPMASK) == 0x00000000) #define OP_NOTARGET (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_USE|OP_EXEC|OP_TRANSFORM) /* * The TARG_ constants are used when calling the Targ_FindNode and * Targ_FindList functions in targ.c. They simply tell the functions what to * do if the desired node(s) is (are) not found. If the TARG_CREATE constant * is given, a new, empty node will be created for the target, placed in the * table of all targets and its address returned. If TARG_NOCREATE is given, * a NULL pointer will be returned. */ #define TARG_NOCREATE 0x00 /* don't create it */ #define TARG_CREATE 0x01 /* create node if not found */ #define TARG_NOHASH 0x02 /* don't look in/add to hash table */ /* * These constants are all used by the Str_Concat function to decide how the * final string should look. If STR_ADDSPACE is given, a space will be * placed between the two strings. If STR_ADDSLASH is given, a '/' will * be used instead of a space. If neither is given, no intervening characters * will be placed between the two strings in the final output. If the * STR_DOFREE bit is set, the two input strings will be freed before * Str_Concat returns. */ #define STR_ADDSPACE 0x01 /* add a space when Str_Concat'ing */ #define STR_ADDSLASH 0x02 /* add a slash when Str_Concat'ing */ /* * Error levels for parsing. PARSE_FATAL means the process cannot continue * once the makefile has been parsed. PARSE_WARNING means it can. Passed * as the first argument to Parse_Error. */ #define PARSE_WARNING 2 #define PARSE_FATAL 1 /* * Values returned by Cond_Eval. */ #define COND_PARSE 0 /* Parse the next lines */ #define COND_SKIP 1 /* Skip the next lines */ #define COND_INVALID 2 /* Not a conditional statement */ /* * Definitions for the "local" variables. Used only for clarity. */ #define TARGET "@" /* Target of dependency */ #define OODATE "?" /* All out-of-date sources */ #define ALLSRC ">" /* All sources */ #define IMPSRC "<" /* Source implied by transformation */ #define PREFIX "*" /* Common prefix */ #define ARCHIVE "!" /* Archive in "archive(member)" syntax */ #define MEMBER "%" /* Member in "archive(member)" syntax */ #define FTARGET "@F" /* file part of TARGET */ #define DTARGET "@D" /* directory part of TARGET */ #define FIMPSRC " b) ? a : b) #endif +#ifndef MAXPATHLEN +#define MAXPATHLEN BMAKE_PATH_MAX +#endif + #endif /* _MAKE_H_ */ Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/meta.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/meta.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/meta.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,1378 +1,1421 @@ -/* $NetBSD: meta.c,v 1.32 2013/06/25 00:20:54 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: meta.c,v 1.33 2013/10/01 05:37:17 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Implement 'meta' mode. * Adapted from John Birrell's patches to FreeBSD make. * --sjg */ /* * Copyright (c) 2009-2010, Juniper Networks, Inc. * Portions Copyright (c) 2009, John Birrell. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. */ #if defined(USE_META) #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H # include "config.h" #endif #include #include #include #include #include #if !defined(HAVE_CONFIG_H) || defined(HAVE_ERR_H) #include #endif #include "make.h" #include "job.h" #ifdef HAVE_FILEMON_H # include #endif #if !defined(USE_FILEMON) && defined(FILEMON_SET_FD) # define USE_FILEMON #endif static BuildMon Mybm; /* for compat */ static Lst metaBailiwick; /* our scope of control */ static Lst metaIgnorePaths; /* paths we deliberately ignore */ #ifndef MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS #define MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ".MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS" #endif Boolean useMeta = FALSE; static Boolean useFilemon = FALSE; static Boolean writeMeta = FALSE; static Boolean metaEnv = FALSE; /* don't save env unless asked */ static Boolean metaVerbose = FALSE; static Boolean metaIgnoreCMDs = FALSE; /* ignore CMDs in .meta files */ static Boolean metaCurdirOk = FALSE; /* write .meta in .CURDIR Ok? */ static Boolean metaSilent = FALSE; /* if we have a .meta be SILENT */ extern Boolean forceJobs; extern Boolean comatMake; extern char **environ; #define MAKE_META_PREFIX ".MAKE.META.PREFIX" #ifndef N2U # define N2U(n, u) (((n) + ((u) - 1)) / (u)) #endif #ifndef ROUNDUP # define ROUNDUP(n, u) (N2U((n), (u)) * (u)) #endif #if !defined(HAVE_STRSEP) # define strsep(s, d) stresep((s), (d), 0) #endif /* * Filemon is a kernel module which snoops certain syscalls. * * C chdir * E exec * F [v]fork * L [sym]link * M rename * R read * W write * S stat * * See meta_oodate below - we mainly care about 'E' and 'R'. * * We can still use meta mode without filemon, but * the benefits are more limited. */ #ifdef USE_FILEMON # ifndef _PATH_FILEMON # define _PATH_FILEMON "/dev/filemon" # endif /* * Open the filemon device. */ static void filemon_open(BuildMon *pbm) { int retry; pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; if (!useFilemon) return; for (retry = 5; retry >= 0; retry--) { if ((pbm->filemon_fd = open(_PATH_FILEMON, O_RDWR)) >= 0) break; } if (pbm->filemon_fd < 0) { useFilemon = FALSE; warn("Could not open %s", _PATH_FILEMON); return; } /* * We use a file outside of '.' * to avoid a FreeBSD kernel bug where unlink invalidates * cwd causing getcwd to do a lot more work. * We only care about the descriptor. */ pbm->mon_fd = mkTempFile("filemon.XXXXXX", NULL); if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_FD, &pbm->mon_fd) < 0) { err(1, "Could not set filemon file descriptor!"); } /* we don't need these once we exec */ (void)fcntl(pbm->mon_fd, F_SETFD, 1); (void)fcntl(pbm->filemon_fd, F_SETFD, 1); } /* * Read the build monitor output file and write records to the target's * metadata file. */ static void filemon_read(FILE *mfp, int fd) { FILE *fp; char buf[BUFSIZ]; /* Check if we're not writing to a meta data file.*/ if (mfp == NULL) { if (fd >= 0) close(fd); /* not interested */ return; } /* rewind */ (void)lseek(fd, (off_t)0, SEEK_SET); if ((fp = fdopen(fd, "r")) == NULL) err(1, "Could not read build monitor file '%d'", fd); fprintf(mfp, "-- filemon acquired metadata --\n"); while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) { fprintf(mfp, "%s", buf); } fflush(mfp); clearerr(fp); fclose(fp); } #endif /* * when realpath() fails, * we use this, to clean up ./ and ../ */ static void eat_dots(char *buf, size_t bufsz, int dots) { char *cp; char *cp2; const char *eat; size_t eatlen; switch (dots) { case 1: eat = "/./"; eatlen = 2; break; case 2: eat = "/../"; eatlen = 3; break; default: return; } do { cp = strstr(buf, eat); if (cp) { cp2 = cp + eatlen; if (dots == 2 && cp > buf) { do { cp--; } while (cp > buf && *cp != '/'); } if (*cp == '/') { strlcpy(cp, cp2, bufsz - (cp - buf)); } else { return; /* can't happen? */ } } } while (cp); } static char * meta_name(struct GNode *gn, char *mname, size_t mnamelen, const char *dname, const char *tname) { char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; char cwd[MAXPATHLEN]; char *rp; char *cp; char *tp; char *p[4]; /* >= number of possible uses */ int i; i = 0; if (!dname) dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]); if (!tname) tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]); if (realpath(dname, cwd)) dname = cwd; /* * Weed out relative paths from the target file name. * We have to be careful though since if target is a * symlink, the result will be unstable. * So we use realpath() just to get the dirname, and leave the * basename as given to us. */ if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/'))) { if (realpath(tname, buf)) { if ((rp = strrchr(buf, '/'))) { rp++; cp++; if (strcmp(cp, rp) != 0) strlcpy(rp, cp, sizeof(buf) - (rp - buf)); } tname = buf; } else { /* * We likely have a directory which is about to be made. * We pretend realpath() succeeded, to have a chance * of generating the same meta file name that we will * next time through. */ if (tname[0] == '/') { strlcpy(buf, tname, sizeof(buf)); } else { snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s", cwd, tname); } eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 1); /* ./ */ eat_dots(buf, sizeof(buf), 2); /* ../ */ tname = buf; } } /* on some systems dirname may modify its arg */ tp = bmake_strdup(tname); if (strcmp(dname, dirname(tp)) == 0) snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s.meta", tname); else { snprintf(mname, mnamelen, "%s/%s.meta", dname, tname); /* * Replace path separators in the file name after the * current object directory path. */ cp = mname + strlen(dname) + 1; while (*cp != '\0') { if (*cp == '/') *cp = '_'; cp++; } } free(tp); for (i--; i >= 0; i--) { if (p[i]) free(p[i]); } return (mname); } /* * Return true if running ${.MAKE} * Bypassed if target is flagged .MAKE */ static int is_submake(void *cmdp, void *gnp) { static char *p_make = NULL; static int p_len; char *cmd = cmdp; GNode *gn = gnp; char *mp = NULL; char *cp; char *cp2; int rc = 0; /* keep looking */ if (!p_make) { p_make = Var_Value(".MAKE", gn, &cp); p_len = strlen(p_make); } cp = strchr(cmd, '$'); if ((cp)) { mp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, FALSE); cmd = mp; } cp2 = strstr(cmd, p_make); if ((cp2)) { switch (cp2[p_len]) { case '\0': case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': rc = 1; break; } if (cp2 > cmd && rc > 0) { switch (cp2[-1]) { case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': break; default: rc = 0; /* no match */ break; } } } if (mp) free(mp); return (rc); } typedef struct meta_file_s { FILE *fp; GNode *gn; } meta_file_t; static int printCMD(void *cmdp, void *mfpp) { meta_file_t *mfp = mfpp; char *cmd = cmdp; char *cp = NULL; if (strchr(cmd, '$')) { cmd = cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, mfp->gn, FALSE); } fprintf(mfp->fp, "CMD %s\n", cmd); if (cp) free(cp); return 0; } /* * Certain node types never get a .meta file */ #define SKIP_META_TYPE(_type) do { \ if ((gn->type & __CONCAT(OP_, _type))) { \ if (DEBUG(META)) { \ fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .%s\n", \ gn->name, __STRING(_type)); \ } \ return (NULL); \ } \ } while (0) static FILE * meta_create(BuildMon *pbm, GNode *gn) { meta_file_t mf; char buf[MAXPATHLEN]; char objdir[MAXPATHLEN]; char **ptr; const char *dname; const char *tname; char *fname; const char *cp; char *p[4]; /* >= possible uses */ int i; struct stat fs; /* This may be a phony node which we don't want meta data for... */ /* Skip .meta for .BEGIN, .END, .ERROR etc as well. */ /* Or it may be explicitly flagged as .NOMETA */ SKIP_META_TYPE(NOMETA); /* Unless it is explicitly flagged as .META */ if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) { SKIP_META_TYPE(PHONY); SKIP_META_TYPE(SPECIAL); SKIP_META_TYPE(MAKE); } mf.fp = NULL; i = 0; dname = Var_Value(".OBJDIR", gn, &p[i++]); tname = Var_Value(TARGET, gn, &p[i++]); /* The object directory may not exist. Check it.. */ if (stat(dname, &fs) != 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no .OBJDIR\n", gn->name); goto out; } /* Check if there are no commands to execute. */ if (Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: no commands\n", gn->name); goto out; } /* make sure these are canonical */ if (realpath(dname, objdir)) dname = objdir; /* If we aren't in the object directory, don't create a meta file. */ if (!metaCurdirOk && strcmp(curdir, dname) == 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .OBJDIR == .CURDIR\n", gn->name); goto out; } if (!(gn->type & OP_META)) { /* We do not generate .meta files for sub-makes */ if (Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, is_submake, gn)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "Skipping meta for %s: .MAKE\n", gn->name); goto out; } } if (metaVerbose) { char *mp; /* Describe the target we are building */ mp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", gn, 0); if (*mp) fprintf(stdout, "%s\n", mp); free(mp); } /* Get the basename of the target */ if ((cp = strrchr(tname, '/')) == NULL) { cp = tname; } else { cp++; } fflush(stdout); if (strcmp(cp, makeDependfile) == 0) goto out; if (!writeMeta) /* Don't create meta data. */ goto out; fname = meta_name(gn, pbm->meta_fname, sizeof(pbm->meta_fname), dname, tname); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_create: %s\n", fname); #endif if ((mf.fp = fopen(fname, "w")) == NULL) err(1, "Could not open meta file '%s'", fname); fprintf(mf.fp, "# Meta data file %s\n", fname); mf.gn = gn; Lst_ForEach(gn->commands, printCMD, &mf); fprintf(mf.fp, "CWD %s\n", getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf))); fprintf(mf.fp, "TARGET %s\n", tname); if (metaEnv) { for (ptr = environ; *ptr != NULL; ptr++) fprintf(mf.fp, "ENV %s\n", *ptr); } fprintf(mf.fp, "-- command output --\n"); fflush(mf.fp); Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Append(".MAKE.META.CREATED", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); gn->type |= OP_META; /* in case anyone wants to know */ if (metaSilent) { gn->type |= OP_SILENT; } out: for (i--; i >= 0; i--) { if (p[i]) free(p[i]); } return (mf.fp); } static Boolean boolValue(char *s) { switch(*s) { case '0': case 'N': case 'n': case 'F': case 'f': return FALSE; } return TRUE; } /* * Initialization we need before reading makefiles. */ void meta_init(void) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON /* this allows makefiles to test if we have filemon support */ Var_Set(".MAKE.PATH_FILEMON", _PATH_FILEMON, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); #endif } /* * Initialization we need after reading makefiles. */ void meta_mode_init(const char *make_mode) { static int once = 0; char *cp; useMeta = TRUE; useFilemon = TRUE; writeMeta = TRUE; if (make_mode) { if (strstr(make_mode, "env")) metaEnv = TRUE; if (strstr(make_mode, "verb")) metaVerbose = TRUE; if (strstr(make_mode, "read")) writeMeta = FALSE; if (strstr(make_mode, "nofilemon")) useFilemon = FALSE; if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, "curdirok="))) { metaCurdirOk = boolValue(&cp[9]); } if ((cp = strstr(make_mode, "silent="))) { metaSilent = boolValue(&cp[7]); } if (strstr(make_mode, "ignore-cmd")) metaIgnoreCMDs = TRUE; /* for backwards compatability */ Var_Set(".MAKE.META_CREATED", "${.MAKE.META.CREATED}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".MAKE.META_FILES", "${.MAKE.META.FILES}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (metaVerbose && !Var_Exists(MAKE_META_PREFIX, VAR_GLOBAL)) { /* * The default value for MAKE_META_PREFIX * prints the absolute path of the target. * This works be cause :H will generate '.' if there is no / * and :tA will resolve that to cwd. */ Var_Set(MAKE_META_PREFIX, "Building ${.TARGET:H:tA}/${.TARGET:T}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (once) return; once = 1; memset(&Mybm, 0, sizeof(Mybm)); /* * We consider ourselves master of all within ${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK} */ metaBailiwick = Lst_Init(FALSE); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${.MAKE.META.BAILIWICK:O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (cp) { str2Lst_Append(metaBailiwick, cp, NULL); } /* * We ignore any paths that start with ${.MAKE.META.IGNORE_PATHS} */ metaIgnorePaths = Lst_Init(FALSE); Var_Append(MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS, "/dev /etc /proc /tmp /var/run /var/tmp ${TMPDIR}", VAR_GLOBAL); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_IGNORE_PATHS ":O:u:tA}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (cp) { str2Lst_Append(metaIgnorePaths, cp, NULL); } } /* * In each case below we allow for job==NULL */ void meta_job_start(Job *job, GNode *gn) { BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } pbm->mfp = meta_create(pbm, gn); #ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE /* compat mode we open the filemon dev once per command */ if (job == NULL) return; #endif #ifdef USE_FILEMON if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) { filemon_open(pbm); } else { pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; } #endif } /* * The child calls this before doing anything. * It does not disturb our state. */ void meta_job_child(Job *job) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON BuildMon *pbm; pid_t pid; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } pid = getpid(); if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) { if (ioctl(pbm->filemon_fd, FILEMON_SET_PID, &pid) < 0) { err(1, "Could not set filemon pid!"); } } #endif } void meta_job_error(Job *job, GNode *gn, int flags, int status) { char cwd[MAXPATHLEN]; BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { if (!gn) gn = job->node; pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { fprintf(pbm->mfp, "*** Error code %d%s\n", status, (flags & JOB_IGNERR) ? "(ignored)" : ""); } if (gn) { Var_Set(".ERROR_TARGET", gn->path ? gn->path : gn->name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)); Var_Set(".ERROR_CWD", cwd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (pbm && pbm->meta_fname[0]) { Var_Set(".ERROR_META_FILE", pbm->meta_fname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } meta_job_finish(job); } void meta_job_output(Job *job, char *cp, const char *nl) { BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { if (metaVerbose) { static char *meta_prefix = NULL; static int meta_prefix_len; if (!meta_prefix) { char *cp2; meta_prefix = Var_Subst(NULL, "${" MAKE_META_PREFIX "}", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if ((cp2 = strchr(meta_prefix, '$'))) meta_prefix_len = cp2 - meta_prefix; else meta_prefix_len = strlen(meta_prefix); } if (strncmp(cp, meta_prefix, meta_prefix_len) == 0) { cp = strchr(cp+1, '\n'); if (!cp++) return; } } fprintf(pbm->mfp, "%s%s", cp, nl); } } void meta_cmd_finish(void *pbmp) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON BuildMon *pbm = pbmp; if (!pbm) pbm = &Mybm; if (pbm->filemon_fd >= 0) { close(pbm->filemon_fd); filemon_read(pbm->mfp, pbm->mon_fd); pbm->filemon_fd = pbm->mon_fd = -1; } #endif } void meta_job_finish(Job *job) { BuildMon *pbm; if (job != NULL) { pbm = &job->bm; } else { pbm = &Mybm; } if (pbm->mfp != NULL) { meta_cmd_finish(pbm); fclose(pbm->mfp); pbm->mfp = NULL; pbm->meta_fname[0] = '\0'; } } /* * Fetch a full line from fp - growing bufp if needed * Return length in bufp. */ static int fgetLine(char **bufp, size_t *szp, int o, FILE *fp) { char *buf = *bufp; size_t bufsz = *szp; struct stat fs; int x; if (fgets(&buf[o], bufsz - o, fp) != NULL) { check_newline: x = o + strlen(&buf[o]); if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') return x; /* * We need to grow the buffer. * The meta file can give us a clue. */ if (fstat(fileno(fp), &fs) == 0) { size_t newsz; char *p; newsz = ROUNDUP((fs.st_size / 2), BUFSIZ); if (newsz <= bufsz) newsz = ROUNDUP(fs.st_size, BUFSIZ); if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "growing buffer %u -> %u\n", (unsigned)bufsz, (unsigned)newsz); p = bmake_realloc(buf, newsz); if (p) { *bufp = buf = p; *szp = bufsz = newsz; /* fetch the rest */ if (!fgets(&buf[x], bufsz - x, fp)) return x; /* truncated! */ goto check_newline; } } } return 0; } static int prefix_match(void *p, void *q) { const char *prefix = p; const char *path = q; size_t n = strlen(prefix); return (0 == strncmp(path, prefix, n)); } static int string_match(const void *p, const void *q) { const char *p1 = p; const char *p2 = q; return strcmp(p1, p2); } /* * When running with 'meta' functionality, a target can be out-of-date * if any of the references in it's meta data file is more recent. * We have to track the latestdir on a per-process basis. */ #define LDIR_VNAME_FMT ".meta.%d.ldir" /* * It is possible that a .meta file is corrupted, * if we detect this we want to reproduce it. * Setting oodate TRUE will have that effect. */ #define CHECK_VALID_META(p) if (!(p && *p)) { \ warnx("%s: %d: malformed", fname, lineno); \ oodate = TRUE; \ continue; \ } +#define DEQUOTE(p) if (*p == '\'') { \ + char *ep; \ + p++; \ + if ((ep = strchr(p, '\''))) \ + *ep = '\0'; \ + } + Boolean meta_oodate(GNode *gn, Boolean oodate) { static char *tmpdir = NULL; static char cwd[MAXPATHLEN]; char ldir_vname[64]; char latestdir[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname1[MAXPATHLEN]; char fname2[MAXPATHLEN]; char *p; char *cp; + char *link_src; + char *move_target; static size_t cwdlen = 0; static size_t tmplen = 0; FILE *fp; Boolean needOODATE = FALSE; Lst missingFiles; if (oodate) return oodate; /* we're done */ missingFiles = Lst_Init(FALSE); /* * We need to check if the target is out-of-date. This includes * checking if the expanded command has changed. This in turn * requires that all variables are set in the same way that they * would be if the target needs to be re-built. */ Make_DoAllVar(gn); meta_name(gn, fname, sizeof(fname), NULL, NULL); #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: %s\n", fname); #endif if ((fp = fopen(fname, "r")) != NULL) { static char *buf = NULL; static size_t bufsz; int lineno = 0; int lastpid = 0; int pid; int f = 0; int x; LstNode ln; struct stat fs; if (!buf) { bufsz = 8 * BUFSIZ; buf = bmake_malloc(bufsz); } if (!cwdlen) { if (getcwd(cwd, sizeof(cwd)) == NULL) err(1, "Could not get current working directory"); cwdlen = strlen(cwd); } if (!tmpdir) { tmpdir = getTmpdir(); tmplen = strlen(tmpdir); } /* we want to track all the .meta we read */ Var_Append(".MAKE.META.FILES", fname, VAR_GLOBAL); ln = Lst_First(gn->commands); while (!oodate && (x = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, 0, fp)) > 0) { lineno++; if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') buf[x - 1] = '\0'; else { warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x); oodate = TRUE; break; } + link_src = NULL; + move_target = NULL; /* Find the start of the build monitor section. */ if (!f) { if (strncmp(buf, "-- filemon", 10) == 0) { f = 1; continue; } if (strncmp(buf, "# buildmon", 10) == 0) { f = 1; continue; } } /* Delimit the record type. */ p = buf; #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: %s\n", fname, lineno, buf); #endif strsep(&p, " "); if (f) { /* * We are in the 'filemon' output section. * Each record from filemon follows the general form: * * * * Where: * is a single letter, denoting the syscall. * is the process that made the syscall. * is the arguments (of interest). */ switch(buf[0]) { case '#': /* comment */ case 'V': /* version */ break; default: /* * We need to track pathnames per-process. * * Each process run by make, starts off in the 'CWD' * recorded in the .meta file, if it chdirs ('C') * elsewhere we need to track that - but only for * that process. If it forks ('F'), we initialize * the child to have the same cwd as its parent. * * We also need to track the 'latestdir' of * interest. This is usually the same as cwd, but * not if a process is reading directories. * * Each time we spot a different process ('pid') * we save the current value of 'latestdir' in a * variable qualified by 'lastpid', and * re-initialize 'latestdir' to any pre-saved * value for the current 'pid' and 'CWD' if none. */ CHECK_VALID_META(p); pid = atoi(p); if (pid > 0 && pid != lastpid) { char *ldir; char *tp; if (lastpid > 0) { /* We need to remember this. */ Var_Set(ldir_vname, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } snprintf(ldir_vname, sizeof(ldir_vname), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, pid); lastpid = pid; ldir = Var_Value(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL, &tp); if (ldir) { strlcpy(latestdir, ldir, sizeof(latestdir)); if (tp) free(tp); } else strlcpy(latestdir, cwd, sizeof(latestdir)); } /* Skip past the pid. */ if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) continue; #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cwd=%s ldir=%s\n", fname, lineno, cwd, latestdir); #endif break; } CHECK_VALID_META(p); /* Process according to record type. */ switch (buf[0]) { case 'X': /* eXit */ Var_Delete(ldir_vname, VAR_GLOBAL); lastpid = 0; /* no need to save ldir_vname */ break; case 'F': /* [v]Fork */ { char cldir[64]; int child; child = atoi(p); if (child > 0) { snprintf(cldir, sizeof(cldir), LDIR_VNAME_FMT, child); Var_Set(cldir, latestdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } } break; case 'C': /* Chdir */ /* Update the latest directory. */ strlcpy(latestdir, p, sizeof(latestdir)); break; case 'M': /* renaMe */ - if (Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) - break; + /* + * For 'M'oves we want to check + * the src as for 'R'ead + * and the target as for 'W'rite. + */ + cp = p; /* save this for a second */ + /* now get target */ + if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) + continue; + CHECK_VALID_META(p); + move_target = p; + p = cp; /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */ - if (*p == '\'') { - char *ep; - - p++; - if ((ep = strchr(p, '\''))) - *ep = '\0'; - } + DEQUOTE(p); + DEQUOTE(move_target); /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'D': /* unlink */ if (*p == '/' && !Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) { /* remove p from the missingFiles list if present */ if ((ln = Lst_Find(missingFiles, p, string_match)) != NULL) { char *tp = Lst_Datum(ln); Lst_Remove(missingFiles, ln); free(tp); ln = NULL; /* we're done with it */ } } + if (buf[0] == 'M') { + /* the target of the mv is a file 'W'ritten */ +#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE + if (DEBUG(META)) + fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: M %s -> %s\n", + p, move_target); +#endif + p = move_target; + goto check_write; + } break; case 'L': /* Link */ - /* we want the target */ + /* + * For 'L'inks check + * the src as for 'R'ead + * and the target as for 'W'rite. + */ + link_src = p; + /* now get target */ if (strsep(&p, " ") == NULL) continue; CHECK_VALID_META(p); /* 'L' and 'M' put single quotes around the args */ - if (*p == '\'') { - char *ep; - - p++; - if ((ep = strchr(p, '\''))) - *ep = '\0'; - } + DEQUOTE(p); + DEQUOTE(link_src); +#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE + if (DEBUG(META)) + fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L %s -> %s\n", + link_src, p); +#endif /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'W': /* Write */ + check_write: /* * If a file we generated within our bailiwick * but outside of .OBJDIR is missing, * we need to do it again. */ /* ignore non-absolute paths */ if (*p != '/') break; if (Lst_IsEmpty(metaBailiwick)) break; /* ignore cwd - normal dependencies handle those */ if (strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) == 0) break; if (!Lst_ForEach(metaBailiwick, prefix_match, p)) break; /* tmpdir might be within */ if (tmplen > 0 && strncmp(p, tmpdir, tmplen) == 0) break; /* ignore anything containing the string "tmp" */ if ((strstr("tmp", p))) break; if (stat(p, &fs) < 0) { Lst_AtEnd(missingFiles, bmake_strdup(p)); } break; + check_link_src: + p = link_src; + link_src = NULL; +#ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE + if (DEBUG(META)) + fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: L src %s\n", p); +#endif + /* FALLTHROUGH */ case 'R': /* Read */ case 'E': /* Exec */ /* * Check for runtime files that can't * be part of the dependencies because * they are _expected_ to change. */ if (*p == '/' && Lst_ForEach(metaIgnorePaths, prefix_match, p)) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "meta_oodate: ignoring: %s\n", p); #endif break; } if ((cp = strrchr(p, '/'))) { cp++; /* * We don't normally expect to see this, * but we do expect it to change. */ if (strcmp(cp, makeDependfile) == 0) break; } /* * The rest of the record is the file name. * Check if it's not an absolute path. */ { char *sdirs[4]; char **sdp; int sdx = 0; int found = 0; if (*p == '/') { sdirs[sdx++] = p; /* done */ } else { if (strcmp(".", p) == 0) continue; /* no point */ /* Check vs latestdir */ snprintf(fname1, sizeof(fname1), "%s/%s", latestdir, p); sdirs[sdx++] = fname1; if (strcmp(latestdir, cwd) != 0) { /* Check vs cwd */ snprintf(fname2, sizeof(fname2), "%s/%s", cwd, p); sdirs[sdx++] = fname2; } } sdirs[sdx++] = NULL; for (sdp = sdirs; *sdp && !found; sdp++) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: looking for: %s\n", fname, lineno, *sdp); #endif if (stat(*sdp, &fs) == 0) { found = 1; p = *sdp; } } if (found) { #ifdef DEBUG_META_MODE if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: found: %s\n", fname, lineno, p); #endif if (!S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode) && fs.st_mtime > gn->mtime) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' is newer than the target...\n", fname, lineno, p); oodate = TRUE; } else if (S_ISDIR(fs.st_mode)) { /* Update the latest directory. */ realpath(p, latestdir); } } else if (errno == ENOENT && *p == '/' && strncmp(p, cwd, cwdlen) != 0) { /* * A referenced file outside of CWD is missing. * We cannot catch every eventuality here... */ if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: file '%s' may have moved?...\n", fname, lineno, p); oodate = TRUE; } } break; default: break; } + if (!oodate && buf[0] == 'L' && link_src != NULL) + goto check_link_src; } else if (strcmp(buf, "CMD") == 0) { /* * Compare the current command with the one in the * meta data file. */ if (ln == NULL) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there were more build commands in the meta data file than there are now...\n", fname, lineno); oodate = TRUE; } else { char *cmd = (char *)Lst_Datum(ln); Boolean hasOODATE = FALSE; if (strstr(cmd, "$?")) hasOODATE = TRUE; else if ((cp = strstr(cmd, ".OODATE"))) { /* check for $[{(].OODATE[:)}] */ if (cp > cmd + 2 && cp[-2] == '$') hasOODATE = TRUE; } if (hasOODATE) { needOODATE = TRUE; if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: cannot compare command using .OODATE\n", fname, lineno); } cmd = Var_Subst(NULL, cmd, gn, TRUE); if ((cp = strchr(cmd, '\n'))) { int n; /* * This command contains newlines, we need to * fetch more from the .meta file before we * attempt a comparison. */ /* first put the newline back at buf[x - 1] */ buf[x - 1] = '\n'; do { /* now fetch the next line */ if ((n = fgetLine(&buf, &bufsz, x, fp)) <= 0) break; x = n; lineno++; if (buf[x - 1] != '\n') { warnx("%s: %d: line truncated at %u", fname, lineno, x); break; } cp = strchr(++cp, '\n'); } while (cp); if (buf[x - 1] == '\n') buf[x - 1] = '\0'; } if (!hasOODATE && !(gn->type & OP_NOMETA_CMP) && strcmp(p, cmd) != 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: a build command has changed\n%s\nvs\n%s\n", fname, lineno, p, cmd); if (!metaIgnoreCMDs) oodate = TRUE; } free(cmd); ln = Lst_Succ(ln); } } else if (strcmp(buf, "CWD") == 0) { /* * Check if there are extra commands now * that weren't in the meta data file. */ if (!oodate && ln != NULL) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: there are extra build commands now that weren't in the meta data file\n", fname, lineno); oodate = TRUE; } if (strcmp(p, cwd) != 0) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %d: the current working directory has changed from '%s' to '%s'\n", fname, lineno, p, curdir); oodate = TRUE; } } } fclose(fp); if (!Lst_IsEmpty(missingFiles)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: missing files: %s...\n", fname, (char *)Lst_Datum(Lst_First(missingFiles))); oodate = TRUE; Lst_Destroy(missingFiles, (FreeProc *)free); } } else { if ((gn->type & OP_META)) { if (DEBUG(META)) fprintf(debug_file, "%s: required but missing\n", fname); oodate = TRUE; } } if (oodate && needOODATE) { /* * Target uses .OODATE which is empty; or we wouldn't be here. * We have decided it is oodate, so .OODATE needs to be set. * All we can sanely do is set it to .ALLSRC. */ Var_Delete(OODATE, gn); Var_Set(OODATE, Var_Value(ALLSRC, gn, &cp), gn, 0); if (cp) free(cp); } return oodate; } /* support for compat mode */ static int childPipe[2]; void meta_compat_start(void) { #ifdef USE_FILEMON_ONCE /* * We need to re-open filemon for each cmd. */ BuildMon *pbm = &Mybm; if (pbm->mfp != NULL && useFilemon) { filemon_open(pbm); } else { pbm->mon_fd = pbm->filemon_fd = -1; } #endif if (pipe(childPipe) < 0) Punt("Cannot create pipe: %s", strerror(errno)); /* Set close-on-exec flag for both */ (void)fcntl(childPipe[0], F_SETFD, 1); (void)fcntl(childPipe[1], F_SETFD, 1); } void meta_compat_child(void) { meta_job_child(NULL); if (dup2(childPipe[1], 1) < 0 || dup2(1, 2) < 0) { execError("dup2", "pipe"); _exit(1); } } void meta_compat_parent(void) { FILE *fp; char buf[BUFSIZ]; close(childPipe[1]); /* child side */ fp = fdopen(childPipe[0], "r"); while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), fp)) { meta_job_output(NULL, buf, ""); printf("%s", buf); } fclose(fp); } #endif /* USE_META */ Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/ChangeLog (revision 276305) @@ -1,758 +1,834 @@ +2014-05-22 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140522 + + * lib.mk: use CC to link shlib for linux too + patch from Brendan MacDonell + +2014-05-05 Simon J. Gerraty + + * meta.autodep.mk: add _reldir_{finish,failed} for gathering stats + if WITH_META_STATS is defined. + +2014-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty + + * dirdeps.mk: accept -DWITHOUT_DIRDEPS (same a as -DNO_DIRDEPS) + to supress dirdeps outside of .CURDIR. + +2014-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty + + * Fix spelling errors - patch from Pedro Giffuni + +2014-03-14 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20140314 + + * dirdeps.mk (beforedirdeps): a handy hook + + * dirdeps.mk (DIRDEP_MAKE): allow the actual command we run + to visit leaf dirs to be intercepted (eg. for distributed + build). + + * dirdeps.mk (__depdirs): ensure // don't sneak in + + * gendirdeps.mk (DIRDEPS): ensure // don't sneak in + + +2014-02-21 Simon J. Gerraty + + * rst2htm.mk (RST2PDF): add support for rst2pdf + +2014-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version + * dirdeps.mk (_last_dependfile): use .INCLUDEDFROMFILE if + available. + +2014-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty + + * options.mk: avoid :U so this isn't bmake dependent + +2014-02-09 Simon J. Gerraty + + * options.mk: cleanup and simplify semanitcs + NO_* dominates all, if both WITH_* and WITHOUT_* + are defined then result is DOMINATE_* which defaults to "no". + Ie. WITHOUT_ normally wins. + +2013-12-12 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version + * meta2deps.py: convert to print function for python3 compat. + we also need to open files with mode 'r' rather than 'rb' + otherwise we get bytes instead of strings. + +2013-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty + + * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version + + * dirdeps.mk: when TARGET_SPEC_VARS is more than just MACHINE + apply the same filtering (M_dep_qual_fixes) when setting _machines + as _build_dirs. + Also fix the filtering of Makefile.depend files - for reporting + what we are looking for (M_dep_qual_fixes can get confused by + Makefile.depend) + Add some more debug info. + 2013-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk (_objtops): fix typo also while processing M2D_OBJROOTS to gather qualdir_list qualify $ql with loop iterator to ensure correct results. 2013-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130801 * libs.mk: update to match progs.mk 2013-07-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130726 some updates from Juniper and FreeBSD o meta2deps.py: indicate file and line number when we hit parse errors also allow @file to provide huge list of .meta files. * meta2deps.py: add try_parse() to cleanup the above. 2013-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130716 * own.mk: add GPROG as an option * prog.mk: honor MK_GPROF==yes 2013-05-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130505 * gendirdeps.mk, meta2deps.py, meta2deps.sh: handle $TARGET_SPEC for when $MACHINE isn't enough for objdir distinction. Bring meta2deps.sh closer to par with meta2deps.py. 2013-04-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: set INSTALL to STAGE_INSTALL when making 'all' also if the target 'beforeinstall' exists, make it depend on .dirdep (incase it uses STAGE_INSTALL). 2013-04-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20130401 ;-) * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_INSTALL_SH): add stage-install.sh as wrapper around install(1). * options.mk (OPTION_PREFIX): Allow a prefix other than MK_ 2013-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * meta2deps.py (MetaFile.__init__): ensure self.cwd is initialized. * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version 2013-03-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: do not apply :tA to DPADD entries, since we lose any trailing /., rather apply :tA only when needed. * gendirdeps.mk: better mimic meta2deps handling of .dirdep files. * meta.stage.mk (LN_CP_SCRIPT): Add LnCp to do the ln||cp dance consistently. * dirdeps.mk: better describe the dance in sys.mk for TARGET_SPEC. 2013-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: revert the dance around .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT it is simpler to just not update when say building for "host" (where we know we apply filters to DIRDEPS), and using a non-machine qualified dependfile. 2013-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: improve DIRDEPS filtering by allowing DEP_SKIP_DIR and DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER to vary by DEP_MACHINE and DEP_TARGET_SPEC * gendirdeps.mk: ensure _objroot has trailing / if it needs it. * meta2deps.py: if machine is "host", then also trim self.host_target from any OBJROOTS. 2013-03-11 Simon J. Gerraty * gendirdeps.mk: if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT is not machine qualified but _DEPENDFILE is, and .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT exists but _DEPENDFILE does not, compare the new _DEPENDFILE against .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT and discard if the same. 2013-03-08 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: use STAGE_TARGETS to control .ORDER and hook to all: via staging: 2013-03-07 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk (.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_DEFAULT): use a separate variable for the default .MAKE.DEPENDFILE value so that it can be controlled independently of .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.stage.mk: throw error if cp fails etc. Stage*() return early if passed no args. .ORDER stage_* 2013-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * gendirdeps.mk: handle multiple M2D_OBJROOTS better. 2013-02-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130210 * import latest dirdeps.mk, gendirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. o dirdeps.mk now fully supports TARGET_SPEC consisting of more than just MACHINE. o no longer use DEP_MACHINE from Makefile.depend* so remove it. 2013-01-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20130123 * meta.stage.mk: add stage_links (hard links). if doing hard links, we add dest to link as well. Default the stage dir for [sym]links to STAGE_OBJTOP since these are typically specified as absolute paths. Add -m "mode" flag to StageFiles and StageAs. 2012-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121111 * autoconf.mk: avoid meta mode seeing changed commands for config.status * meta.autodep.mk: pass resolved MAKESYSPATH to gendirdeps in case we were found via .../mk * sys.clean-env.mk: move it from examples, we and others use it "as is". * FILES: add srctop.mk and options.mk * own.mk: convert to using options.mk which is modeled after FreeBSD's handling of MK_* but more flexible. This allows MK_* for boolean knobs to not be confused with MK* which can be commands. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: add WITH[OUT]_ to MAKE_ENV_SAVE_PREFIX_LIST. Mention that HOME=/var/empty might be a good idea. 2012-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.dependfile.mk: if not depend file exists, $MACHINE specific ones are supported but not the default, check if any exist and follow suit. 2012-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121106 2012-11-05 Simon J. Gerraty * import latest dirdeps.mk and meta2deps.py from Juniper. * progs.mk: add MAN and CXXFLAGS to PROG_VARS also add PROGS_TARGETS and pass on PROG_CXX if it seems appropriate. 2012-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: update CLEANFILES remove redundant cp of .dirdep from STAGE_AS_SCRIPT. * progs.mk: Add LDADD to PROG_VARS 2012-10-12 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIR_FILTER): track dirs we stage to in _STAGED_DIRS so that these can be turned into filters for GENDIRDEPS_FILTER. 2012-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20121010 * meta.stage.mk (STAGE_DIRDEP_SCRIPT): check that an existing target.dirdep matches .dirdep 2012-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120808 * import latest meta2deps.py from Juniper. 2012-07-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120711 * dep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: add explicit dependencies on SRCS after applying SRCS_DEP_FILTER * meta.autodep.mk: ensure GENDIRDEPS_FILTER is exported if needed. 2012-06-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120626 * meta.sys.mk: ignore PYTHON if it does not exist compare ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} against ${MACHINE} is more reliable. * meta.stage.mk: examine .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE for any entries ending in .${MACHINE} to decide if qualified _dirdep is needed. * gendirdeps.mk: only produce unqualified deps if no .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE ends in .${MACHINE} * meta.subdir.mk: apply SUBDIREPS_FILTER 2012-04-20 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120420 * add sys.dependfile.mk so we can experiment with .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE * meta.autodep.mk: _DEPENDFILE is precious! 2012-03-15 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120315 * install-new.mk: avoid being interrupted 2012-02-26 Simon J. Gerraty * man.mk: MAN might have multiple values so be careful with exists(). 2012-01-19 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20120112 * fix examples/sys.clean-env.mk so that MAKEOBJDIR is handled as: MAKEOBJDIR='${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP},${OBJTOP},}' 2011-12-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111201 * import dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ o more consistent handling of DEP_MACHINE, especially when dealing with an odd Makefile.depend, when normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE} 2011-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111122 * meta.autodep.mk: add some debug output, be more crisp about updating. Use ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} as a clue for .depend 2011-11-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111111 it's too cool to miss * import meta* updates from Juniper sjg@ o dirdeps.mk set DEP_MACHINE for Makefile.depend (when we are normally using Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}), handy for read-only manually maintained dependencies. o meta2deps.py add a clear 'ERROR:' token if an exception is raised. o gendirdeps.mk if ERROR: from meta2deps.py do not update anything. 2011-10-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-new.mk separate the cmp and copy logic to its own function. 2011-10-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111028 * sys.mk: include auto.obj.mk if MKOBJDIRS is set to auto * subdir.mk: ensure _SUBDIRUSE is provided * meta.autodep.mk: remove dependency of gendirdeps.mk on auto.obj.mk * meta.subdir.mk: always allow for Makefile.depend 2011-10-10 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111010 o minor tweak to *dirdeps.mk from Juniper sjg@ 2011-10-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20111001 o add meta2deps.py from Juniper sjg@ o tweak gendirdeps.mk to work with meta2deps.py when not cross-building * autoconf.mk: add autoconf-input as a hook for regenerating AUTOCONF_INPUTS (configure). 2011-08-24 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if we do not have OBJS, .depend isn't a useful trigger for updating Makefile.depend* 2011-08-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110808 * obj.mk: minor cleanup * auto.obj.mk: improve description of Mkdirs and honor NO_OBJ too. 2011-08-01 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk (.OBJDIR): throw an error if we cannot use the specified dir. 2011-06-28 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.autodep.mk: if XMAKE_META_FILE is set the makefile uses a foreign make, and so dependencies can only be gathered from a clean tree build. 2011-06-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110622 * meta.autodep.mk: improve bootstraping 2011-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: handle the corner case of .c being removed while .h remains. 2011-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * yacc.mk: do .y.h and .y.c separately 2011-06-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110606 * don't store SRC_DIRDEPS in Makefile.depend* by default not everyone needs it. 2011-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110505 first release including meta mode makefiles 2011-05-02 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add STAGE_AS_SETS and stage_as for things that need to be staged with different names. 2011-05-01 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add notion of STAGE_SETS so a makefile can stage to multiple dirs 2011-04-03 Simon J. Gerraty * rst2htm.mk: convert rst to s5 (slides) or plain html depending on target name. 2011-03-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110330 2011-03-29 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS): use indirection so that DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0 can be used to debug level 0 only and DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS for the rest. * sys.mk: re-define M_whence in terms of M_type. M_type is useful for checking if something is a builtin. 2011-03-16 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.stage.mk: add stage_symlinks and leverage StageLinks for stage_libs 2011-03-10 Simon J. Gerraty * dirdeps.mk: correct value for _depdir_files depends on .MAKE.DEPENDFILE Add our copyright - just to make it clear we have frobbed this quite a bit. DEP_MACHINE needs to be set to MACHINE each time, if using only Makefile.depend (cf. Makefile.depend.${MACHINE}) * meta.stage.mk: meta mode version of staging * init.mk, final.mk: include local.*.mk to simplify customization 2011-03-03 Simon J. Gerraty * auto.obj.mk: just because we are doing mk destroy, we should still set .OBJDIR correctly if it exists. * install-mk (mksrc): do not exclude meta.sys.mk 2011-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * host-target.mk: set/export _HOST_ARCH etc separately, catch junk resulting from uname -p, so we can find sys/Linux.mk correctly. 2011-02-18 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: throw an error if /dev/filemon is missing and we expected to be updating Makefile.depend* 2011-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20110214 * meta.subdir.mk: add support for -DBOOTSTRAP_DEPENDFILES 2010-09-25 Simon J. Gerraty * meta.sys.mk: not valid for older bmake 2010-09-24 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100919 include dirdeps.mk et al from Juniper Networks, for meta mode - requires filemon(9). * sys.mk, subdir.mk: Add hooks for meta mode. we do this as meta.sys.mk, meta.autodep.mk and meta.subdir.mk to make turning it on/off simple. 2010-06-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100616 * fix typo in sys.mk 2010-06-12 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100612 * lib.mk: remove duplicate addition to SOBJS 2010-06-10 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: Add a means of selectively turning on debug flags. Eg. DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS="*lib/sjg" will act as if we did make -dv if .CURDIR ends in lib/sjg DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS does the same thing, but we set the flags at the start of sys.mk rather than the end. This only makes sense for leaf dirs, so we check that .MAKE.LEVEL > 0 2010-06-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100608 * sys.mk: include sys.env.mk later so it can use M_ListToSkip et al. * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: require MAKE_VERIONS >= 20100606 also make it easier for folk to tweak 2010-06-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100606 do not install examples/* * FILES: add examples/sys.clean-env.mk * examples/sys.clean-env.mk: use .export-env to handle MAKEOBJDIR this requires bmake-20100606 or later to work. 2010-05-13 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk (M_tA): better simulate the result of :tA if not available. 2010-05-04 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk: canonicalize MAKE_VERSION old versions reported bmake- build- whereas we only care about 2010-04-25 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: just warn about FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK being ignored * lib.mk: we only build the shared lib if SHLIB_FULLVERSION is !empty 2010-04-22 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk: use LDADD_* if defined. 2010-04-21 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100420 * sys/NetBSD.mk: add MACHINE_CPU to keep netbsd makefiles happy * autoconf.mk allow AUTO_AUTOCONF 2010-04-19 Simon J. Gerraty * obj.mk: add objwarn to keep freebsd makefiles happy * auto.obj.mk: ensure Mkdirs is available. * FILES: add auto.dep.mk - a simpler version of autodep.mk * dep.mk: auto.dep.mk does not do 'make depend' so ignore it if asked to do that. fix/simplify the tests for when to run mkdep. - * auto.dep.mk: add some explaination of how/what we do. + * auto.dep.mk: add some explanation of how/what we do. * autodep.mk: skip the .OPTIONAL frobbing of .depend bmake's FROM_DEPEND flag makes it redundant. 2010-04-13 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100404 * subdir.mk: protect from multiple inclusion using _SUBDIRUSE. * obj.mk: protect from multiple inclusion even as bsd.obj.mk Also create a target _SUBDIRUSE so that we can be used without subdir.mk 2010-04-12 Simon J. Gerraty * dep.mk: use <> when .including so can override. 2010-01-11 Simon J. Gerraty * lib.mk (SHLIB_LINKS): ensure a string comparison. 2010-01-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20100102 * own.mk: ensure PRINTOBJDIR works * autoconf.mk: pass on CONFIGURE_ARGS * init.mk: handle COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T} etc. * lib.mk: allow sys.mk to control SHLIB_FULLVERSION fix handling of symlinks for darwin * libnames.mk: add DSHLIBEXT for libs which only exist as shared. * man.mk: suppress chown when not root. * rst2htm.mk: allow srcs from multiple locations. * sys.mk: M_whence, stop after 1st line of output. * sys/Darwin.mk: Use .dylib for DSHLIBEXT and HOST_LIBEXT * sys/SunOS.mk: we need to export PATH 2009-12-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include rst2htm.mk 2009-12-17 Simon J. Gerraty * sys.mk,libnames.mk add .-include this allows local customization without the need to edit the distributed files. 2009-12-14 Simon J. Gerraty * dpadd.mk (__dpadd_libdirs): order -L's to avoid picking up older versions already installed. 2009-12-13 Simon J. Gerraty * stage.mk (.stage-install): generalize lib.mk's .libinstall * rules.mk rules for generic Makefile. * inc.mk install for includes. 2009-12-11 Simon J. Gerraty * sys/NetBSD.mk (MAKE_VERSION): some of our *.mk want to check this, so provide it if using native make. 2009-12-10 Simon J. Gerraty * FILES: move all the platform *.sys.mk files to sys/*.mk * Rename Generic.sys.mk to sys.mk - we always want it. 2009-11-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * host-target.mk: only export the expensive stuff * Generic.sys.mk (sys_mk): for SunOS we need to look for ${HOST_OS}.${HOST_OSMAJOR} too! 2009-11-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * lib.mk: if sys.mk doesn't give us an lorder, don't use it. based on patch from Greg Olszewski. * Generic.sys.mk: if we have nothing to work with set LORDER etc only if we can find it. 2009-09-08 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * man.mk: cleanman: remove CLEANMAN if defined. 2009-09-04 Simon J. Gerraty * SunOS.5.sys.mk (CC): Use ?= like the other *sys.mk 2009-07-17 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version include auto.obj.mk 2009-03-26 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk,lib.mk: ensure test of USE_DPADD_MK doesn't fail. 2008-11-11 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version man.mk: ensure we generate *.cat1 etc in . 2008-07-16 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version add prlist.mk 2007-11-25 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: Allow os specific sys.mk to be in a subdir of ${.PARSEDIR} 2007-11-22 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * general cleanup * dpadd.mk introduce DPMAGIC_LIBS_* 2007-04-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * libs.mk, progs.mk, autodep.mk: allow for per lib/prog depend files and ensure clean is called for each lib/prog. 2007-03-27 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): delete lines that do not start with space and do not contain ':' 2007-02-16 Simon J. Gerraty * autodep.mk (.depend): gcc may wrap lines if pathnames are long so make sure the transform for .OPTIONAL copes. 2007-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version * own.mk: make sure RM and LN are defined. * obj.mk: fix a typo, and objlink target. 2006-12-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version - * added libs.mk - analagous to progs.mk + * added libs.mk - analogous to progs.mk make both of them always inlcude {lib,prog}.mk 2006-12-28 Simon J. Gerraty * progs.mk: add a means of building multiple apps in one dir. 2006-11-26 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061126 * warnings.mk: detect invalid WARNINGS_SET * warnings.mk: use ${.TARGET:T:R}.o when looking for target specific warnings. * For .cc sources, turn off warnings that g++ vomits on. 2006-11-08 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: if __initialized__ target doesn't exist and we are FreeBSD we got here directly from sys.mk 2006-11-06 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20061106 add scripts.mk 2006-03-18 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060318 * autodep.mk: avoid := when modifying OBJS into __dependsrcs 2006-03-02 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060302 * autodep.mk: use -MF et al to help gcc+ccache DTRT. 2006-03-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20060301 * autodep.mk (.depend): if MAKE_VERSION is newer than 20050530 we can make .END depend on .depend and make .depend depend on __depsrcs that exist. * dpadd.mk: add SRC_PATHADD 2005-11-04 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051104 * prog.mk: remove all the LIBC?= junk, use .-include libnames.mk instead (none by default). also if USE_DPADD_MK is set, include that. 2005-10-09 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20051001 Add UnixWare.sys.mk from Klaus Heinz. 2005-04-05 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: always install *.sys.mk and if need be symlink one to sys.mk 2005-03-22 Simon J. Gerraty * subdir.mk, own.mk: use .MAKE rather than MAKE 2004-02-15 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk: don't use NetBSD's _SRC_TOP_ it can cause confusion. Also don't take just 'mk' as a srctop indicator. 2004-02-14 Simon J. Gerraty * warnings.mk: overhauled, now very powerful. 2004-02-03 Simon J. Gerraty * Generic.sys.mk: need to use ${.PARSEDIR} with exists(). 2004-02-01 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): bump version to 20040201 * extract HOST_TARGET stuff to host-target.mk so own.mk and Generic.sys.mk can share. * fix typo in autodep.mk _SUBDIRUSE not _SUBDIR. 2003-09-30 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030930 * rename generic.sys.mk to Generic.sys.mk so that it does not get installed (unless being used as sys.mk) * set OS and ROOT_GROUP for those that we know the value. for others (eg. Generic.sys.mk) wrap the != in an .ifndef so we don't do it again for each sub-make. 2003-09-28 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk (MK_VERSION): 20030928 Add some extra *.sys.mk from bootstrap-pkgsrc some of these likely still need work. Make everything default to root:wheel ownership, sys.mk can set ROOT_GROUP accordingly. 2003-08-07 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: if FORCE_BSD_MK={cp,ln} use the ones in SYS_MK_DIR not the portable ones. 2003-07-31 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add ability to use cp -f when updating destination .mk files. Also now possible to play games with FORCE_SYS_MK=ln etc on *BSD machines to link /usr/share/mk/sys.mk into dest - not recommended unless you seriously want to. 2003-07-28 Simon J. Gerraty * own.mk (IMPFLAGS): add support for COPTS.${IMPSRC:T} etc for semi-compatability with NetBSD. 2003-07-23 Simon J. Gerraty * install-mk: add a version indicator 2003-07-22 Simon J. Gerraty * prog.mk: don't try and use ${LIBCRT0} if its /dev/null * install-mk: Allow FORCE_SYS_MK to come from env Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/autodep.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/autodep.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/autodep.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,216 +1,216 @@ # # RCSid: -# $Id: autodep.mk,v 1.32 2010/04/19 17:37:56 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: autodep.mk,v 1.33 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1999-2010, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # This module provides automagic dependency generation along the # lines suggested in the GNU make.info -# The depend target is mainly for backwards compatability, +# The depend target is mainly for backwards compatibility, # dependencies are normally updated as part of compilation. # set MKDEP=autodep and dep.mk will include us .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: # different versions of bsd.dep.mk use these MKDEP=autodep MKDEPCMD=autodep DEPENDFILE?= .depend .for d in ${DEPENDFILE:N.depend} # bmake only groks .depend .-include "$d" .endfor # it does nothing if SRCS is not defined or is empty .if defined(SRCS) && !empty(SRCS) DEPSRCS?=${SRCS} __depsrcs=${DEPSRCS:M*.c} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.y} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.l} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.s} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.S} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cc} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cpp} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.C} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.cxx} __depsrcs+=${DEPSRCS:M*.pc} .for s in ${__depsrcs} ${s:T:R}.d: $s .endfor __depsrcs:=${__depsrcs:T:R:S/$/.d/g} # we also need to handle makefiles where the .d's from __depsrcs # don't match those from OBJS # we avoid using := here, since the modifier applied to OBJS # can cause trouble if there are any undefined vars in OBJS. __dependsrcsx?= ${__depsrcs} ${OBJS:S/.o/.d/} __dependsrcs= ${__dependsrcsx:O:u} # clean up any .c files we may have generated #__gensrcs:= ${DEPSRCS:M*.y} ${DEPSRCS:M*.l} #CLEANFILES+= ${__gensrcs:T:R:S/$/.c/g} # set this to -MMD to ignore /usr/include # actually it ignores <> so may not be a great idea CFLAGS_MD?=-MD # -MF etc not available on all gcc versions. # we "fix" the .o later CFLAGS_MF?=-MF ${.TARGET:T:R}.d -MT ${.TARGET:T:R}.o CFLAGS+= ${CFLAGS_MD} ${CFLAGS_MF} RM?= rm # watch out for people who don't use CPPFLAGS CPPFLAGS_MD=${CFLAGS:M-[IUD]*} ${CPPFLAGS} CXXFLAGS_MD=${CXXFLAGS:M-[IUD]*} ${CPPFLAGS} # just in case these need to be different CC_MD?=${CC} CXX_MD?=${CXX} # so we can do an explicit make depend, but not otherwise .if make(depend) .SUFFIXES: .d .if empty(CFLAGS_MD) .y.d: @echo updating dependencies for $< @${YACC} ${YFLAGS} $< @${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} y.tab.c | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f y.tab.c $@; false; } @${RM} -f y.tab.c .l.d: @echo updating dependencies for $< ${LEX} ${LFLAGS} $< @${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} lex.yy.c | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f lex.yy.c $@; false; } @${RM} -f lex.yy.c .c.d: @echo updating dependencies for $< @${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .s.d .S.d: @echo updating dependencies for $< @${SHELL} -ec "${CC_MD} -M ${CPPFLAGS_MD} ${AINC} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .cc.d .cpp.d .C.d .cxx.d: @echo updating dependencies for $< @${SHELL} -ec "${CXX_MD} -M ${CXXFLAGS_MD} $< | sed '/:/s/^/$@ /' > $@" || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .else .y.d: ${YACC} ${YFLAGS} $< ${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} y.tab.c > $@ || { ${RM} -f y.tab.c $@; false; } ${RM} -f y.tab.c .l.d: ${LEX} ${LFLAGS} $< ${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} lex.yy.c > $@ || { ${RM} -f lex.yy.c $@; false; } ${RM} -f lex.yy.c .c.d: ${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .s.d .S.d: ${CC_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CPPFLAGS_MD} ${AINC} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .cc.d .cpp.d .C.d .cxx.d: ${CXX_MD} ${CFLAGS_MD:S/D//} ${CXXFLAGS_MD} $< > $@ || { ${RM} -f $@; false; } .endif .if !target(depend) depend: beforedepend ${DEPENDFILE} afterdepend _SUBDIRUSE ${DEPENDFILE}: ${DEPSRCS} ${__dependsrcs} .NOPATH: ${__dependsrcs} .OPTIONAL: ${__dependsrcs} .endif .endif # make(depend) .if empty(CFLAGS_MD) # make sure the .d's are generated/updated ${PROG} ${_LIBS}: ${DEPENDFILE} .endif .ORDER: beforedepend ${DEPENDFILE} afterdepend .if ${.OBJDIR} != ${.CURDIR} __depfiles= *.d .else __depfiles= ${__dependsrcs} .endif DEPCLEANFILES= ${DEPENDFILE} ${__depfiles} y.tab.d *.tmp.d cleandir: cleanautodepend cleanautodepend: ${RM} -f ${DEPCLEANFILES} CLEANFILES+= ${DEPCLEANFILES} .if defined(__dependsrcs) && !empty(__dependsrcs) .if make(depend) || !(make(clean*) || make(destroy*) || make(obj) || make(*install) || make(install-*)) # this ensures we do the right thing if only building a shared or # profiled lib OBJ_EXTENSIONS?=.o .po .so .So MDLIB_SED= -e '/:/s,^\([^\.:]*\)\.[psS]*o,${OBJ_EXTENSIONS:S,^,\1,},' .ifdef NOMD_SED .ifdef LIB MD_SED=sed ${MDLIB_SED} .else MD_SED=cat .endif .else # arrange to put some variable names into ${DEPENDFILE} .ifdef LIB MD_SED=sed ${MDLIB_SED} .else MD_SED=sed .endif SUBST_DEPVARS+= SB TOP BACKING SRC SRCDIR BASE BASEDIR .for v in ${SUBST_DEPVARS} .if defined(${v}) && !empty(${v}) MD_SED+= -e 's,${$v},$${$v},' .endif .endfor .endif .if (${MD_SED} == "sed") MD_SED=cat .endif # this will be done whenever make finishes successfully .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} < 20050530 .END: .else .END: ${DEPENDFILE} # we do not want to trigger building .d's just use them if they exist ${DEPENDFILE}: ${__dependsrcs:@d@${exists($d):?$d:}@} .endif -@${MD_SED} ${__depfiles} > ${DEPENDFILE}.new 2> /dev/null && \ test -s ${DEPENDFILE}.new && mv ${DEPENDFILE}.new ${DEPENDFILE}; \ ${RM} -f ${DEPENDFILE}.new .endif .endif .else depend: beforedepend afterdepend _SUBDIRUSE .endif .if !target(beforedepend) beforedepend: .endif .if !target(afterdepend) afterdepend: .endif .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dirdeps.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,500 +1,513 @@ -# $Id: dirdeps.mk,v 1.28 2013/03/25 21:11:43 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: dirdeps.mk,v 1.35 2014/05/03 06:27:56 sjg Exp $ # Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS # "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR # A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT # OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, # SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, # DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY # THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT # (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE # OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # Much of the complexity here is for supporting cross-building. # If a tree does not support that, simply using plain Makefile.depend # should provide sufficient clue. # Otherwise the recommendation is to use Makefile.depend.${MACHINE} # as expected below. # Note: this file gets multiply included. # This is what we do with DIRDEPS # DIRDEPS: # This is a list of directories - relative to SRCTOP, it is # normally only of interest to .MAKE.LEVEL 0. # In some cases the entry may be qualified with a . # or . suffix (see TARGET_SPEC_VARS below), # for example to force building something for the pseudo # machines "host" or "common" regardless of current ${MACHINE}. # # All unqualified entries end up being qualified with .${TARGET_SPEC} # and partially qualified (if TARGET_SPEC_VARS has multiple # entries) are also expanded to a full .. -# The _DIRDEPS_USE target uses the suffix to set TARGET_SPEC +# The _DIRDEP_USE target uses the suffix to set TARGET_SPEC # correctly when visiting each entry. # # The fully qualified directory entries are used to construct a # dependency graph that will drive the build later. # # Also, for each fully qualified directory target, we will search # using ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE} to find additional # dependencies. We use Makefile.depend (default value for # .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX) to refer to these makefiles to # distinguish them from others. # # Each Makefile.depend file sets DEP_RELDIR to be the # the RELDIR (path relative to SRCTOP) for its directory, and # since each Makefile.depend file includes dirdeps.mk, this # processing is recursive and results in .MAKE.LEVEL 0 learning the # dependencies of the tree wrt the initial directory (_DEP_RELDIR). # # BUILD_AT_LEVEL0 # Indicates whether .MAKE.LEVEL 0 builds anything: # if "no" sub-makes are used to build everything, # if "yes" sub-makes are only used to build for other machines. # It is best to use "no", but this can require fixing some # makefiles to not do anything at .MAKE.LEVEL 0. # # TARGET_SPEC_VARS # The default value is just MACHINE, and for most environments -# this is sufficient. The _DIRDEPS_USE target actually sets +# this is sufficient. The _DIRDEP_USE target actually sets # both MACHINE and TARGET_SPEC to the suffix of the current # target so that in the general case TARGET_SPEC can be ignored. # # If more than MACHINE is needed then sys.mk needs to decompose # TARGET_SPEC and set the relevant variables accordingly. # It is important that MACHINE be included in and actually be # the first member of TARGET_SPEC_VARS. This allows other # variables to be considered optional, and some of the treatment # below relies on MACHINE being the first entry. # Note: TARGET_SPEC cannot contain any '.'s so the target # triple used by compiler folk won't work (directly anyway). # # For example: # # # Always list MACHINE first, # # other variables might be optional. # TARGET_SPEC_VARS = MACHINE TARGET_OS # .if ${TARGET_SPEC:Uno:M*,*} != "" # _tspec := ${TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g} # MACHINE := ${_tspec:[1]} # TARGET_OS := ${_tspec:[2]} # # etc. # # We need to stop that TARGET_SPEC affecting any submakes # # and deal with MACHINE=${TARGET_SPEC} in the environment. # TARGET_SPEC = # # export but do not track # .export-env TARGET_SPEC # .export ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS} # .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u} # .if empty($v) # .undef $v # .endif # .endfor # .endif # # make sure we know what TARGET_SPEC is # # as we may need it to find Makefile.depend* # TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 # only the first instance is interested in all this # First off, we want to know what ${MACHINE} to build for. # This can be complicated if we are using a mixture of ${MACHINE} specific # and non-specific Makefile.depend* .if !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # do some setup we only need once _CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR} # make sure these are empty to start with _DEP_TARGET_SPEC = _DIRDEP_CHECKED = # If TARGET_SPEC_VARS is other than just MACHINE # it should be set by sys.mk or similar by now. # TARGET_SPEC must not contain any '.'s. TARGET_SPEC_VARS ?= MACHINE # this is what we started with TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # this is what we mostly use below DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:S,^,DEP_,:@v@${$v:U}@:ts,} # make sure we have defaults .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS} DEP_$v ?= ${$v} .endfor .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # Ok, this gets more complex (putting it mildly). # In order to stay sane, we need to ensure that all the build_dirs # we compute below are fully qualified wrt DEP_TARGET_SPEC. # The makefiles may only partially specify (eg. MACHINE only), # so we need to construct a set of modifiers to fill in the gaps. # jot 10 should output 1 2 3 .. 10 JOT ?= jot _tspec_x := ${${JOT} ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]}:L:sh} # this handles unqualified entries -M_dep_qual_fixes = C;(/[^/.,]+)$$;\1.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}; +M_dep_qual_fixes = C;(/[^/.,]+)$$;\1.$${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}; # there needs to be at least one item missing for these to make sense .for i in ${_tspec_x:[2..-1]} _tspec_m$i := ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[2..$i]:@w@[^,]+@:ts,} -_tspec_a$i := ,${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i..-1]:@v@$${DEP_$v}@:ts,} +_tspec_a$i := ,${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i..-1]:@v@$$$${DEP_$v}@:ts,} M_dep_qual_fixes += C;(\.${_tspec_m$i})$$;\1${_tspec_a$i}; .endfor .else # A harmless? default. M_dep_qual_fixes = U .endif .if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE) # .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE makes the logic below neater? # you really want this set by sys.mk or similar .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE = ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T} .if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:E} == "${TARGET_SPEC}" .if ${TARGET_SPEC} != ${MACHINE} .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$${MACHINE} .endif .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE += ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R} .endif .endif _default_dependfile := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:[1]:T} _machine_dependfiles := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:M*${MACHINE}*} # for machine specific dependfiles we require ${MACHINE} to be at the end # also for the sake of sanity we require a common prefix .if !defined(.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX) # knowing .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX helps .if !empty(_machine_dependfiles) .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_machine_dependfiles:[1]:T:R} .else .MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX := ${_default_dependfile:T} .endif .endif # this is how we identify non-machine specific dependfiles N_notmachine := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:E:N*${MACHINE}*:${M_ListToSkip}} .endif # !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # if we were included recursively _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be valid. .if empty(_DEP_TARGET_SPEC) # we may or may not have included a dependfile yet +.if defined(.INCLUDEDFROMFILE) +_last_dependfile := ${.INCLUDEDFROMFILE:M${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*} +.else _last_dependfile := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}*:[-1]} +.endif .if !empty(_debug_reldir) .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _last_dependfile='${_last_dependfile}' .endif .if empty(_last_dependfile) || ${_last_dependfile:E:${N_notmachine}} == "" # this is all we have to work with DEP_MACHINE = ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${MACHINE}} _DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} .else _DEP_TARGET_SPEC = ${_last_dependfile:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E} .endif .if !empty(_last_dependfile) # record that we've read dependfile for this _DIRDEP_CHECKED += ${_CURDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC} .endif .endif # by now _DEP_TARGET_SPEC should be set, parse it. .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # we need to parse DEP_MACHINE may or may not contain more info _tspec := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC:S/,/ /g} .for i in ${_tspec_x} DEP_${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[$i]} := ${_tspec:[$i]} .endfor .for v in ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:O:u} .if empty(DEP_$v) .undef DEP_$v .endif .endfor .else DEP_MACHINE := ${_DEP_TARGET_SPEC} .endif # pickup customizations # as below you can use !target(_DIRDEP_USE) to protect things # which should only be done once. .-include "local.dirdeps.mk" # the first time we are included the _DIRDEP_USE target will not be defined # we can use this as a clue to do initialization and other one time things. .if !target(_DIRDEP_USE) # make sure this target exists -dirdeps: +dirdeps: beforedirdeps .WAIT +beforedirdeps: # We normally expect to be included by Makefile.depend.* # which sets the DEP_* macros below. DEP_RELDIR ?= ${RELDIR} # this can cause lots of output! # set to a set of glob expressions that might match RELDIR DEBUG_DIRDEPS ?= no # remember the initial value of DEP_RELDIR - we test for it below. _DEP_RELDIR := ${DEP_RELDIR} # things we skip for host tools SKIP_HOSTDIR ?= NSkipHostDir = ${SKIP_HOSTDIR:N*.host:S,$,.host,:N.host:${M_ListToSkip}} # things we always skip # SKIP_DIRDEPS allows for adding entries on command line. SKIP_DIR += .host *.WAIT ${SKIP_DIRDEPS} SKIP_DIR.host += ${SKIP_HOSTDIR} DEP_SKIP_DIR = ${SKIP_DIR} \ ${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \ ${SKIP_DIR.${DEP_MACHINE}:U} \ ${SKIP_DIRDEPS.${DEP_MACHINE}:U} NSkipDir = ${DEP_SKIP_DIR:${M_ListToSkip}} -.if defined(NO_DIRDEPS) || defined(NODIRDEPS) +.if defined(NO_DIRDEPS) || defined(NODIRDEPS) || defined(WITHOUT_DIRDEPS) # confine ourselves to the original dir DIRDEPS_FILTER += M${_DEP_RELDIR}* .endif -# we supress SUBDIR when visiting the leaves +# this is what we run below +DIRDEP_MAKE?= ${.MAKE} + +# we suppress SUBDIR when visiting the leaves # we assume sys.mk will set MACHINE_ARCH # you can add extras to DIRDEP_USE_ENV # if there is no makefile in the target directory, we skip it. _DIRDEP_USE: .USE .MAKE @for m in ${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE}; do \ test -s ${.TARGET:R}/$$m || continue; \ echo "${TRACER}Checking ${.TARGET:R} for ${.TARGET:E} ..."; \ MACHINE_ARCH= NO_SUBDIR=1 ${DIRDEP_USE_ENV} \ TARGET_SPEC=${.TARGET:E} \ MACHINE=${.TARGET:E} \ - ${.MAKE} -C ${.TARGET:R} || exit 1; \ + ${DIRDEP_MAKE} -C ${.TARGET:R} || exit 1; \ break; \ done .ifdef ALL_MACHINES # this is how you limit it to only the machines we have been built for # previously. .if empty(ONLY_MACHINE_LIST) .if !empty(ALL_MACHINE_LIST) # ALL_MACHINE_LIST is the list of all legal machines - ignore anything else _machine_list != cd ${_CURDIR} && 'ls' -1 ${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:O:u:@m@${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T:R}.$m@} 2> /dev/null; echo .else _machine_list != 'ls' -1 ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.* 2> /dev/null; echo .endif _only_machines := ${_machine_list:${NIgnoreFiles:UN*.bak}:E:O:u} .else _only_machines := ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST} .endif .if empty(_only_machines) # we must be boot-strapping _only_machines := ${TARGET_MACHINE:U${ALL_MACHINE_LIST:U${DEP_MACHINE}}} .endif .else # ! ALL_MACHINES # if ONLY_MACHINE_LIST is set, we are limited to that # if TARGET_MACHINE is set - it is really the same as ONLY_MACHINE_LIST # otherwise DEP_MACHINE is it - so DEP_MACHINE will match. _only_machines := ${ONLY_MACHINE_LIST:U${TARGET_MACHINE:U${DEP_MACHINE}}:M${DEP_MACHINE}} .endif .if !empty(NOT_MACHINE_LIST) _only_machines := ${_only_machines:${NOT_MACHINE_LIST:${M_ListToSkip}}} .endif # make sure we have a starting place? DIRDEPS ?= ${RELDIR} .endif # target _debug_reldir := ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_MACHINE}:L:M$x}@} _debug_search := ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${DEP_RELDIR:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.depend:L:M$x}@} # the rest is done repeatedly for every Makefile.depend we read. # if we are anything but the original dir we care only about the # machine type we were included for.. .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == "." _this_dir := ${SRCTOP} .else _this_dir := ${SRCTOP}/${DEP_RELDIR} .endif # on rare occasions, there can be a need for extra help _dep_hack := ${_this_dir}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFIX}.inc .-include "${_dep_hack}" .if ${DEP_RELDIR} != ${_DEP_RELDIR} || ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} != ${TARGET_SPEC} # this should be all _machines := ${DEP_MACHINE} .else # this is the machine list we actually use below _machines := ${_only_machines} .if defined(HOSTPROG) || ${DEP_MACHINE} == "host" # we need to build this guy's dependencies for host as well. _machines += host .endif _machines := ${_machines:O:u} .endif .if ${TARGET_SPEC_VARS:[#]} > 1 # we need to tweak _machines _dm := ${DEP_MACHINE} -_machines := ${_machines:@DEP_MACHINE@${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}@} +# apply the same filtering that we do when qualifying DIRDEPS. +_machines := ${_machines:@DEP_MACHINE@${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}@:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u} DEP_MACHINE := ${_dm} .endif # reset each time through _build_dirs = .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR} # pickup other machines for this dir if necessary .if ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes} == "no" _build_dirs += ${_machines:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@} .else _build_dirs += ${_machines:N${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:@m@${_CURDIR}.$m@} .if ${DEP_TARGET_SPEC} == ${TARGET_SPEC} # pickup local dependencies now .-include <.depend> .endif .endif .endif .if !empty(_debug_reldir) .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: DIRDEPS='${DIRDEPS}' .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: _machines='${_machines}' .endif .if !empty(DIRDEPS) # these we reset each time through as they can depend on DEP_MACHINE DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = \ ${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}:U} \ ${DIRDEPS_FILTER.${DEP_MACHINE}:U} \ ${DIRDEPS_FILTER:U} .if empty(DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER) # something harmless DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER = U .endif # this is what we start with -__depdirs := ${DIRDEPS:${NSkipDir}:${DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:O:u:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@} +__depdirs := ${DIRDEPS:${NSkipDir}:${DEP_DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:C,//+,/,g:O:u:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@} # some entries may be qualified with . # the :M*/*/*.* just tries to limit the dirs we check to likely ones. # the ${d:E:M*/*} ensures we don't consider junos/usr.sbin/mgd __qual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:M*/*/*.*:@d@${exists($d):?:${"${d:E:M*/*}":?:${exists(${d:R}):?$d:}}}@} __unqual_depdirs := ${__depdirs:${__qual_depdirs:Uno:${M_ListToSkip}}} .if ${DEP_RELDIR} == ${_DEP_RELDIR} # if it was called out - we likely need it. __hostdpadd := ${DPADD:U.:M${HOST_OBJTOP}/*:S,${HOST_OBJTOP}/,,:H:${NSkipDir}:${DIRDEPS_FILTER:ts:}:S,$,.host,:N.*:@d@${SRCTOP}/$d@} __qual_depdirs += ${__hostdpadd} .endif .if !empty(_debug_reldir) .info depdirs=${__depdirs} .info qualified=${__qual_depdirs} .info unqualified=${__unqual_depdirs} .endif # _build_dirs is what we will feed to _DIRDEP_USE _build_dirs += \ ${__qual_depdirs:M*.host:${NSkipHostDir}:N.host} \ ${__qual_depdirs:N*.host} \ ${_machines:@m@${__unqual_depdirs:@d@$d.$m@}@} # qualify everything now _build_dirs := ${_build_dirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:O:u} .endif # empty DIRDEPS # Normally if doing make -V something, # we do not want to waste time chasing DIRDEPS # but if we want to count the number of Makefile.depend* read, we do. .if ${.MAKEFLAGS:M-V${_V_READ_DIRDEPS}} == "" .if !empty(_build_dirs) # this makes it all happen dirdeps: ${_build_dirs} ${_build_dirs}: _DIRDEP_USE .if !empty(_debug_reldir) .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.${DEP_TARGET_SPEC}: needs: ${_build_dirs} .endif # this builds the dependency graph .for m in ${_machines} # it would be nice to do :N${.TARGET} .if !empty(__qual_depdirs) .for q in ${__qual_depdirs:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}:E:O:u:N$m} .if !empty(_debug_reldir) || ${DEBUG_DIRDEPS:@x@${${DEP_RELDIR}.$m:L:M$x}${${DEP_RELDIR}.$q:L:M$x}@} != "" .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q} .endif ${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$q} .endfor .endif .if !empty(_debug_reldir) .info ${DEP_RELDIR}.$m: graph: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m} .endif ${_this_dir}.$m: ${_build_dirs:M*.$m:N${_this_dir}.$m} .endfor .endif # Now find more dependencies - and recurse. .for d in ${_build_dirs} .if ${_DIRDEP_CHECKED:M$d} == "" # once only _DIRDEP_CHECKED += $d +.if !empty(_debug_search) +.info checking $d +.endif # Note: _build_dirs is fully qualifed so d:R is always the directory .if exists(${d:R}) # Warning: there is an assumption here that MACHINE is always # the first entry in TARGET_SPEC_VARS. # If TARGET_SPEC and MACHINE are insufficient, you have a problem. _m := ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:T:S;${TARGET_SPEC}$;${d:E};:S;${MACHINE};${d:E:C/,.*//};:@m@${exists(${d:R}/$m):?${d:R}/$m:}@:[1]} .if !empty(_m) -_qm := ${_m:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}} +# M_dep_qual_fixes isn't geared to Makefile.depend +_qm := ${_m:C;(\.depend)$;\1.${d:E};:${M_dep_qual_fixes:ts:}} .if !empty(_debug_search) .info Looking for ${_qm} .endif # we pass _DEP_TARGET_SPEC to tell the next step what we want _DEP_TARGET_SPEC := ${d:E} # some makefiles may still look at this _DEP_MACHINE := ${d:E:C/,.*//} .if !empty(_debug_reldir) && ${_qm} != ${_m} .info loading ${_m} for ${d:E} .endif .include <${_m}> .endif .endif .endif .endfor .endif # -V .elif ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 42 .error You should have stopped recursing by now. .else _DEP_RELDIR := ${DEP_RELDIR} # pickup local dependencies .-include <.depend> .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/dpadd.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,196 +1,196 @@ -# $Id: dpadd.mk,v 1.18 2011/11/10 05:13:37 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: dpadd.mk,v 1.19 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2004, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: # sometimes we play games with .CURDIR etc # _* hold the original values of .* _OBJDIR?= ${.OBJDIR} _CURDIR?= ${.CURDIR} # DPLIBS helps us ensure we keep DPADD and LDADD in sync DPLIBS+= ${DPLIBS_LAST} DPADD+= ${DPLIBS} .for __lib in ${DPLIBS:T:R} LDADD+= ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}} .endfor # DPADD can contain things other than libs __dpadd_libs = ${DPADD:M*/lib*} # some libs have dependencies... # DPLIBS_* allows bsd.libnames.mk to flag libs which must be included # in DPADD for a given library. .for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPLIBS_${d:T:R}}@} .if "${DPADD:M${__lib}}" == "" DPADD+= ${__lib} LDADD+= ${LDADD_${__lib}:U${__lib:T:R:S/lib/-l/:C/\.so.*//}} .endif .endfor # Last of all... for libc and libgcc DPADD+= ${DPADD_LAST} # Convert DPADD into -I and -L options and add them to CPPFLAGS and LDADD # For the -I's convert the path to a relative one. For separate objdirs # the DPADD paths will be to the obj tree so we need to subst anyway. # If USE_PROFILE is yes, then check for profiled versions of libs # and use them. USE_PROFILE?=no .if defined(LIBDL) && exists(${LIBDL}) .if defined(PROG) && (make(${PROG}_p) || ${USE_PROFILE} == yes) && \ defined(LDFLAGS) && ${LDFLAGS:M-export-dynamic} # building profiled version of a prog that needs dlopen to work DPLIBS+= ${LIBDL} .endif .endif .if defined(LIBDMALLOC) && exists(${LIBDMALLOC}) .if defined(USE_DMALLOC) && ${USE_DMALLOC} != no .if !defined(NO_DMALLOC) CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_DMALLOC .endif DPLIBS+= ${LIBDMALLOC} .endif .endif -# Order -L's to seach ours first. +# Order -L's to search ours first. # Avoids picking up old versions already installed. __dpadd_libdirs := ${__dpadd_libs:R:H:S/^/-L/g:O:u:N-L} LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:M-L${OBJTOP}/*} LDADD += ${__dpadd_libdirs:N-L${OBJTOP}/*} .if ${.CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP} RELDIR=. RELTOP=. .else RELDIR?= ${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} .if ${RELDIR} == ${.CURDIR} RELDIR?= ${.OBJDIR:S,${OBJTOP}/,,} .endif RELTOP?= ${RELDIR:C,[^/]+,..,g} .endif RELOBJTOP?= ${OBJTOP} RELSRCTOP?= ${SRCTOP} .if !make(dpadd) .ifdef LIB # Each lib is its own src_lib, we want to include it in SRC_LIBS # so that the correct INCLUDES_* will be picked up automatically. SRC_LIBS+= ${_OBJDIR}/lib${LIB}.a .endif .endif # # This little bit of magic, assumes that SRC_libfoo will be # set if it cannot be correctly derrived from ${LIBFOO} # Note that SRC_libfoo and INCLUDES_libfoo should be named for the -# actual libary name not the variable name that might refer to it. +# actual library name not the variable name that might refer to it. # 99% of the time the two are the same, but the DPADD logic -# only has the libary name available, so stick to that. +# only has the library name available, so stick to that. # SRC_LIBS?= __dpadd_libs += ${SRC_LIBS} DPMAGIC_LIBS += ${__dpadd_libs} \ ${__dpadd_libs:@d@${DPMAGIC_LIBS_${d:T:R}}@} .for __lib in ${DPMAGIC_LIBS:O:u} # # if SRC_libfoo is not set, then we assume that the srcdir corresponding # to where we found the library is correct. # SRC_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELSRCTOP},} # # This is a no-brainer but just to be complete... # OBJ_${__lib:T:R} ?= ${__lib:H:S,${OBJTOP},${RELOBJTOP},} # # If INCLUDES_libfoo is not set, then we'll use ${SRC_libfoo}/h if it exists, # else just ${SRC_libfoo}. # INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}?= -I${exists(${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h):?${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}/h:${SRC_${__lib:T:R}}} .endfor # Now for the bits we actually need __dpadd_incs= .for __lib in ${__dpadd_libs:u} .if (make(${PROG}_p) || defined(NEED_GPROF)) && exists(${__lib:R}_p.a) __ldadd=-l${__lib:T:R:S,lib,,} LDADD := ${LDADD:S,^${__ldadd}$,${__ldadd}_p,g} .endif # # Some libs generate headers, so we potentially need both # the src dir and the obj dir. # If ${INCLUDES_libfoo} contains a word ending in /h, we assume that either # 1. it does not generate headers or # 2. INCLUDES_libfoo will have been set correctly # XXX it gets ugly avoiding duplicates... # use :? to ensure .for does not prevent correct evaluation # # We take care of duplicate suppression later. __dpadd_incs += ${"${INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}:M*/h}":? :-I${OBJ_${__lib:T:R}}} __dpadd_incs += ${INCLUDES_${__lib:T:R}} .endfor # # eliminate any duplicates - but don't mess with the order # force evaluation now - to avoid giving make a headache # .for t in CFLAGS CXXFLAGS # avoid duplicates __$t_incs:=${$t:M-I*:O:u} .for i in ${__dpadd_incs} .if "${__$t_incs:M$i}" == "" $t+= $i __$t_incs+= $i .endif .endfor .endfor # This target is used to gather a list of # dir: ${DPADD} # entries .if make(*dpadd*) # allow overrides .-include "dpadd++.mk" .if !target(dpadd) dpadd: .NOTMAIN .if defined(DPADD) && ${DPADD} != "" @echo "${RELDIR}: ${DPADD:S,${OBJTOP}/,,}" .endif .endif .endif .ifdef SRC_PATHADD # We don't want to assume that we need to .PATH every element of # SRC_LIBS, but the Makefile cannot do # .PATH: ${SRC_libfoo} # since the value of SRC_libfoo must be available at the time .PATH: # is read - and we only just worked it out. # Further, they can't wait until after include of {lib,prog}.mk as # the .PATH is needed before then. # So we let the Makefile do # SRC_PATHADD+= ${SRC_libfoo} # and we defer the .PATH: until now so that SRC_libfoo will be available. .PATH: ${SRC_PATHADD} .endif .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/gendirdeps.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/gendirdeps.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/gendirdeps.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,337 +1,337 @@ -# $Id: gendirdeps.mk,v 1.23 2013/09/04 17:49:20 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: gendirdeps.mk,v 1.25 2014/03/14 21:28:37 sjg Exp $ # Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS # "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR # A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT # OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, # SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, # DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY # THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT # (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE # OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. # # This makefile [re]generates ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE} # .include # Assumptions: # RELDIR is the relative path from ${SRCTOP} to ${_CURDIR} # (SRCTOP is ${SB}/src) # _CURDIR is the absolute version of ${.CURDIR} # _OBJDIR is the absolute version of ${.OBJDIR} # _objroot is realpath of ${_OBJTOP} without ${MACHINE} # this may be different from _OBJROOT if $SB/obj is a # symlink to another filesystem. # _objroot must be a prefix match for _objtop .MAIN: all # keep this simple .MAKE.MODE = compat all: _CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR} _OBJDIR ?= ${.OBJDIR} _OBJTOP ?= ${OBJTOP} _OBJROOT ?= ${OBJROOT:U${_OBJTOP}} .if ${_OBJROOT:M*/} _slash=/ .else _slash= .endif _objroot ?= ${_OBJROOT:tA}${_slash} _this = ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE} # remember what to make _DEPENDFILE := ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T} # We do _not_ want to read our own output! .MAKE.DEPENDFILE = /dev/null # caller should have set this META_FILES ?= ${.MAKE.META.FILES} .if !empty(META_FILES) .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 && !empty(GENDIRDEPS_FILTER) # so we can compare below .-include <${_DEPENDFILE}> # yes, I mean :U with no value _DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:U:O:u} .endif META_FILES := ${META_FILES:T:O:u} .export META_FILES # pickup customizations .-include "local.gendirdeps.mk" # these are actually prefixes that we'll skip # they should all be absolute paths SKIP_GENDIRDEPS ?= .if !empty(SKIP_GENDIRDEPS) _skip_gendirdeps = egrep -v '^(${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS:O:u:ts|})' | .else _skip_gendirdeps = .endif # this (*should* be set in meta.sys.mk) # is the script that extracts what we want. META2DEPS ?= ${.PARSEDIR}/meta2deps.sh META2DEPS := ${META2DEPS} .if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != "" && ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:Mmeta2d*} != "" _time = time _sh_x = sh -x _py_d = -ddd .else _time = _sh_x = _py_d = .endif .if ${META2DEPS:E} == "py" # we can afford to do this all the time. DPDEPS ?= no META2DEPS_CMD = ${_time} ${PYTHON} ${META2DEPS} ${_py_d} .if ${DPDEPS:tl} != "no" META2DEPS_CMD += -D ${DPDEPS} .endif META2DEPS_FILTER = sed 's,^src:,${SRCTOP}/,;s,^\([^/]\),${OBJTOP}/\1,' | .elif ${META2DEPS:E} == "sh" META2DEPS_CMD = ${_time} ${_sh_x} ${META2DEPS} OBJTOP=${_OBJTOP} .else META2DEPS_CMD ?= ${META2DEPS} .endif .if ${TARGET_OBJ_SPEC:U${MACHINE}} != ${MACHINE} META2DEPS_CMD += -T ${TARGET_OBJ_SPEC} .endif META2DEPS_CMD += \ -R ${RELDIR} -H ${HOST_TARGET} \ ${M2D_OBJROOTS:O:u:@o@-O $o@} M2D_OBJROOTS += ${OBJTOP} ${_OBJROOT} ${_objroot} .if defined(SB_OBJROOT) M2D_OBJROOTS += ${SB_OBJROOT} .endif .if ${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE_PREFERENCE:U${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE}:M*.${MACHINE}} == "" # meta2deps.py only groks objroot # so we need to give it what it expects # and tell it not to add machine qualifiers META2DEPS_ARGS += MACHINE=none .endif .if defined(SB_BACKING_SB) META2DEPS_CMD += -S ${SB_BACKING_SB}/src M2D_OBJROOTS += ${SB_BACKING_SB}/${SB_OBJPREFIX} .endif # we are only interested in the dirs # sepecifically those we read something from. # we canonicalize them to keep things simple # if we are using a split-fs sandbox, it gets a little messier. _objtop := ${_OBJTOP:tA} dir_list != cd ${_OBJDIR} && \ ${META2DEPS_CMD} MACHINE=${MACHINE} \ SRCTOP=${SRCTOP} RELDIR=${RELDIR} CURDIR=${_CURDIR} \ ${META2DEPS_ARGS} \ ${META_FILES:O:u} | ${META2DEPS_FILTER} ${_skip_gendirdeps} \ sed 's,//*$$,,;s,\.${HOST_TARGET}$$,.host,' .if ${dir_list:M*ERROR\:*} != "" .warning ${dir_list:tW:C,.*(ERROR),\1,} .warning Skipping ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} # we are not going to update anything .else dpadd_dir_list= .if !empty(DPADD) _nonlibs := ${DPADD:T:Nlib*:N*include} .if !empty(_nonlibs) ddep_list = .for f in ${_nonlibs:@x@${DPADD:M*/$x}@} .if exists($f.dirdep) ddep_list += $f.dirdep .elif exists(${f:H}.dirdep) ddep_list += ${f:H}.dirdep .else dir_list += ${f:H:tA} dpadd_dir_list += ${f:H:tA} .endif .endfor .if !empty(ddep_list) ddeps != cat ${ddep_list:O:u} | ${META2DEPS_FILTER} ${_skip_gendirdeps} \ sed 's,//*$$,,;s,\.${HOST_TARGET}$$,.host,;s,\.${MACHINE}$$,,' .if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != "" .info ${RELDIR}: raw_dir_list='${dir_list}' .info ${RELDIR}: ddeps='${ddeps}' .endif dir_list += ${ddeps} .endif .endif .endif # DIRDEPS represent things that had to have been built first # so they should all be undir OBJTOP. # Note that ${_OBJTOP}/bsd/include/machine will get reported # to us as $SRCTOP/bsd/sys/$MACHINE_ARCH/include meaning we # will want to visit bsd/include # so we add # ${"${dir_list:M*bsd/sys/${MACHINE_ARCH}/include}":?bsd/include:} # to GENDIRDEPS_DIR_LIST_XTRAS _objtops = ${OBJTOP} ${_OBJTOP} ${_objtop} _objtops := ${_objtops:O:u} dirdep_list = \ ${_objtops:@o@${dir_list:M$o*/*:C,$o[^/]*/,,}@} \ ${GENDIRDEPS_DIR_LIST_XTRAS} # sort longest first M2D_OBJROOTS := ${M2D_OBJROOTS:O:u:[-1..1]} # anything we use from an object dir other than ours # needs to be qualified with its . suffix # (we used the pseudo machine "host" for the HOST_TARGET). skip_ql= ${SRCTOP}* ${_objtops:@o@$o*@} .for o in ${M2D_OBJROOTS:${skip_ql:${M_ListToSkip}}} # we need := so only skip_ql to this point applies ql.$o := ${dir_list:${skip_ql:${M_ListToSkip}}:M$o*/*/*:C,$o([^/]+)/(.*),\2.\1,:S,.${HOST_TARGET},.host,} qualdir_list += ${ql.$o} .if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != "" .info ${RELDIR}: o=$o ${ql.$o qualdir_list:L:@v@$v=${$v}@} .endif skip_ql+= $o* .endfor dirdep_list := ${dirdep_list:O:u} qualdir_list := ${qualdir_list:N*.${MACHINE}:O:u} DIRDEPS = \ ${dirdep_list:N${RELDIR}:N${RELDIR}/*} \ ${qualdir_list:N${RELDIR}.*:N${RELDIR}/*} # We only consider things below $RELDIR/ if they have a makefile. -# This is the same test that _DIRDEPS_USE applies. +# This is the same test that _DIRDEP_USE applies. # We have do a double test with dirdep_list as it _may_ contain # qualified dirs - if we got anything from a stage dir. # qualdir_list we know are all qualified. # It would be nice do peform this check for all of DIRDEPS, # but we cannot assume that all of the tree is present, # in fact we can only assume that RELDIR is. DIRDEPS += \ ${dirdep_list:M${RELDIR}/*:@d@${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists(${SRCTOP}/$d/$m):?$d:${exists(${SRCTOP}/${d:R}/$m):?$d:}}@}@} \ ${qualdir_list:M${RELDIR}/*:@d@${.MAKE.MAKEFILE_PREFERENCE:@m@${exists(${SRCTOP}/${d:R}/$m):?$d:}@}@} -DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_FILTER:UNno:ts:}:O:u} +DIRDEPS := ${DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_FILTER:UNno:ts:}:C,//+,/,g:O:u} .if ${DEBUG_GENDIRDEPS:Uno:@x@${RELDIR:M$x}@} != "" .info ${RELDIR}: M2D_OBJROOTS=${M2D_OBJROOTS} .info ${RELDIR}: dir_list='${dir_list}' .info ${RELDIR}: dpadd_dir_list='${dpadd_dir_list}' .info ${RELDIR}: dirdep_list='${dirdep_list}' .info ${RELDIR}: qualdir_list='${qualdir_list}' .info ${RELDIR}: SKIP_GENDIRDEPS='${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS}' .info ${RELDIR}: GENDIRDEPS_FILTER='${GENDIRDEPS_FILTER}' .info ${RELDIR}: FORCE_DPADD='${DPADD}' .info ${RELDIR}: DIRDEPS='${DIRDEPS}' .endif # SRC_DIRDEPS is for checkout logic src_dirdep_list = \ ${dir_list:M${SRCTOP}/*:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} SRC_DIRDEPS = \ ${src_dirdep_list:N${RELDIR}:N${RELDIR}/*:C,(/h)/.*,,} -SRC_DIRDEPS := ${SRC_DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_SRC_FILTER:UN/*:ts:}:O:u} +SRC_DIRDEPS := ${SRC_DIRDEPS:${GENDIRDEPS_SRC_FILTER:UN/*:ts:}:C,//+,/,g:O:u} # if you want to capture SRC_DIRDEPS in .MAKE.DEPENDFILE put # SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE = ${_DEPENDFILE} # in local.gendirdeps.mk .if ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE:Uno:tl} != "no" ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS = echo 'SRC_DIRDEPS = \'; echo '${SRC_DIRDEPS:@d@ $d \\${.newline}@}'; echo; .if ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE:T} == ${_DEPENDFILE:T} _include_src_dirdeps = ${ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS} .else all: ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE} .if !target(${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE}) ${SRC_DIRDEPS_FILE}: ${META_FILES} ${_this} ${META2DEPS} @(${ECHO_SRC_DIRDEPS}) > $@ .endif .endif .endif _include_src_dirdeps ?= all: ${_DEPENDFILE} # if this is going to exist it would be there by now .if !exists(.depend) CAT_DEPEND = /dev/null .endif CAT_DEPEND ?= .depend .if !empty(_DIRDEPS) && ${DIRDEPS} != ${_DIRDEPS} # we may have changed a filter .PHONY: ${_DEPENDFILE} .endif # 'cat .depend' should suffice, but if we are mixing build modes # .depend may contain things we don't want. # The sed command at the end of the stream, allows for the filters # to output _{VAR} tokens which we will turn into proper ${VAR} references. ${_DEPENDFILE}: ${CAT_DEPEND:M.depend} ${META_FILES:O:u:@m@${exists($m):?$m:}@} ${_this} ${META2DEPS} @(echo '# Autogenerated - do NOT edit!'; echo; \ echo 'DEP_RELDIR := $${_PARSEDIR:S,$${SRCTOP}/,,}'; echo; \ echo 'DIRDEPS = \'; \ echo '${DIRDEPS:@d@ $d \\${.newline}@}'; echo; \ ${_include_src_dirdeps} \ echo '.include '; \ echo; \ echo '.if $${DEP_RELDIR} == $${_DEP_RELDIR}'; \ echo '# local dependencies - needed for -jN in clean tree'; \ [ -s ${CAT_DEPEND} ] && { grep : ${CAT_DEPEND} | grep -v '[/\\]'; }; \ echo '.endif' ) | sed 's,_\([{(]\),$$\1,g' > $@.new${.MAKE.PID} @${InstallNew}; InstallNew -s $@.new${.MAKE.PID} .endif # meta2deps failed .elif !empty(SUBDIR) DIRDEPS := ${SUBDIR:S,^,${RELDIR}/,:O:u} all: ${_DEPENDFILE} ${_DEPENDFILE}: ${MAKEFILE} ${_this} @(echo '# Autogenerated - do NOT edit!'; echo; \ echo 'DEP_RELDIR := $${_PARSEDIR:S,$${SRCTOP}/,,}'; echo; \ echo 'DIRDEPS = \'; \ echo '${DIRDEPS:@d@ $d \\${.newline}@}'; echo; \ echo '.include '; \ echo ) | sed 's,_\([{(]\),$$\1,g' > $@.new @${InstallNew}; InstallNew $@.new .else # nothing to do all ${_DEPENDFILE}: .endif ${_DEPENDFILE}: .PRECIOUS Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/host-target.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/host-target.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/host-target.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,31 +1,35 @@ # RCSid: -# $Id: host-target.mk,v 1.6 2011/03/02 05:05:21 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: host-target.mk,v 1.7 2014/05/16 17:54:52 sjg Exp $ # Host platform information; may be overridden .if !defined(_HOST_OSNAME) _HOST_OSNAME != uname -s .export _HOST_OSNAME .endif .if !defined(_HOST_OSREL) _HOST_OSREL != uname -r .export _HOST_OSREL .endif .if !defined(_HOST_ARCH) _HOST_ARCH != uname -p 2>/dev/null || uname -m # uname -p may produce garbage on linux .if ${_HOST_ARCH:[\#]} > 1 _HOST_ARCH != uname -m .endif .export _HOST_ARCH +.endif +.if !defined(HOST_MACHINE) +HOST_MACHINE != uname -m +.export HOST_MACHINE .endif HOST_OSMAJOR := ${_HOST_OSREL:C/[^0-9].*//} HOST_OSTYPE := ${_HOST_OSNAME}-${_HOST_OSREL:C/\([^\)]*\)//}-${_HOST_ARCH} HOST_OS := ${_HOST_OSNAME} host_os := ${_HOST_OSNAME:tl} HOST_TARGET := ${host_os}${HOST_OSMAJOR}-${_HOST_ARCH} # tr is insanely non-portable, accommodate the lowest common denominator TR ?= tr toLower = ${TR} 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' toUpper = ${TR} 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/install-mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,185 +1,185 @@ : # NAME: # install-mk - install mk files # # SYNOPSIS: # install-mk [options] [var=val] [dest] # # DESCRIPTION: # This tool installs mk files in a semi-intelligent manner into # "dest". # # Options: # # -n just say what we want to do, but don't touch anything. # # -f use -f when copying sys,mk. # # -v be verbose # # -q be quiet # # -m "mode" # Use "mode" for installed files (444). # # -o "owner" # Use "owner" for installed files. # # -g "group" # Use "group" for installed files. # # var=val # Set "var" to "val". See below. # # All our *.mk files are copied to "dest" with appropriate # ownership and permissions. # # By default if a sys.mk can be found in a standard location # (that bmake will find) then no sys.mk will be put in "dest". # # SKIP_SYS_MK: # If set, we will avoid installing our 'sys.mk' # This is probably a bad idea. # # SKIP_BSD_MK: # If set, we will skip making bsd.*.mk links to *.mk # # sys.mk: # # By default (and provided we are not installing to the system # mk dir - '/usr/share/mk') we install our own 'sys.mk' which # includes a sys specific file, or a generic one. # # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: install-mk,v 1.93 2013/08/02 18:28:47 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: install-mk,v 1.100 2014/05/23 01:30:36 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # -MK_VERSION=20130801 +MK_VERSION=20140522 OWNER= GROUP= MODE=444 BINMODE=555 ECHO=: SKIP= cp_f=-f while : do case "$1" in *=*) eval "$1"; shift;; +f) cp_f=; shift;; -f) cp_f=-f; shift;; -m) MODE=$2; shift 2;; -o) OWNER=$2; shift 2;; -g) GROUP=$2; shift 2;; -v) ECHO=echo; shift;; -q) ECHO=:; shift;; -n) ECHO=echo SKIP=:; shift;; --) shift; break;; *) break;; esac done case $# in 0) echo "$0 [options] []" echo "eg." echo "$0 -o bin -g bin -m 444 /usr/local/share/mk" exit 1 ;; esac dest=$1 os=${2:-`uname`} osrel=${3:-`uname -r`} Do() { $ECHO "$@" $SKIP "$@" } Error() { echo "ERROR: $@" >&2 exit 1 } Warning() { echo "WARNING: $@" >&2 } [ "$FORCE_SYS_MK" ] && Warning "ignoring: FORCE_{BSD,SYS}_MK (no longer supported)" SYS_MK_DIR=${SYS_MK_DIR:-/usr/share/mk} SYS_MK=${SYS_MK:-$SYS_MK_DIR/sys.mk} realpath() { [ -d $1 ] && cd $1 && 'pwd' && return echo $1 } if [ -s $SYS_MK -a -d $dest ]; then # if this is a BSD system we don't want to touch $SYS_MK dest=`realpath $dest` sys_mk_dir=`realpath $SYS_MK_DIR` if [ $dest = $sys_mk_dir ]; then case "$os" in *BSD*) SKIP_SYS_MK=: SKIP_BSD_MK=: ;; *) # could be fake? if [ ! -d $dest/sys -a ! -s $dest/Generic.sys.mk ]; then SKIP_SYS_MK=: # play safe SKIP_BSD_MK=: fi ;; esac fi fi [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir -p $dest/sys [ -d $dest/sys ] || Do mkdir $dest/sys || exit 1 [ -z "$SKIP" ] && dest=`realpath $dest` cd `dirname $0` mksrc=`'pwd'` if [ $mksrc = $dest ]; then SKIP_MKFILES=: else # we do not install the examples mk_files=`grep '^[a-z].*\.mk' FILES | egrep -v '(examples/|^sys\.mk|sys/)'` mk_scripts=`egrep '^[a-z].*\.(sh|py)' FILES | egrep -v '/'` sys_mk_files=`grep 'sys/.*\.mk' FILES` SKIP_MKFILES= [ -z "$SKIP_SYS_MK" ] && mk_files="sys.mk $mk_files" fi $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_files $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $sys_mk_files $dest/sys $SKIP_MKFILES Do cp $cp_f $mk_scripts $dest $SKIP cd $dest $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $MODE $mk_files $sys_mk_files $SKIP_MKFILES Do chmod $BINMODE $mk_scripts [ "$GROUP" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chgrp $GROUP $mk_files $sys_mk_files [ "$OWNER" ] && $SKIP_MKFILES Do chown $OWNER $mk_files $sys_mk_files # if this is a BSD system the bsd.*.mk should exist and be used. if [ -z "$SKIP_BSD_MK" ]; then for f in dep doc init lib links man nls obj own prog subdir do b=bsd.$f.mk [ -s $b ] || Do ln -s $f.mk $b done fi exit 0 Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/lib.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/lib.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/lib.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,602 +1,603 @@ -# $Id: lib.mk,v 1.49 2013/07/18 05:46:24 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: lib.mk,v 1.51 2014/05/23 01:30:36 sjg Exp $ .if !target(__${.PARSEFILE}__) __${.PARSEFILE}__: .include .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" NEED_SOLINKS?= yes .endif .if exists(${.CURDIR}/shlib_version) SHLIB_MAJOR != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$major SHLIB_MINOR != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$minor .endif print-shlib-major: .if defined(SHLIB_MAJOR) && ${MK_PIC} != "no" @echo ${SHLIB_MAJOR} .else @false .endif print-shlib-minor: .if defined(SHLIB_MINOR) && ${MK_PIC} != "no" @echo ${SHLIB_MINOR} .else @false .endif print-shlib-teeny: .if defined(SHLIB_TEENY) && ${MK_PIC} != "no" @echo ${SHLIB_TEENY} .else @false .endif SHLIB_FULLVERSION ?= ${${SHLIB_MAJOR} ${SHLIB_MINOR} ${SHLIB_TEENY}:L:ts.} SHLIB_FULLVERSION := ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION} # add additional suffixes not exported. # .po is used for profiling object files. # .so is used for PIC object files. .SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .so .po .o .s .S .c .cc .C .m .F .f .r .y .l .cl .p .h .SUFFIXES: .sh .m4 .m CFLAGS+= ${COPTS} # Derrived from NetBSD-1.6 # Set PICFLAGS to cc flags for producing position-independent code, # if not already set. Includes -DPIC, if required. # Data-driven table using make variables to control how shared libraries # are built for different platforms and object formats. # OBJECT_FMT: currently either "ELF" or "a.out", from # SHLIB_SOVERSION: version number to be compiled into a shared library -# via -soname. Usualy ${SHLIB_MAJOR} on ELF. +# via -soname. Usually ${SHLIB_MAJOR} on ELF. # NetBSD/pmax used to use ${SHLIB_MAJOR}[.${SHLIB_MINOR} # [.${SHLIB_TEENY}]] # SHLIB_SHFLAGS: Flags to tell ${LD} to emit shared library. # with ELF, also set shared-lib version for ld.so. # SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE: support .o file, call C++ file-level constructors # SHLIB_LDENDFILE: support .o file, call C++ file-level destructors # FPICFLAGS: flags for ${FC} to compile .[fF] files to .so objects. # CPPICFLAGS: flags for ${CPP} to preprocess .[sS] files for ${AS} # CPICFLAGS: flags for ${CC} to compile .[cC] files to .so objects. # CAPICFLAGS flags for {$CC} to compiling .[Ss] files # (usually just ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS}) # APICFLAGS: flags for ${AS} to assemble .[sS] to .so objects. .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" .if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "alpha" # Alpha-specific shared library flags FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC CPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC -DPIC CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS} APICFLAGS ?= .elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" # mips-specific shared library flags # On mips, all libs are compiled with ABIcalls, not just sharedlibs. MKPICLIB= no # so turn shlib PIC flags on for ${AS}. AINC+=-DABICALLS AFLAGS+= -fPIC AS+= -KPIC .elif ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" # On the VAX, all object are PIC by default, not just sharedlibs. MKPICLIB= no .elif (${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "sparc64") && \ ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" # If you use -fPIC you need to define BIGPIC to turn on 32-bit # relocations in asm code FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC CPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC -DPIC CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC -DBIGPIC CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS} APICFLAGS ?= -KPIC .else # Platform-independent flags for NetBSD a.out shared libraries SHLIB_SOVERSION=${SHLIB_FULLVERSION} SHLIB_SHFLAGS= FPICFLAGS ?= -fPIC CPICFLAGS?= -fPIC -DPIC CPPPICFLAGS?= -DPIC CAPICFLAGS?= ${CPPPICFLAGS} ${CPICFLAGS} APICFLAGS?= -k .endif # Platform-independent linker flags for ELF shared libraries .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" SHLIB_SOVERSION= ${SHLIB_MAJOR} SHLIB_SHFLAGS= -soname lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_SOVERSION} SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE?= /usr/lib/crtbeginS.o SHLIB_LDENDFILE?= /usr/lib/crtendS.o .endif -# for compatability with the following +# for compatibility with the following CC_PIC?= ${CPICFLAGS} LD_shared=${SHLIB_SHFLAGS} .endif # NetBSD .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD" .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" SHLIB_SOVERSION= ${SHLIB_MAJOR} SHLIB_SHFLAGS= -soname lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_SOVERSION} .else SHLIB_SHFLAGS= -assert pure-text .endif SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE= SHLIB_LDENDFILE= CC_PIC?= -fpic LD_shared=${SHLIB_SHFLAGS} .endif # FreeBSD MKPICLIB?= yes # sys.mk can override these LD_X?=-X LD_x?=-x LD_r?=-r # Non BSD machines will be using bmake. .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "SunOS" LD_shared=-assert pure-text .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" || ${MACHINE} == "solaris" # Solaris LD_shared=-h lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR} -G .endif .elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "HP-UX" LD_shared=-b LD_so=sl DLLIB= # HPsUX lorder does not grok anything but .o LD_sobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.so,'` LD_pobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.po,'` .elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "OSF1" LD_shared= -msym -shared -expect_unresolved '*' LD_solib= -all lib${LIB}_pic.a DLLIB= # lorder does not grok anything but .o LD_sobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.so,'` LD_pobjs=`${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT} | sed 's,\.o,.po,'` AR_cq= -cqs .elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD" LD_solib= lib${LIB}_pic.a .elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "Linux" +SHLIB_LD = ${CC} # this is ambiguous of course -LD_shared=-shared -h lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR} -LD_solib= --whole-archive lib${LIB}_pic.a +LD_shared=-shared -Wl,"-h lib${LIB}.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}" +LD_solib= -Wl,--whole-archive lib${LIB}_pic.a -Wl,--no-whole-archive # Linux uses GNU ld, which is a multi-pass linker # so we don't need to use lorder or tsort LD_objs = ${OBJS} LD_pobjs = ${POBJS} LD_sobjs = ${SOBJS} .elif ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "Darwin" SHLIB_LD = ${CC} SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION ?= ${SHLIB_MAJOR} SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION ?= ${SHLIB_MAJOR}.${SHLIB_MINOR:U0} SHLIB_COMPATABILITY ?= \ -compatibility_version ${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION} \ -current_version ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION} LD_shared = -dynamiclib \ -flat_namespace -undefined suppress \ -install_name ${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.${SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION}.${LD_solink} \ ${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY} SHLIB_LINKS = .for v in ${SHLIB_COMPATABILITY_VERSION} ${SHLIB_INSTALL_VERSION} .if "$v" != "${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}" SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.$v.${LD_solink} .endif .endfor .if ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no" SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.${LD_solink} .endif LD_so = ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}.dylib LD_sobjs = ${SOBJS:O:u} LD_solib = ${LD_sobjs} SOLIB = ${LD_sobjs} LD_solink = dylib .if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "i386" PICFLAG ?= -fPIC .else PICFLAG ?= -fPIC -fno-common .endif RANLIB = : .endif SHLIB_LD ?= ${LD} .if !empty(SHLIB_MAJOR) .if ${NEED_SOLINKS} && empty(SHLIB_LINKS) .if ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no" SHLIB_LINKS = lib${LIB}.${LD_solink} .endif .if "${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}" != "${SHLIB_MAJOR}" SHLIB_LINKS += lib${LIB}.${LD_solink}.${SHLIB_MAJOR} .endif .endif .endif LIBTOOL?=libtool LD_shared ?= -Bshareable -Bforcearchive LD_so ?= so.${SHLIB_FULLVERSION} LD_solink ?= so .if empty(LORDER) LD_objs ?= ${OBJS} LD_pobjs ?= ${POBJS} LD_sobjs ?= ${SOBJS} .else LD_objs ?= `${LORDER} ${OBJS} | ${TSORT}` LD_sobjs ?= `${LORDER} ${SOBJS} | ${TSORT}` LD_pobjs ?= `${LORDER} ${POBJS} | ${TSORT}` .endif LD_solib ?= ${LD_sobjs} AR_cq ?= cq .if exists(/netbsd) && exists(${DESTDIR}/usr/lib/libdl.so) DLLIB ?= -ldl .endif # some libs have lots of objects, and scanning all .o, .po and .So meta files # is a waste of time, this tells meta.autodep.mk to just pick one # (typically .So) # yes, 42 is a random number. .if ${MK_META_MODE} == "yes" && ${SRCS:Uno:[\#]} > 42 OPTIMIZE_OBJECT_META_FILES ?= yes .endif .if ${MK_LIBTOOL} == "yes" -# because libtool is so facist about naming the object files, +# because libtool is so fascist about naming the object files, # we cannot (yet) build profiled libs MK_PROFILE=no _LIBS=lib${LIB}.a .if exists(${.CURDIR}/shlib_version) SHLIB_AGE != . ${.CURDIR}/shlib_version ; echo $$age .endif .else # for the normal .a we do not want to strip symbols .c.o: ${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC} # for the normal .a we do not want to strip symbols .cc.o .C.o: ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC} .S.o .s.o: @echo ${COMPILE.S} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} @${COMPILE.S} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} .if (${LD_X} == "") .c.po: ${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${PROFFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .cc.po .C.po: ${COMPILE.cc} -pg ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .S.so .s.so: ${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .else .c.po: @echo ${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${PROFFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.c} ${CC_PG} ${PROFFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .cc.po .C.po: @echo ${COMPILE.cc} ${CXX_PG} ${PROFFLAGS} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.cc} ${CXX_PG} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .S.so .s.so: @echo ${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.S} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .endif .if (${LD_x} == "") .c.so: ${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .cc.so .C.so: ${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .S.po .s.po: ${COMPILE.S} ${PROFFLAGS} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} .else .c.so: @echo ${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.c} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .cc.so .C.so: @echo ${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.cc} ${PICFLAG} ${CC_PIC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .S.po .s.po: @echo ${COMPILE.S} ${PROFFLAGS} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET} @${COMPILE.S} ${PROFFLAGS} ${CFLAGS:M-[ID]*} ${AINC} ${.IMPSRC} -o ${.TARGET}.o @${LD} ${LD_X} ${LD_r} ${.TARGET}.o -o ${.TARGET} @rm -f ${.TARGET}.o .endif .endif .c.ln: ${LINT} ${LINTFLAGS} ${CFLAGS:M-[IDU]*} -i ${.IMPSRC} .if ${MK_LIBTOOL} != "yes" .if !defined(PICFLAG) PICFLAG=-fpic .endif _LIBS= .if ${MK_ARCHIVE} != "no" _LIBS += lib${LIB}.a .endif .if ${MK_PROFILE} != "no" _LIBS+=lib${LIB}_p.a POBJS+=${OBJS:.o=.po} .endif .if ${MK_PIC} != "no" .if ${MK_PICLIB} == "no" SOLIB ?= lib${LIB}.a .else SOLIB=lib${LIB}_pic.a _LIBS+=${SOLIB} .endif .if !empty(SHLIB_FULLVERSION) _LIBS+=lib${LIB}.${LD_so} .endif .endif .if ${MK_LINT} != "no" _LIBS+=llib-l${LIB}.ln .endif # here is where you can define what LIB* are .-include .if ${MK_DPADD_MK} == "yes" # lots of cool magic, but might not suit everyone. .include .endif .if !defined(_SKIP_BUILD) all: prebuild .WAIT ${_LIBS} # a hook for things that must be done early prebuild: .if !defined(.PARSEDIR) # no-op is the best we can do if not bmake. .WAIT: .endif .endif all: _SUBDIRUSE .for s in ${SRCS:N*.h:M*/*} ${.o .so .po .lo:L:@o@${s:T:R}$o@}: $s .endfor OBJS+= ${SRCS:T:N*.h:R:S/$/.o/g} .NOPATH: ${OBJS} .if ${MK_LIBTOOL} == "yes" .if ${MK_PIC} == "no" LT_STATIC=-static .else LT_STATIC= .endif SHLIB_AGE?=0 # .lo's are created as a side effect .s.o .S.o .c.o: ${LIBTOOL} --mode=compile ${CC} ${LT_STATIC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${IMPFLAGS} -c ${.IMPSRC} -# can't really do profiled libs with libtool - its too facist about +# can't really do profiled libs with libtool - its too fascist about # naming the output... lib${LIB}.a:: ${OBJS} @rm -f ${.TARGET} ${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} ${LT_STATIC} -o ${.TARGET:.a=.la} ${OBJS:.o=.lo} -rpath ${SHLIBDIR}:/usr/lib -version-info ${SHLIB_MAJOR}:${SHLIB_MINOR}:${SHLIB_AGE} @ln .libs/${.TARGET} . lib${LIB}.${LD_so}:: lib${LIB}.a @[ -s ${.TARGET}.${SHLIB_AGE} ] || { ln -s .libs/lib${LIB}.${LD_so}* . 2>/dev/null; : } @[ -s ${.TARGET} ] || ln -s ${.TARGET}.${SHLIB_AGE} ${.TARGET} .else # MK_LIBTOOL=yes lib${LIB}.a:: ${OBJS} @echo building standard ${LIB} library @rm -f ${.TARGET} @${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_objs} ${RANLIB} ${.TARGET} POBJS+= ${OBJS:.o=.po} .NOPATH: ${POBJS} lib${LIB}_p.a:: ${POBJS} @echo building profiled ${LIB} library @rm -f ${.TARGET} @${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_pobjs} ${RANLIB} ${.TARGET} SOBJS+= ${OBJS:.o=.so} .NOPATH: ${SOBJS} lib${LIB}_pic.a:: ${SOBJS} @echo building shared object ${LIB} library @rm -f ${.TARGET} @${AR} ${AR_cq} ${.TARGET} ${LD_sobjs} ${RANLIB} ${.TARGET} #SHLIB_LDADD?= ${LDADD} # bound to be non-portable... # this is known to work for NetBSD 1.6 and FreeBSD 4.2 lib${LIB}.${LD_so}: ${SOLIB} ${DPADD} @echo building shared ${LIB} library \(version ${SHLIB_FULLVERSION}\) @rm -f ${.TARGET} .if ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "NetBSD" || ${TARGET_OSNAME} == "FreeBSD" .if ${OBJECT_FMT} == "ELF" ${SHLIB_LD} -x -shared ${SHLIB_SHFLAGS} -o ${.TARGET} \ ${SHLIB_LDSTARTFILE} \ --whole-archive ${SOLIB} --no-whole-archive ${SHLIB_LDADD} \ ${SHLIB_LDENDFILE} .else ${SHLIB_LD} ${LD_x} ${LD_shared} \ -o ${.TARGET} ${SOLIB} ${SHLIB_LDADD} .endif .else ${SHLIB_LD} -o ${.TARGET} ${LD_shared} ${LD_solib} ${DLLIB} ${SHLIB_LDADD} .endif .endif .if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS) rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS}; ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -s ${.TARGET} $x;@} .endif LOBJS+= ${LSRCS:.c=.ln} ${SRCS:M*.c:.c=.ln} .NOPATH: ${LOBJS} LLIBS?= -lc llib-l${LIB}.ln: ${LOBJS} @echo building llib-l${LIB}.ln @rm -f llib-l${LIB}.ln @${LINT} -C${LIB} ${LOBJS} ${LLIBS} .if !target(clean) cleanlib: .PHONY rm -f a.out [Ee]rrs mklog core *.core ${CLEANFILES} rm -f lib${LIB}.a ${OBJS} rm -f lib${LIB}_p.a ${POBJS} rm -f lib${LIB}_pic.a lib${LIB}.so.*.* ${SOBJS} rm -f llib-l${LIB}.ln ${LOBJS} .if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS) rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS} .endif clean: _SUBDIRUSE cleanlib cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE cleanlib .else cleandir: _SUBDIRUSE clean .endif .if defined(SRCS) && (!defined(MKDEP) || ${MKDEP} != autodep) afterdepend: .depend @(TMP=/tmp/_depend$$$$; \ sed -e 's/^\([^\.]*\).o[ ]*:/\1.o \1.po \1.so \1.ln:/' \ < .depend > $$TMP; \ mv $$TMP .depend) .endif .if !target(install) .if !target(beforeinstall) beforeinstall: .endif .if !empty(LIBOWN) LIB_INSTALL_OWN ?= -o ${LIBOWN} -g ${LIBGRP} .endif .include .if !target(realinstall) realinstall: libinstall .endif .if !target(libinstall) libinstall: [ -d ${DESTDIR}/${LIBDIR} ] || \ ${INSTALL} -d ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 775 ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} .if ${MK_ARCHIVE} != "no" ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 lib${LIB}.a \ ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} ${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.a chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}.a .endif .if ${MK_PROFILE} != "no" ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 \ lib${LIB}_p.a ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} ${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_p.a chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_p.a .endif .if ${MK_PIC} != "no" .if ${MK_PICLIB} != "no" ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m 600 \ lib${LIB}_pic.a ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} ${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_pic.a chmod ${LIBMODE} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/lib${LIB}_pic.a .endif .if !empty(SHLIB_MAJOR) ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${LIBMODE} \ lib${LIB}.${LD_so} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} .if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS) (cd ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} && { rm -f ${SHLIB_LINKS}; ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -s lib${LIB}.${LD_so} $x;@} }) .endif .endif .endif .if ${MK_LINT} != "no" && ${MK_LINKLIB} != "no" && !empty(LOBJS) ${INSTALL} ${COPY} ${LIB_INSTALL_OWN} -m ${LIBMODE} \ llib-l${LIB}.ln ${DESTDIR}${LINTLIBDIR} .endif .if defined(LINKS) && !empty(LINKS) @set ${LINKS}; ${_LINKS_SCRIPT} .endif .endif install: maninstall _SUBDIRUSE maninstall: afterinstall afterinstall: realinstall realinstall: beforeinstall .endif .if ${MK_MAN} != "no" .include .endif .if ${MK_NLS} != "no" .include .endif .include .include .include .include .endif # during building we usually need/want to install libs somewhere central # note that we do NOT ch{own,grp} as that would likely fail at this point. # otherwise it is the same as realinstall # Note that we don't need this when using dpadd.mk .libinstall: ${_LIBS} test -d ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} || ${INSTALL} -d -m775 ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} .for _lib in ${_LIBS:M*.a} ${INSTALL} ${COPY} -m 644 ${_lib} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} ${RANLIB} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}/${_lib} .endfor .for _lib in ${_LIBS:M*.${LD_solink}*:O:u} ${INSTALL} ${COPY} -m ${LIBMODE} ${_lib} ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} .if !empty(SHLIB_LINKS) (cd ${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR} && { ${SHLIB_LINKS:O:u:@x@ln -sf ${_lib} $x;@}; }) .endif .endfor @touch ${.TARGET} .include .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.autodep.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.autodep.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta.autodep.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,262 +1,288 @@ -# $Id: meta.autodep.mk,v 1.32 2012/11/13 00:44:26 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: meta.autodep.mk,v 1.35 2014/05/09 00:05:46 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2010, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # _this ?= ${.PARSEFILE} .if !target(__${_this}__) __${_this}__: .NOTMAIN .-include "local.autodep.mk" .if defined(SRCS) # it would be nice to be able to query .SUFFIXES OBJ_EXTENSIONS+= .o .po .lo .So # explicit dependencies help short-circuit .SUFFIX searches SRCS_DEP_FILTER+= N*.[hly] .for s in ${SRCS:${SRCS_DEP_FILTER:O:u:ts:}} .for e in ${OBJ_EXTENSIONS:O:u} .if !target(${s:T:R}$e) ${s:T:R}$e: $s .endif .endfor .endfor .endif .if make(gendirdeps) # you are supposed to know what you are doing! UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = yes .elif !empty(.TARGETS) && !make(all) # do not update the *depend* files # unless we are building the entire directory or the default target. # NO means don't update .depend - or Makefile.depend* # no means update .depend but not Makefile.depend* UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO .elif ${.MAKEFLAGS:M-k} != "" # it is a bad idea to update anything UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO .endif _CURDIR ?= ${.CURDIR} _DEPENDFILE := ${_CURDIR}/${.MAKE.DEPENDFILE:T} .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} == 0 .if ${BUILD_AT_LEVEL0:Uyes:tl} == "no" UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO .endif .endif .if !exists(${_DEPENDFILE}) _bootstrap_dirdeps = yes .endif _bootstrap_dirdeps ?= no UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= yes .if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != "" .info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} update=${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE} .endif .if !empty(XMAKE_META_FILE) .if exists(${.OBJDIR}/${XMAKE_META_FILE}) # we cannot get accurate dependencies from an update build UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = NO .else META_XTRAS += ${XMAKE_META_FILE} .endif .endif .if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes" || exists(${_DEPENDFILE}) # if it isn't supposed to be touched by us the Makefile should have # UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = no WANT_UPDATE_DEPENDFILE ?= yes .endif .if ${WANT_UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:Uno:tl} != "no" .if ${.MAKE.MODE:Mmeta*} == "" || ${.MAKE.MODE:M*read*} != "" UPDATE_DEPENDFILE = no .endif .if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != "" .info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} update=${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE} .endif .if ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE:tl} == "yes" # sometimes we want .meta files generated to aid debugging/error detection # but do not want to consider them for dependencies # for example the result of running configure # just make sure this is not empty META_FILE_FILTER ?= N.meta .if !empty(DPADD) # if we have any non-libs in DPADD, # they probably need to be paid attention to .if !empty(DPLIBS) FORCE_DPADD = ${DPADD:${DPLIBS:${M_ListToSkip}}:${DPADD_LAST:${M_ListToSkip}}} .else _nonlibs := ${DPADD:T:Nlib*:N*include} .if !empty(_nonlibs) FORCE_DPADD += ${_nonlibs:@x@${DPADD:M*/$x}@} .endif .endif .endif .if !make(gendirdeps) .END: gendirdeps .endif # if we don't have OBJS, then .depend isn't useful .if !target(.depend) && (!empty(OBJS) || ${.ALLTARGETS:M*.o} != "") # some makefiles and/or targets contain # circular dependencies if you dig too deep # (as meta mode is apt to do) -# so we provide a means of supressing them. +# so we provide a means of suppressing them. # the input to the loop below is target: dependency # with just one dependency per line. # Also some targets are not really local, or use random names. # Use local.autodep.mk to provide local additions! SUPPRESS_DEPEND += \ ${SB:S,/,_,g}* \ *:y.tab.c \ *.c:*.c \ *.h:*.h .NOPATH: .depend # we use ${.MAKE.META.CREATED} to trigger an update but # we process using ${.MAKE.META.FILES} # the double $$ defers initial evaluation # if necessary, we fake .po dependencies, just so the result # in Makefile.depend* is stable -# The current objdir may be refered to in various ways +# The current objdir may be referred to in various ways OBJDIR_REFS += ${.OBJDIR} ${.OBJDIR:tA} ${_OBJDIR} ${RELOBJTOP}/${RELDIR} _depend = .depend # it would be nice to be able to get .SUFFIXES as ${.SUFFIXES} # we actually only care about the .SUFFIXES of files that might be # generated by tools like yacc. DEPEND_SUFFIXES += .c .h .cpp .hpp .cxx .hxx .cc .hh .depend: .NOMETA $${.MAKE.META.CREATED} ${_this} @echo "Updating $@: ${.OODATE:T:[1..8]}" @egrep -i '^R .*\.(${DEPEND_SUFFIXES:tl:O:u:S,^.,,:ts|})$$' /dev/null ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:O:u:${META_FILE_FILTER:ts:}:M*o.meta} | \ sed -e 's, \./, ,${OBJDIR_REFS:O:u:@d@;s, $d/, ,@};/\//d' \ -e 's,^\([^/][^/]*\).meta...[0-9]* ,\1: ,' | \ sort -u | \ while read t d; do \ case "$$d:" in $$t) continue;; esac; \ case "$$t$$d" in ${SUPPRESS_DEPEND:U.:O:u:ts|}) continue;; esac; \ echo $$t $$d; \ done > $@.${.MAKE.PID} @case "${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:M*.po.*}" in \ *.po.*) mv $@.${.MAKE.PID} $@;; \ *) { cat $@.${.MAKE.PID}; \ sed 's,\.So:,.o:,;s,\.o:,.po:,' $@.${.MAKE.PID}; } | sort -u > $@; \ rm -f $@.${.MAKE.PID};; \ esac .else # make sure this exists .depend: # do _not_ assume that .depend is in any fit state for us to use CAT_DEPEND = /dev/null .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 .export CAT_DEPEND .endif _depend = .endif .if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != "" .info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} _depend=${_depend} .endif +.if ${UPDATE_DEPENDFILE} == "yes" gendirdeps: ${_DEPENDFILE} +.endif .if !target(${_DEPENDFILE}) .if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes" # We are boot-strapping a new directory # Use DPADD to seed DIRDEPS .if !empty(DPADD) # anything which matches ${_OBJROOT}* but not ${_OBJTOP}* # needs to be qualified in DIRDEPS # The pseudo machine "host" is used for HOST_TARGET DIRDEPS = \ ${DPADD:M${_OBJTOP}*:H:C,${_OBJTOP}[^/]*/,,:N.:O:u} \ ${DPADD:M${_OBJROOT}*:N${_OBJTOP}*:H:S,${_OBJROOT},,:C,^([^/]+)/(.*),\2.\1,:S,${HOST_TARGET}$,host,:N.*:O:u} .endif .endif _gendirdeps_mutex = .if defined(NEED_GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX) # If a src dir gets built with multiple object dirs, # we need a mutex. Obviously, this is best avoided. # Note if .MAKE.DEPENDFILE is common for all ${MACHINE} # you either need to mutex, or ensure only one machine builds at a time! # lockf is an example of a suitable tool LOCKF ?= /usr/bin/lockf .if exists(${LOCKF}) GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER ?= ${LOCKF} -k .endif .if empty(GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER) .error NEED_GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX defined, but GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER not set .else _gendirdeps_mutex = ${GENDIRDEPS_MUTEXER} ${GENDIRDEPS_MUTEX:U${_CURDIR}/Makefile} .endif .endif # If we have META_XTRAS we most likely did not create them # but we need to behave as if we did. # Avoid adding glob patterns to .MAKE.META.CREATED though. .MAKE.META.CREATED += ${META_XTRAS:N*\**:O:u} .if make(gendirdeps) META_FILES = *.meta .elif ${OPTIMIZE_OBJECT_META_FILES:Uno:tl} == "no" META_FILES = ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:N.depend*:O:u} .else # if we have 1000's of .o.meta, .So.meta etc we need only look at one set # it is left as an exercise for the reader to work out what this does META_FILES = ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:N.depend*:N*o.meta:O:u} \ ${.MAKE.META.FILES:T:M*.${.MAKE.META.FILES:M*o.meta:R:E:O:u:[1]}.meta:O:u} .endif .if ${DEBUG_AUTODEP:Uno:@m@${RELDIR:M$m}@} != "" .info ${_DEPENDFILE:S,${SRCTOP}/,,}: ${_depend} ${.PARSEDIR}/gendirdeps.mk ${META2DEPS} xtras=${META_XTRAS} .endif .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 && !empty(GENDIRDEPS_FILTER) .export GENDIRDEPS_FILTER .endif # we might have .../ in MAKESYSPATH _makesyspath:= ${_PARSEDIR} ${_DEPENDFILE}: ${_depend} ${.PARSEDIR}/gendirdeps.mk ${META2DEPS} $${.MAKE.META.CREATED} @echo Checking $@: ${.OODATE:T:[1..8]} @(cd . && \ SKIP_GENDIRDEPS='${SKIP_GENDIRDEPS:O:u}' \ DPADD='${FORCE_DPADD:O:u}' ${_gendirdeps_mutex} \ MAKESYSPATH=${_makesyspath} \ ${.MAKE} -f gendirdeps.mk RELDIR=${RELDIR} _DEPENDFILE=${_DEPENDFILE} \ META_FILES='${META_XTRAS:T:O:u} ${META_FILES:T:O:u:${META_FILE_FILTER:ts:}}') @test -s $@ && touch $@; : .endif .endif .endif .if ${_bootstrap_dirdeps} == "yes" # make sure this is included at least once .include .else ${_DEPENDFILE}: .PRECIOUS .endif CLEANFILES += *.meta filemon.* *.db + +# these make it easy to gather some stats +now_utc = ${%s:L:gmtime} +start_utc := ${now_utc} + +meta_stats= meta=${empty(.MAKE.META.FILES):?0:${.MAKE.META.FILES:[#]}} \ + created=${empty(.MAKE.META.CREATED):?0:${.MAKE.META.CREATED:[#]}} + +#.END: _reldir_finish +.if target(gendirdeps) +_reldir_finish: gendirdeps +.endif +_reldir_finish: .NOMETA + @echo "${TIME_STAMP} Finished ${RELDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC} seconds=$$(( ${now_utc} - ${start_utc} )) ${meta_stats}" + +#.ERROR: _reldir_failed +_reldir_failed: .NOMETA + @echo "${TIME_STAMP} Failed ${RELDIR}.${TARGET_SPEC} seconds=$$(( ${now_utc} - ${start_utc} )) ${meta_stats}" + +.if defined(WITH_META_STATS) && ${.MAKE.LEVEL} > 0 +.END: _reldir_finish +.ERROR: _reldir_failed +.endif + .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.py (revision 276305) @@ -1,677 +1,679 @@ #!/usr/bin/env python +from __future__ import print_function + """ This script parses each "meta" file and extracts the information needed to deduce build and src dependencies. It works much the same as the original shell script, but is *much* more efficient. The parsing work is handled by the class MetaFile. We only pay attention to a subset of the information in the "meta" files. Specifically: 'CWD' to initialize our notion. 'C' to track chdir(2) on a per process basis 'R' files read are what we really care about. directories read, provide a clue to resolving subsequent relative paths. That is if we cannot find them relative to 'cwd', we check relative to the last dir read. 'W' files opened for write or read-write, for filemon V3 and earlier. 'E' files executed. 'L' files linked 'V' the filemon version, this record is used as a clue that we have reached the interesting bit. """ """ RCSid: - $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.15 2013/07/29 20:41:23 sjg Exp $ + $Id: meta2deps.py,v 1.17 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ Copyright (c) 2011-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met: 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. """ import os, re, sys def getv(dict, key, d=None): """Lookup key in dict and return value or the supplied default.""" if key in dict: return dict[key] return d def resolve(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. """ if path.endswith('/.'): path = path[0:-2] if len(path) > 0 and path[0] == '/': return path if path == '.': return cwd if path.startswith('./'): return cwd + path[1:] if last_dir == cwd: last_dir = None for d in [last_dir, cwd]: if not d: continue p = '/'.join([d,path]) if debug > 2: - print >> debug_out, "looking for:", p, + print("looking for:", p, end=' ', file=debug_out) if not os.path.exists(p): if debug > 2: - print >> debug_out, "nope" + print("nope", file=debug_out) p = None continue if debug > 2: - print >> debug_out, "found:", p + print("found:", p, file=debug_out) return p return None def abspath(path, cwd, last_dir=None, debug=0, debug_out=sys.stderr): """ Return an absolute path, resolving via cwd or last_dir if needed. this gets called a lot, so we try to avoid calling realpath until we know we have something. """ rpath = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, debug, debug_out) if rpath: path = rpath if (path.find('./') > 0 or path.endswith('/..') or os.path.islink(path)): return os.path.realpath(path) return path def sort_unique(list, cmp=None, key=None, reverse=False): list.sort(cmp, key, reverse) nl = [] le = None for e in list: if e == le: continue nl.append(e) return nl def add_trims(x): return ['/' + x + '/', '/' + x, x + '/', x] class MetaFile: """class to parse meta files generated by bmake.""" conf = None dirdep_re = None host_target = None srctops = [] objroots = [] seen = {} obj_deps = [] src_deps = [] file_deps = [] def __init__(self, name, conf={}): """if name is set we will parse it now. conf can have the follwing keys: SRCTOPS list of tops of the src tree(s). CURDIR the src directory 'bmake' was run from. RELDIR the relative path from SRCTOP to CURDIR MACHINE the machine we built for. set to 'none' if we are not cross-building. More specifically if machine cannot be deduced from objdirs. TARGET_SPEC Sometimes MACHINE isn't enough. HOST_TARGET - when we build for the psuedo machine 'host' + when we build for the pseudo machine 'host' the object tree uses HOST_TARGET rather than MACHINE. OBJROOTS a list of the common prefix for all obj dirs it might end in '/' or '-'. DPDEPS names an optional file to which per file dependencies will be appended. For example if 'some/path/foo.h' is read from SRCTOP then 'DPDEPS_some/path/foo.h +=' "RELDIR" is output. This can allow 'bmake' to learn all the dirs within the tree that depend on 'foo.h' debug desired debug level debug_out open file to send debug output to (sys.stderr) """ self.name = name self.debug = getv(conf, 'debug', 0) self.debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) self.machine = getv(conf, 'MACHINE', '') self.machine_arch = getv(conf, 'MACHINE_ARCH', '') self.target_spec = getv(conf, 'TARGET_SPEC', '') self.curdir = getv(conf, 'CURDIR') self.reldir = getv(conf, 'RELDIR') self.dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') self.line = 0 if not self.conf: # some of the steps below we want to do only once self.conf = conf self.host_target = getv(conf, 'HOST_TARGET') for srctop in getv(conf, 'SRCTOPS', []): if srctop[-1] != '/': srctop += '/' if not srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(srctop) _srctop = os.path.realpath(srctop) if _srctop[-1] != '/': _srctop += '/' if not _srctop in self.srctops: self.srctops.append(_srctop) trim_list = add_trims(self.machine) if self.machine == 'host': trim_list += add_trims(self.host_target) if self.target_spec: trim_list += add_trims(self.target_spec) for objroot in getv(conf, 'OBJROOTS', []): for e in trim_list: if objroot.endswith(e): # this is not what we want - fix it objroot = objroot[0:-len(e)] if e.endswith('/'): objroot += '/' if not objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(objroot) _objroot = os.path.realpath(objroot) if objroot[-1] == '/': _objroot += '/' if not _objroot in self.objroots: self.objroots.append(_objroot) # we want the longest match self.srctops.sort(reverse=True) self.objroots.sort(reverse=True) if self.debug: - print >> self.debug_out, "host_target=", self.host_target - print >> self.debug_out, "srctops=", self.srctops - print >> self.debug_out, "objroots=", self.objroots + print("host_target=", self.host_target, file=self.debug_out) + print("srctops=", self.srctops, file=self.debug_out) + print("objroots=", self.objroots, file=self.debug_out) self.dirdep_re = re.compile(r'([^/]+)/(.+)') if self.dpdeps and not self.reldir: if self.debug: - print >> self.debug_out, "need reldir:", + print("need reldir:", end=' ', file=self.debug_out) if self.curdir: srctop = self.find_top(self.curdir, self.srctops) if srctop: self.reldir = self.curdir.replace(srctop,'') if self.debug: - print >> self.debug_out, self.reldir + print(self.reldir, file=self.debug_out) if not self.reldir: self.dpdeps = None # we cannot do it? self.cwd = os.getcwd() # make sure this is initialized if name: self.try_parse() def reset(self): """reset state if we are being passed meta files from multiple directories.""" self.seen = {} self.obj_deps = [] self.src_deps = [] self.file_deps = [] def dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.obj_deps) def src_dirdeps(self, sep='\n'): """return SRC_DIRDEPS""" return sep.strip() + sep.join(self.src_deps) def file_depends(self, out=None): """Append DPDEPS_${file} += ${RELDIR} for each file we saw, to the output file.""" if not self.reldir: return None for f in sort_unique(self.file_deps): - print >> out, 'DPDEPS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir) + print('DPDEPS_%s += %s' % (f, self.reldir), file=out) def seenit(self, dir): """rememer that we have seen dir.""" self.seen[dir] = 1 def add(self, list, data, clue=''): """add data to list if it isn't already there.""" if data not in list: list.append(data) if self.debug: - print >> self.debug_out, "%s: %sAdd: %s" % (self.name, clue, data) + print("%s: %sAdd: %s" % (self.name, clue, data), file=self.debug_out) def find_top(self, path, list): - """the logical tree may be split accross multiple trees""" + """the logical tree may be split across multiple trees""" for top in list: if path.startswith(top): if self.debug > 2: - print >> self.debug_out, "found in", top + print("found in", top, file=self.debug_out) return top return None def find_obj(self, objroot, dir, path, input): """return path within objroot, taking care of .dirdep files""" ddep = None for ddepf in [path + '.dirdep', dir + '/.dirdep']: if not ddep and os.path.exists(ddepf): - ddep = open(ddepf, 'rb').readline().strip('# \n') + ddep = open(ddepf, 'r').readline().strip('# \n') if self.debug > 1: - print >> self.debug_out, "found %s: %s\n" % (ddepf, ddep) + print("found %s: %s\n" % (ddepf, ddep), file=self.debug_out) if ddep.endswith(self.machine): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.machine))] elif self.target_spec and ddep.endswith(self.target_spec): ddep = ddep[0:-(1+len(self.target_spec))] if not ddep: # no .dirdeps, so remember that we've seen the raw input self.seenit(input) self.seenit(dir) if self.machine == 'none': if dir.startswith(objroot): return dir.replace(objroot,'') return None m = self.dirdep_re.match(dir.replace(objroot,'')) if m: ddep = m.group(2) dmachine = m.group(1) if dmachine != self.machine: if not (self.machine == 'host' and dmachine == self.host_target): if self.debug > 2: - print >> self.debug_out, "adding .%s to %s" % (dmachine, ddep) + print("adding .%s to %s" % (dmachine, ddep), file=self.debug_out) ddep += '.' + dmachine return ddep def try_parse(self, name=None, file=None): """give file and line number causing exception""" try: self.parse(name, file) except: # give a useful clue - print >> sys.stderr, '{}:{}: '.format(self.name, self.line), + print('{}:{}: '.format(self.name, self.line), end=' ', file=sys.stderr) raise def parse(self, name=None, file=None): """A meta file looks like: # Meta data file "path" CMD "command-line" CWD "cwd" TARGET "target" -- command output -- -- filemon acquired metadata -- # buildmon version 3 V 3 C "pid" "cwd" E "pid" "path" F "pid" "child" R "pid" "path" W "pid" "path" X "pid" "status" D "pid" "path" L "pid" "src" "target" M "pid" "old" "new" S "pid" "path" # Bye bye We go to some effort to avoid processing a dependency more than once. Of the above record types only C,E,F,L,R,V and W are of interest. """ version = 0 # unknown if name: self.name = name; if file: f = file cwd = last_dir = self.cwd else: - f = open(self.name, 'rb') + f = open(self.name, 'r') skip = True pid_cwd = {} pid_last_dir = {} last_pid = 0 self.line = 0 if self.curdir: self.seenit(self.curdir) # we ignore this interesting = 'CEFLRV' for line in f: self.line += 1 # ignore anything we don't care about if not line[0] in interesting: continue if self.debug > 2: - print >> self.debug_out, "input:", line, + print("input:", line, end=' ', file=self.debug_out) w = line.split() if skip: if w[0] == 'V': skip = False version = int(w[1]) """ if version < 4: # we cannot ignore 'W' records # as they may be 'rw' interesting += 'W' """ elif w[0] == 'CWD': self.cwd = cwd = last_dir = w[1] self.seenit(cwd) # ignore this if self.debug: - print >> self.debug_out, "%s: CWD=%s" % (self.name, cwd) + print("%s: CWD=%s" % (self.name, cwd), file=self.debug_out) continue pid = int(w[1]) if pid != last_pid: if last_pid: pid_cwd[last_pid] = cwd pid_last_dir[last_pid] = last_dir cwd = getv(pid_cwd, pid, self.cwd) last_dir = getv(pid_last_dir, pid, self.cwd) last_pid = pid # process operations if w[0] == 'F': npid = int(w[2]) pid_cwd[npid] = cwd pid_last_dir[npid] = cwd last_pid = npid continue elif w[0] == 'C': cwd = abspath(w[2], cwd, None, self.debug, self.debug_out) if cwd.endswith('/.'): cwd = cwd[0:-2] last_dir = cwd if self.debug > 1: - print >> self.debug_out, "cwd=", cwd + print("cwd=", cwd, file=self.debug_out) continue if w[2] in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: - print >> self.debug_out, "seen:", w[2] + print("seen:", w[2], file=self.debug_out) continue # file operations if w[0] in 'ML': path = w[2].strip("'") else: path = w[2] # we are never interested in .dirdep files as dependencies if path.endswith('.dirdep'): continue # we don't want to resolve the last component if it is # a symlink path = resolve(path, cwd, last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) if not path: continue dir,base = os.path.split(path) if dir in self.seen: if self.debug > 2: - print >> self.debug_out, "seen:", dir + print("seen:", dir, file=self.debug_out) continue # we can have a path in an objdir which is a link # to the src dir, we may need to add dependencies for each rdir = dir dir = abspath(dir, cwd, last_dir, self.debug, self.debug_out) if rdir == dir or rdir.find('./') > 0: rdir = None # now put path back together path = '/'.join([dir,base]) if self.debug > 1: - print >> self.debug_out, "raw=%s rdir=%s dir=%s path=%s" % (w[2], rdir, dir, path) + print("raw=%s rdir=%s dir=%s path=%s" % (w[2], rdir, dir, path), file=self.debug_out) if w[0] in 'SRWL': if w[0] == 'W' and path.endswith('.dirdep'): continue if path in [last_dir, cwd, self.cwd, self.curdir]: if self.debug > 1: - print >> self.debug_out, "skipping:", path + print("skipping:", path, file=self.debug_out) continue if os.path.isdir(path): if w[0] in 'RW': last_dir = path; if self.debug > 1: - print >> self.debug_out, "ldir=", last_dir + print("ldir=", last_dir, file=self.debug_out) continue if w[0] in 'REWML': # finally, we get down to it if dir == self.cwd or dir == self.curdir: continue srctop = self.find_top(path, self.srctops) if srctop: if self.dpdeps: self.add(self.file_deps, path.replace(srctop,''), 'file') self.add(self.src_deps, dir.replace(srctop,''), 'src') self.seenit(w[2]) self.seenit(dir) if rdir and not rdir.startswith(srctop): dir = rdir # for below rdir = None else: continue objroot = None for dir in [dir,rdir]: if not dir: continue objroot = self.find_top(dir, self.objroots) if objroot: break if objroot: ddep = self.find_obj(objroot, dir, path, w[2]) if ddep: self.add(self.obj_deps, ddep, 'obj') else: # don't waste time looking again self.seenit(w[2]) self.seenit(dir) if not file: f.close() def main(argv, klass=MetaFile, xopts='', xoptf=None): """Simple driver for class MetaFile. Usage: script [options] [key=value ...] "meta" ... Options and key=value pairs contribute to the dictionary passed to MetaFile. -S "SRCTOP" add "SRCTOP" to the "SRCTOPS" list. -C "CURDIR" -O "OBJROOT" add "OBJROOT" to the "OBJROOTS" list. -m "MACHINE" -a "MACHINE_ARCH" -H "HOST_TARGET" -D "DPDEPS" -d bumps debug level """ import getopt # import Psyco if we can # it can speed things up quite a bit have_psyco = 0 try: import psyco psyco.full() have_psyco = 1 except: pass conf = { 'SRCTOPS': [], 'OBJROOTS': [], } try: machine = os.environ['MACHINE'] if machine: conf['MACHINE'] = machine machine_arch = os.environ['MACHINE_ARCH'] if machine_arch: conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = machine_arch srctop = os.environ['SB_SRC'] if srctop: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(srctop) objroot = os.environ['SB_OBJROOT'] if objroot: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(objroot) except: pass debug = 0 output = True opts, args = getopt.getopt(argv[1:], 'a:dS:C:O:R:m:D:H:qT:' + xopts) for o, a in opts: if o == '-a': conf['MACHINE_ARCH'] = a elif o == '-d': debug += 1 elif o == '-q': output = False elif o == '-H': conf['HOST_TARGET'] = a elif o == '-S': if a not in conf['SRCTOPS']: conf['SRCTOPS'].append(a) elif o == '-C': conf['CURDIR'] = a elif o == '-O': if a not in conf['OBJROOTS']: conf['OBJROOTS'].append(a) elif o == '-R': conf['RELDIR'] = a elif o == '-D': conf['DPDEPS'] = a elif o == '-m': conf['MACHINE'] = a elif o == '-T': conf['TARGET_SPEC'] = a elif xoptf: xoptf(o, a, conf) conf['debug'] = debug # get any var=val assignments eaten = [] for a in args: if a.find('=') > 0: k,v = a.split('=') if k in ['SRCTOP','OBJROOT','SRCTOPS','OBJROOTS']: if k == 'SRCTOP': k = 'SRCTOPS' elif k == 'OBJROOT': k = 'OBJROOTS' if v not in conf[k]: conf[k].append(v) else: conf[k] = v eaten.append(a) continue break for a in eaten: args.remove(a) debug_out = getv(conf, 'debug_out', sys.stderr) if debug: - print >> debug_out, "config:" - print >> debug_out, "psyco=", have_psyco - for k,v in conf.items(): - print >> debug_out, "%s=%s" % (k,v) + print("config:", file=debug_out) + print("psyco=", have_psyco, file=debug_out) + for k,v in list(conf.items()): + print("%s=%s" % (k,v), file=debug_out) for a in args: if a.endswith('.meta'): m = klass(a, conf) elif a.startswith('@'): # there can actually multiple files per line for line in open(a[1:]): for f in line.strip().split(): m = klass(f, conf) if output: - print m.dirdeps() + print(m.dirdeps()) - print m.src_dirdeps('\nsrc:') + print(m.src_dirdeps('\nsrc:')) dpdeps = getv(conf, 'DPDEPS') if dpdeps: m.file_depends(open(dpdeps, 'wb')) return m if __name__ == '__main__': try: main(sys.argv) except: # yes, this goes to stdout - print "ERROR: ", sys.exc_info()[1] + print("ERROR: ", sys.exc_info()[1]) raise Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.sh =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.sh (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/meta2deps.sh (revision 276305) @@ -1,379 +1,379 @@ #!/bin/sh # NAME: # meta2deps.sh - extract useful info from .meta files # # SYNOPSIS: # meta2deps.sh SB="SB" "meta" ... # # DESCRIPTION: # This script looks each "meta" file and extracts the # information needed to deduce build and src dependencies. # # To do this, we extract the 'CWD' record as well as all the # syscall traces which describe 'R'ead, 'C'hdir and 'E'xec # syscalls. # # The typical meta file looks like:: #.nf # # # Meta data file "path" # CMD "command-line" # CWD "cwd" # TARGET "target" # -- command output -- # -- filemon acquired metadata -- # # buildmon version 2 # V 2 # E "pid" "path" # R "pid" "path" # C "pid" "cwd" # R "pid" "path" # X "pid" "status" #.fi # # The fact that all the syscall entry lines start with a single # character make these files quite easy to process using sed(1). # # To simplify the logic the 'CWD' line is made to look like a # normal 'C'hdir entry, and "cwd" is remembered so that it can # be prefixed to any "path" which is not absolute. # # If the "path" being read ends in '.srcrel' it is the content # of (actually the first line of) that file that we are # interested in. # # Any "path" which lies outside of the sandbox "SB" is generally # not of interest and is ignored. # # The output, is a set of absolute paths with "SB" like: #.nf # # $SB/obj-i386/bsd/gnu/lib/csu # $SB/obj-i386/bsd/gnu/lib/libgcc # $SB/obj-i386/bsd/include # $SB/obj-i386/bsd/lib/csu/i386-elf # $SB/obj-i386/bsd/lib/libc # $SB/src/bsd/include # $SB/src/bsd/sys/i386/include # $SB/src/bsd/sys/sys # $SB/src/pan-release/rtsock # $SB/src/pfe-shared/include/jnx #.fi # # Which can then be further processed by 'gendirdeps.mk' # # If we are passed 'DPDEPS='"dpdeps", then for each src file # outside of "CURDIR" we read, we output a line like: #.nf # # DPDEPS_$path += $RELDIR #.fi # # with "$path" geting turned into reldir's, so that we can end # up with a list of all the directories which depend on each src # file in another directory. This can allow for efficient yet # complete testing of changes. # RCSid: -# $Id: meta2deps.sh,v 1.6 2013/05/11 05:16:26 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: meta2deps.sh,v 1.7 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ # Copyright (c) 2010-2013, Juniper Networks, Inc. # All rights reserved. # # Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without # modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions # are met: # 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. # 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright # notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the # documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. # # THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS # "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR # A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT # OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, # SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT # LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, # DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY # THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT # (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE # OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. meta2src() { cat /dev/null "$@" | sed -n '/^R .*\.[chyl]$/s,^..[0-9]* ,,p' | sort -u } meta2dirs() { cat /dev/null "$@" | sed -n '/^R .*\/.*\.[a-z0-9][^\/]*$/s,^..[0-9]* \(.*\)/[^/]*$,\1,p' | sort -u } add_list() { sep=' ' suffix= while : do case "$1" in "|") sep="$1"; shift;; -s) suffix="$2"; shift 2;; *) break;; esac done name=$1 shift eval list="\$$name" for top in "$@" do case "$sep$list$sep" in *"$sep$top$suffix$sep"*) continue;; esac list="${list:+$list$sep}$top$suffix" done eval "$name=\"$list\"" } meta2deps() { DPDEPS= SRCTOPS=$SRCTOP OBJROOTS= while : do case "$1" in *=*) eval export "$1"; shift;; -a) MACHINE_ARCH=$2; shift 2;; -m) MACHINE=$2; shift 2;; -C) CURDIR=$2; shift 2;; -H) HOST_TARGET=$2; shift 2;; -S) add_list SRCTOPS $2; shift 2;; -O) add_list OBJROOTS $2; shift 2;; -R) RELDIR=$2; shift 2;; -T) TARGET_SPEC=$2; shift 2;; *) break;; esac done _th= _o= case "$MACHINE" in host) _ht=$HOST_TARGET;; esac for o in $OBJROOTS do case "$MACHINE,/$o/" in host,*$HOST_TARGET*) ;; *$MACHINE*|*${TARGET_SPEC:-$MACHINE}*) ;; *) add_list _o $o; continue;; esac for x in $_ht $TARGET_SPEC $MACHINE do case "$o" in "") continue;; */$x/) add_list _o ${o%$x/}; o=;; */$x) add_list _o ${o%$x}; o=;; *$x/) add_list _o ${o%$x/}; o=;; *$x) add_list _o ${o%$x}; o=;; esac done done OBJROOTS="$_o" case "$OBJTOP" in "") for o in $OBJROOTS do OBJTOP=$o${TARGET_SPEC:-$MACHINE} break done ;; esac src_re= obj_re= add_list '|' -s '/*' src_re $SRCTOPS add_list '|' -s '*' obj_re $OBJROOTS [ -z "$RELDIR" ] && unset DPDEPS tf=/tmp/m2d$$-$USER rm -f $tf.* trap 'rm -f $tf.*; trap 0' 0 > $tf.dirdep > $tf.qual > $tf.srcdep > $tf.srcrel > $tf.dpdeps seenit= seensrc= lpid= cat /dev/null "$@" | sed -e 's,^CWD,C C,;/^[CREFL] /!d' -e "s,',,g" | while read op pid path junk do : op=$op pid=$pid path=$path # we track cwd and ldir (of interest) per pid # CWD is bmake's cwd case "$lpid,$pid" in ,C) CWD=$path cwd=$path ldir=$path if [ -z "$SB" ]; then SB=`echo $CWD | sed 's,/obj.*,,'` fi SRCTOP=${SRCTOP:-$SB/src} continue ;; $pid,$pid) ;; *) case "$lpid" in "") ;; *) eval ldir_$lpid=$ldir cwd_$lpid=$cwd;; esac eval ldir=\${ldir_$pid:-$CWD} cwd=\${cwd_$pid:-$CWD} lpid=$pid ;; esac case "$op,$path" in W,*srcrel|*.dirdep) continue;; C,*) case "$path" in /*) cwd=$path;; *) cwd=`cd $cwd/$path 2> /dev/null && /bin/pwd`;; esac # watch out for temp dirs that no longer exist test -d ${cwd:-/dev/null/no/such} || cwd=$CWD continue ;; F,*) eval cwd_$path=$cwd ldir_$path=$ldir continue ;; *) dir=${path%/*} case "$path" in $src_re|$obj_re) ;; /*/stage/*) ;; /*) continue;; *) for path in $ldir/$path $cwd/$path do test -e $path && break done dir=${path%/*} ;; esac ;; esac # avoid repeating ourselves... case "$DPDEPS,$seensrc," in ,*) case ",$seenit," in *,$dir,*) continue;; esac ;; *,$path,*) continue;; esac # canonicalize if needed case "/$dir/" in */../*|*/./*) rdir=$dir dir=`cd $dir 2> /dev/null && /bin/pwd` seen="$rdir,$dir" ;; *) seen=$dir;; esac case "$dir" in ${CURDIR:-.}|${CURDIR:-.}/*|"") continue;; $src_re) # avoid repeating ourselves... case "$DPDEPS,$seensrc," in ,*) case ",$seenit," in *,$dir,*) continue;; esac ;; esac ;; *) case ",$seenit," in *,$dir,*) continue;; esac ;; esac if [ -d $path ]; then case "$path" in */..) ldir=${dir%/*};; *) ldir=$path;; esac continue fi [ -f $path ] || continue case "$dir" in $CWD) continue;; # ignore $src_re) seenit="$seenit,$seen" echo $dir >> $tf.srcdep case "$DPDEPS,$reldir,$seensrc," in ,*) ;; *) seensrc="$seensrc,$path" echo "DPDEPS_$dir/${path##*/} += $RELDIR" >> $tf.dpdeps ;; esac continue ;; esac # if there is a .dirdep we cannot skip # just because we've seen the dir before. if [ -s $path.dirdep ]; then # this file contains: # '# ${RELDIR}.' echo $path.dirdep >> $tf.qual continue elif [ -s $dir.dirdep ]; then echo $dir.dirdep >> $tf.qual seenit="$seenit,$seen" continue fi seenit="$seenit,$seen" case "$dir" in $obj_re) echo $dir;; esac done > $tf.dirdep _nl=echo for f in $tf.dirdep $tf.qual $tf.srcdep do [ -s $f ] || continue case $f in *qual) # a list of .dirdep files - # we can prefix everthing with $OBJTOP to + # we can prefix everything with $OBJTOP to # tell gendirdeps.mk that these are # DIRDEP entries, since they are already # qualified with . as needed. # We strip .$MACHINE though xargs cat < $f | sort -u | sed "s,^# ,,;s,^,$OBJTOP/,;s,\.${TARGET_SPEC:-$MACHINE}\$,,;s,\.$MACHINE\$,," ;; *) sort -u $f;; esac _nl=: done if [ -s $tf.dpdeps ]; then case "$DPDEPS" in */*) ;; *) echo > $DPDEPS;; # the echo is needed! esac sort -u $tf.dpdeps | sed "s,${SRCTOP}/,,;s,${SB_BACKING_SB:-$SB}/src/,," >> $DPDEPS fi # ensure we produce _something_ else egrep -v gets upset $_nl } case /$0 in */meta2dep*) meta2deps "$@";; */meta2dirs*) meta2dirs "$@";; */meta2src*) meta2src "$@";; esac Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/options.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/options.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/options.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,59 +1,79 @@ -# $Id: options.mk,v 1.7 2013/04/17 20:32:38 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: options.mk,v 1.10 2014/02/11 18:34:48 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2012, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # Inspired by FreeBSD bsd.own.mk, but intentionally simpler and more flexible. # Options are normally listed in either OPTIONS_DEFAULT_{YES,NO} # We convert these to ${OPTION}/{yes,no} in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES. # We add the OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO first so they take precedence. # This allows override of an OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES by adding it to # OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO or adding ${OPTION}/no to OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES. # An OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO option can only be overridden by putting # ${OPTION}/yes in OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES. # A makefile may set NO_* (or NO*) to indicate it cannot do something. # User sets WITH_* and WITHOUT_* to indicate what they want. # We set ${OPTION_PREFIX:UMK_}* which is then all we need care about. OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES += \ ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_NO:O:u:S,$,/no,} \ ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_YES:O:u:S,$,/yes,} OPTION_PREFIX ?= MK_ + +# NO_* takes precedence +# If both WITH_* and WITHOUT_* are defined, WITHOUT_ wins unless +# DOMINANT_* is set to "yes" +# Otherwise WITH_* and WITHOUT_* override the default. .for o in ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_VALUES:M*/*} -.if ${o:T:tl} == "no" -.if defined(WITH_${o:H}) && !defined(NO_${o:H}) && !defined(NO${o:H}) +.if defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H}) +# we cannot do it +${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= no +.elif defined(WITH_${o:H}) && defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) +# normally WITHOUT_ wins +DOMINANT_${o:H} ?= no +${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= ${DOMINANT_${o:H}} +.elif ${o:T:tl} == "no" +.if defined(WITH_${o:H}) ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= yes .else ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= no .endif .else -.if defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) || defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H}) +.if defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= no .else ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= yes .endif .endif .endfor # OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT += FOO_UTILS/FOO -# if neither WITH[OUT]_FOO_UTILS is set, use value of ${OPTION_PREFIX}FOO +# If neither WITH[OUT]_FOO_UTILS is set, (see rules above) +# use the value of ${OPTION_PREFIX}FOO .for o in ${OPTIONS_DEFAULT_DEPENDENT:M*/*:O:u} -.if defined(WITH_${o:H}) && !defined(NO_${o:H}) && !defined(NO${o:H}) +.if defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H}) +# we cannot do it +${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= no +.elif defined(WITH_${o:H}) && defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) +# normally WITHOUT_ wins +DOMINANT_${o:H} ?= no +${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= ${DOMINANT_${o:H}} +.elif defined(WITH_${o:H}) ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= yes -.elif defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) || defined(NO_${o:H}) || defined(NO${o:H}) +.elif defined(WITHOUT_${o:H}) ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= no .else ${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:H} ?= ${${OPTION_PREFIX}${o:T}} .endif .endfor Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/rst2htm.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/rst2htm.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/rst2htm.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,43 +1,48 @@ -# $Id: rst2htm.mk,v 1.8 2011/04/03 21:39:25 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: rst2htm.mk,v 1.9 2014/02/22 01:52:41 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2009, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # convert reStructuredText to HTML, using rst2html.py from # docutils - http://docutils.sourceforge.net/ .if empty(TXTSRCS) TXTSRCS != 'ls' -1t ${.CURDIR}/*.txt ${.CURDIR}/*.rst 2>/dev/null; echo .endif RSTSRCS ?= ${TXTSRCS} HTMFILES ?= ${RSTSRCS:R:T:O:u:%=%.htm} RST2HTML ?= rst2html.py +RST2PDF ?= rst2pdf RST2S5 ?= rst2s5.py # the following will run RST2S5 if the target name contains the word 'slides' # otherwise it uses RST2HTML RST2HTM = ${"${.TARGET:T:M*slides*}":?${RST2S5} ${RST2S5_FLAGS}:${RST2HTML} ${RST2HTML_FLAGS}} RST_SUFFIXES ?= .rst .txt CLEANFILES += ${HTMFILES} html: ${HTMFILES} -.SUFFIXES: ${RST_SUFFIXES} .htm +.SUFFIXES: ${RST_SUFFIXES} .htm .pdf ${RST_SUFFIXES:@s@$s.htm@}: ${RST2HTM} ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET} +${RST_SUFFIXES:@s@$s.pdf@}: + ${RST2PDF} ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET} + .for s in ${RSTSRCS:O:u} ${s:R:T}.htm: $s +${s:R:T}.pdf: $s .endfor Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys/SunOS.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys/SunOS.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys/SunOS.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,232 +1,232 @@ -# $Id: SunOS.mk,v 1.5 2010/01/11 23:02:05 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: SunOS.mk,v 1.6 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ .if ${.PARSEFILE} == "sys.mk" .include OS?= SunOS.${HOST_OSMAJOR} unix?= We run ${OS}. .endif .if ${HOST_OSMAJOR} > 4 ROOT_GROUP= root SHLIB_FULLVERSION = ${SHLIB_MAJOR} -# supress the dependency +# suppress the dependency LIBCRT0= /dev/null .ifndef CC # the PATH below may find an ancient gcc CC := ${gcc:L:${M_whence}} .export CC .endif # the stuff in /usr/xpg4/bin is usually more sane. PATH=/usr/xpg4/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/sfw/bin:/opt/gnu/bin:/usr/ccs/bin:/usr/local/bin .export PATH DSHLIBEXT = .so HOST_LIBDIRS = /usr/lib /lib /usr/sfw/lib # no -X LD_X= LD_x= RANLIB= : CPP= /usr/ccs/lib/cpp .else ROOT_GROUP= wheel RANLIB= ranlib CPP= cpp .endif # the rest is common .SUFFIXES: .out .a .ln .o .c .cc .C .F .f .r .y .l .s .S .cl .p .h .sh .m4 .LIBS: .a AR= ar ARFLAGS= rl AS= as AS_STDIN= - AFLAGS= COMPILE.s= ${AS} ${AFLAGS} LINK.s= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} COMPILE.S= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c LINK.S= ${CC} ${AFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} .if exists(/opt/gnu/bin/gcc) || exists(/usr/local/bin/gcc) CC ?= gcc -pipe DBG= -O -g STATIC= -static .else CC ?= cc DBG= -g STATIC= -Bstatic .endif CFLAGS= ${DBG} COMPILE.c= ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c LINK.c= ${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} CXX= g++ CXXFLAGS= ${CFLAGS} COMPILE.cc= ${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c LINK.cc= ${CXX} ${CXXFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} .if defined(DESTDIR) CPPFLAGS+= -nostdinc -idirafter ${DESTDIR}/usr/include .endif MK_DEP= mkdeps.sh -N FC= f77 FFLAGS= -O RFLAGS= COMPILE.f= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} -c LINK.f= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} COMPILE.F= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c LINK.F= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} COMPILE.r= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} -c LINK.r= ${FC} ${FFLAGS} ${RFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} LEX= lex LFLAGS= LEX.l= ${LEX} ${LFLAGS} LD= ld LDFLAGS= LINT= lint LINTFLAGS= -chapbx MAKE= bmake PC= pc PFLAGS= COMPILE.p= ${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} -c LINK.p= ${PC} ${PFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${LDFLAGS} SHELL= sh .if exists(/usr/local/bin/bison) || exists(/opt/gnu/bin/bison) YACC= bison -y .else YACC= yacc .endif YFLAGS= -d YACC.y= ${YACC} ${YFLAGS} # C .c: ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .c.o: ${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC} .c.a: ${COMPILE.c} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o # C++ .cc: ${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .cc.o: ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC} .cc.a: ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o .C: ${LINK.cc} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .C.o: ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC} .C.a: ${COMPILE.cc} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o # Fortran/Ratfor .f: ${LINK.f} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .f.o: ${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC} .f.a: ${COMPILE.f} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o .F: ${LINK.F} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .F.o: ${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC} .F.a: ${COMPILE.F} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o .r: ${LINK.r} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .r.o: ${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC} .r.a: ${COMPILE.r} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o # Pascal .p: ${LINK.p} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .p.o: ${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC} .p.a: ${COMPILE.p} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o # Assembly .s: ${LINK.s} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .s.o: ${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC} .s.a: ${COMPILE.s} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o .S: ${LINK.S} -o ${.TARGET} ${.IMPSRC} ${LDLIBS} .S.o: ${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC} .S.a: ${COMPILE.S} ${.IMPSRC} ${AR} ${ARFLAGS} $@ $*.o rm -f $*.o # Lex .l: ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC} ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c ${LDLIBS} -ll rm -f lex.yy.c .l.c: ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC} mv lex.yy.c ${.TARGET} .l.o: ${LEX.l} ${.IMPSRC} ${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} lex.yy.c rm -f lex.yy.c # Yacc .y: ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC} ${LINK.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c ${LDLIBS} rm -f y.tab.c .y.c: ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC} mv y.tab.c ${.TARGET} .y.o: ${YACC.y} ${.IMPSRC} ${COMPILE.c} -o ${.TARGET} y.tab.c rm -f y.tab.c # Shell .sh: rm -f ${.TARGET} cp ${.IMPSRC} ${.TARGET} Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/sys.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,199 +1,199 @@ -# $Id: sys.mk,v 1.35 2012/11/12 06:27:51 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: sys.mk,v 1.36 2014/05/11 00:30:19 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2003-2009, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # Avoid putting anything platform specific in here. # We use the following paradigm for preventing multiple inclusion. # It relies on the fact that conditionals and dependencies are resolved # at the time they are read. # # _this ?= ${.PARSEFILE} # .if !target(__${_this}__) # __${_this}__: # .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408 _this = ${.PARSEDIR:tA}/${.PARSEFILE} .else _this = ${.PARSEDIR}/${.PARSEFILE} .endif # Sometimes we want to turn on debugging in just one or two places # if .CURDIR is matched by any entry in DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS we # will apply DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS now. # if an entry in DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS matches, we at the end of sys.mk # eg. DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS=-dv DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS="*lib/sjg" # use DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0 to apply only to .MAKE.LEVEL 0 # .if ${.MAKE.LEVEL:U1} == 0 # we use indirection, to simplify the tests below, and incase # DEBUG_* were given on our command line. _DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS0} _DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS0:U${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS}} _DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS0:U${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS}} .else _DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS} _DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS} _DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS = ${DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS} .endif .if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS) .if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_SYS_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != "" .MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS} .endif .endif # if this is an ancient version of bmake MAKE_VERSION ?= 0 .if ${MAKE_VERSION:M*make-*} # turn it into what we want - just the date MAKE_VERSION := ${MAKE_VERSION:[1]:C,.*-,,} .endif # some useful modifiers # A useful trick for testing multiple :M's against something # :L says to use the variable's name as its value - ie. literal # got = ${clean* destroy:${M_ListToMatch:S,V,.TARGETS,}} M_ListToMatch = L:@m@$${V:M$$m}@ # match against our initial targets (see above) M_L_TARGETS = ${M_ListToMatch:S,V,_TARGETS,} # turn a list into a set of :N modifiers # NskipFoo = ${Foo:${M_ListToSkip}} M_ListToSkip= O:u:ts::S,:,:N,g:S,^,N, # type should be a builtin in any sh since about 1980, # AUTOCONF := ${autoconf:L:${M_whence}} M_type = @x@(type $$x 2> /dev/null); echo;@:sh:[0]:N* found*:[@]:C,[()],,g -M_whence = ${M_type}:M/* +M_whence = ${M_type}:M/*:[1] # convert a path to a valid shell variable M_P2V = tu:C,[./-],_,g # convert path to absolute .if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0} > 20100408 M_tA = tA .else M_tA = C,.*,('cd' & \&\& 'pwd') 2> /dev/null || echo &,:sh .endif # absoulte path to what we are reading. _PARSEDIR = ${.PARSEDIR:${M_tA}} # we expect a recent bmake .if !defined(_TARGETS) # some things we do only once _TARGETS := ${.TARGETS} .-include .endif # we need HOST_TARGET etc below. .include # find the OS specifics .if defined(SYS_OS_MK) .include <${SYS_OS_MK}> .else _sys_mk = .for x in ${HOST_OSTYPE} ${HOST_TARGET} ${HOST_OS} ${MACHINE} Generic .if empty(_sys_mk) .-include _sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.mk} .if !empty(_sys_mk) _sys_mk := sys/${_sys_mk:T} .endif .endif .if empty(_sys_mk) # might be an old style .-include <$x.sys.mk> _sys_mk := ${.MAKE.MAKEFILES:M*/$x.sys.mk:T} .endif .endfor SYS_OS_MK := ${_sys_mk} .export SYS_OS_MK .endif # allow customization without editing. .-include # if you want objdirs make them automatic .if ${MKOBJDIRS:Uno} == "auto" .include .endif .if !empty(SRCTOP) .if ${.CURDIR} == ${SRCTOP} RELDIR = . .elif ${.CURDIR:M${SRCTOP}/*} RELDIR := ${.CURDIR:S,${SRCTOP}/,,} .endif .endif MACHINE_ARCH.host ?= ${_HOST_ARCH} MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE} ?= ${MACHINE} .if empty(MACHINE_ARCH) MACHINE_ARCH = ${MACHINE_ARCH.${MACHINE}} .endif .ifndef ROOT_GROUP ROOT_GROUP != sed -n /:0:/s/:.*//p /etc/group .export ROOT_GROUP .endif unix ?= We run ${_HOST_OSNAME}. # A race condition in mkdir, means that it can bail if another # process made a dir that mkdir expected to. # We repeat the mkdir -p a number of times to try and work around this. # We stop looping as soon as the dir exists. # If we get to the end of the loop, a plain mkdir will issue an error. Mkdirs= Mkdirs() { \ for d in $$*; do \ for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do \ mkdir -p $$d; \ test -d $$d && return 0; \ done; \ mkdir $$d || exit $$?; \ done; } # this often helps with debugging .SUFFIXES: .cpp-out .c.cpp-out: @${COMPILE.c:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ ]*$$' .cc.cpp-out: @${COMPILE.cc:N-c} -E ${.IMPSRC} | grep -v '^[ ]*$$' # we don't include own.mk but user can expect -DWITH_META_MODE to work .if defined(WITHOUT_META_MODE) USE_META= no .elif defined(WITH_META_MODE) USE_META= yes .endif .if ${USE_META:Uno} == "yes" .-include .endif # make sure we have a harmless value .MAKE.MODE ?= normal # if .CURDIR is matched by any entry in DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS we # will apply DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS, now. .if !empty(_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS) .if ${_DEBUG_MAKE_DIRS:Uno:@x@${.CURDIR:M$x}@} != "" .MAKEFLAGS: ${_DEBUG_MAKE_FLAGS} .endif .endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/target-flags.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/target-flags.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/target-flags.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,62 +1,62 @@ # NAME: # target-flags.mk - target specific flags # # DESCRIPTION: # Include this macro file after all others in a makefile and -# follow it with any target specfic flag settings. +# follow it with any target specific flag settings. # For each such variable v in TARGET_FLAG_VARS we set: #.nf # # _$v := ${$v} # $v = ${${v}_${.TARGET:T}:U${_$v}} #.fi # # This allows one to do things like: #.nf # # TARGET_FLAG_VARS= CFLAGS # .include # CFLAGS_fu.o = ${_CFLAGS:N-Wall} #.fi # # To turn off -Wall for just the target fu.o # Actually CFLAGS is the default value for TARGET_FLAG_VARS. # # BUGS: # One must be careful to avoid creating circular references in # variables. The original version of this macro file did # elaborate things with CFLAGS. The current, simpler # implementation is ultimately more flexible. # # It is important that target-flags.mk is included after other # macro files and that target specific flags that may reference # _$v are set after that. # # Only works with a make(1) that does nested evaluation correctly. # RCSid: -# $Id: target-flags.mk,v 1.8 2002/05/08 06:01:00 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: target-flags.mk,v 1.9 2014/04/05 22:56:54 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1998-2002, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # TARGET_FLAG_VARS?= CFLAGS .for v in ${TARGET_FLAG_VARS} .ifndef _$v _$v := ${$v} $v = ${${v}_${.TARGET:T}:U${_$v}} .endif .endfor Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/warnings.mk =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/warnings.mk (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/mk/warnings.mk (revision 276305) @@ -1,148 +1,131 @@ # RCSid: -# $Id: warnings.mk,v 1.7 2009/12/11 17:06:03 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: warnings.mk,v 1.8 2014/04/02 19:20:23 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 2002, Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # .ifndef _w_cflags # Any number of warnings sets can be added. .-include "warnings-sets.mk" # Modest defaults - put more elaborate sets in warnings-sets.mk # -Wunused etc are here so you can set # W_unused=-Wno-unused etc. MIN_WARNINGS?= -Wall \ -Wformat \ -Wimplicit \ -Wunused \ -Wuninitialized LOW_WARNINGS?= ${MIN_WARNINGS} -W -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes MEDIUM_WARNINGS?= ${LOW_WARNINGS} -Werror HIGH_WARNINGS?= ${MEDIUM_WARNINGS} \ -Wcast-align \ -Wcast-qual \ -Wparentheses \ -Wpointer-arith \ -Wmissing-declarations \ -Wreturn-type \ -Wswitch \ -Wwrite-strings +EXTRA_WARNINGS?= ${HIGH_WARNINGS} -Wextra + # The two step default makes it easier to test build with different defaults. DEFAULT_WARNINGS_SET?= MIN WARNINGS_SET?= ${DEFAULT_WARNINGS_SET} # If you add sets, besure to list them (you don't have to touch this list). -ALL_WARNINGS_SETS+= MIN LOW MEDIUM HIGH +ALL_WARNINGS_SETS+= MIN LOW MEDIUM HIGH EXTRA -.if empty(${WARNINGS_SET}_WARNINGS) -.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} >= 20050530 +.if !empty(WARNINGS_SET) +.for ws in ${WARNINGS_SET} +.if empty(${ws}_WARNINGS) +.if ${MAKE_VERSION:[1]:C/.*-//} >= 20050530 .BEGIN: _empty_warnings _empty_warnings: .PHONY .else .BEGIN: .endif - @echo "ERROR: Invalid: WARNINGS_SET=${WARNINGS_SET}" + @echo "ERROR: Invalid: WARNINGS_SET=${ws}" @echo "ERROR: Try one of: ${ALL_WARNINGS_SETS:O:u}"; exit 1 .endif +.endfor +.endif # Without -O or if we've set -O0 somewhere - to make debugging more effective, # we need to turn off -Wuninitialized as otherwise we get a warning that # -Werror turns into an error. To be safe, set W_uninitialized blank. _w_cflags:= ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} .if ${_w_cflags:M-O*} == "" || ${_w_cflags:M-O0} != "" W_uninitialized= .endif -.if ${MAKE_VERSION:U0:[1]:C/.*-//} <= 20040118 -# This version uses .for loops to avoid a double free bug in old bmake's -# but the .for loops are sensitive to when this file is read. -# first, make a list of all the warning flags - doesn't matter if -# its redundant - we'll sort -u -_all_sets= ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}} ${WARNINGS_SET} ${ALL_WARNINGS_SETS} -_all_warnings= ${WARNINGS} ${_all_sets:O:u:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@} - -# we want to set W_* for each warning so they are easy to turn off. -# :O:u does a sort -u -# using :C allows us to handle -f* -w* etc as well as -W* -.for w in ${_all_warnings:O:u} -${w:C/-(.)/\1_/} ?= $w -.endfor - -# Allow for per-target warnings -# Warning: the WARNINGS+= line below, -# may make your brain hurt - trust me; it works --sjg -# the idea is that you can set WARNINGS_SET[_${MACHINE_ARCH}]=HIGH -# and use one of -# W_format_mips_foo.o= -# W_format_foo.o= -# to turn off -Wformat for foo.o (on mips only in the first case), or -# W_format_foo.o=-Wformat=2 -# for stricter checking. -# -# NOTE: that we force the target extension to be .o -# -.for w in ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${WARNINGS_SET}:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@:O:u} -WARNINGS+= ${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}}}}} -.endfor - -.else - # .for loops have the [dis]advantage of being evaluated when read, # so adding to WARNINGS_SET[_${MACHINE_ARCH}] after this file is # read has no effect. # Replacing the above .for loops with the WARNINGS+= below solves that # but tiggers a double free bug in bmake-20040118 and earlier. # Don't try and read this too fast! # # The first :@ "loop" handles multiple sets in WARNINGS_SET # # In the second :@ "loop", the ::?= noise sets W_foo?=-Wfoo etc # which makes it easy to turn off override individual flags # (see W_uninitialized above). # # The last bit expands to ${W_foo_${.TARGET:T}:U${W_foo}} # which is the bit we ultimately want. It allows W_* to be set on a # per target basis. # # NOTE: that we force the target extension to be .o # -WARNINGS+= ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${WARNINGS_SET}:@s@${$s_WARNINGS}@:O:u:@w@${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}::?=$w} ${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}}}}}@} -.endif +# define this once, we use it a couple of times below (hence the doubled $$). +M_warnings_list = @s@$${$$s_WARNINGS}@:O:u:@w@$${$${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}::?=$$w} $${$${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U$${$${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U$${$${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U$${$${w:C/-(.)/\1_/}}}}}@ +# first a list of warnings from the chosen set +_warnings = ${WARNINGS_SET_${MACHINE_ARCH}:U${WARNINGS_SET}:${M_warnings_list}} +# now a list of all -Wno-* overrides not just those defined by WARNINGS_SET +# since things like -Wall imply lots of others. +# this should be a super-set of the -Wno-* in _warnings, but +# just in case... +_no_warnings = ${_warnings:M-Wno-*} ${ALL_WARNINGS_SETS:${M_warnings_list}:M-Wno-*} +# -Wno-* must follow any others +WARNINGS += ${_warnings:N-Wno-*} ${_no_warnings:O:u} + .ifndef NO_CFLAGS_WARNINGS # Just ${WARNINGS} should do, but this is more flexible? CFLAGS+= ${WARNINGS_${.TARGET:T:R}.o:U${WARNINGS}} .endif # it is rather silly that g++ blows up on some warning flags NO_CXX_WARNINGS+= \ missing-declarations \ missing-prototypes \ nested-externs \ + shadow \ strict-prototypes -.for s in ${SRCS:M*.cc} +.for s in ${SRCS:M*.c*:N*.c:N*h} .for w in ${NO_CXX_WARNINGS} W_$w_${s:T:R}.o= .endfor .endfor .endif # _w_cflags Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/os.sh =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/os.sh (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/os.sh (revision 276305) @@ -1,228 +1,230 @@ : # NAME: # os.sh - operating system specifics # # DESCRIPTION: # This file is included at the start of processing. Its role is # to set the variables OS, OSREL, OSMAJOR, MACHINE and MACHINE_ARCH to # reflect the current system. # # It also sets variables such as MAILER, LOCAL_FS, PS_AXC to hide # certain aspects of different UNIX flavours. # # SEE ALSO: # site.sh,funcs.sh # # AUTHOR: # Simon J. Gerraty # RCSid: -# $Id: os.sh,v 1.44 2010/06/29 15:37:21 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: os.sh,v 1.46 2014/05/19 16:38:09 sjg Exp $ # # @(#) Copyright (c) 1994 Simon J. Gerraty # # This file is provided in the hope that it will # be of use. There is absolutely NO WARRANTY. # Permission to copy, redistribute or otherwise # use this file is hereby granted provided that # the above copyright notice and this notice are # left intact. # # Please send copies of changes and bug-fixes to: # sjg@crufty.net # # this lets us skip sourcing it again _OS_SH=: OS=`uname` OSREL=`uname -r` OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1` MACHINE=`uname -m` MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -p 2>/dev/null || echo $MACHINE` # there is at least one case of `uname -p` outputting # a bunch of usless drivel case "$MACHINE_ARCH" in *[!A-Za-z0-9_-]*) MACHINE_ARCH="$MACHINE";; esac # we need this here, and it is not always available... Which() { case "$1" in -*) t=$1; shift;; *) t=-x;; esac case "$1" in /*) test $t $1 && echo $1;; *) # some shells cannot correctly handle `IFS` # in conjunction with the for loop. _dirs=`IFS=:; echo ${2:-$PATH}` for d in $_dirs do test $t $d/$1 && { echo $d/$1; break; } done ;; esac } # tr is insanely non-portable wrt char classes, so we need to # spell out the alphabet. sed y/// would work too. toUpper() { ${TR:-tr} abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ } toLower() { ${TR:-tr} ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz } K= case $OS in AIX) # everyone loves to be different... OSMAJOR=`uname -v` OSREL="$OSMAJOR.`uname -r`" LOCAL_FS=jfs PS_AXC=-e SHARE_ARCH=$OS/$OSMAJOR.X ;; SunOS) CHOWN=`Which chown /usr/etc:/usr/bin` export CHOWN # Great! Solaris keeps moving arch(1) # should just bite the bullet and use uname -p arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb` MAILER=/usr/ucb/Mail LOCAL_FS=4.2 case "$OSREL" in 4.0*) # uname -m just says sun which could be anything # so use arch(1). MACHINE_ARCH=`arch` MACHINE=$MACHINE_ARCH ;; 4*) MACHINE_ARCH=`arch` ;; 5*) K=-k LOCAL_FS=ufs MAILER=mailx PS_AXC=-e # can you believe that ln on Solaris defaults to # overwriting an existing file!!!!! We want one that works! test -x /usr/xpg4/bin/ln && LN=${LN:-/usr/xpg4/bin/ln} # wonderful, 5.8's tr again require's []'s # but /usr/xpg4/bin/tr causes problems if LC_COLLATE is set! # use toUpper/toLower instead. ;; esac case "$OS/$MACHINE_ARCH" in *sun386) SHARE_ARCH=$MACHINE_ARCH;; esac ;; *BSD) K=-k MAILER=/usr/bin/Mail LOCAL_FS=local - case "$-" in - *i*) ;; + : $-,$ENV + case "$-,$ENV" in + *i*,*) ;; + *,|*ENVFILE*) ;; *) ENV=;; esac - # NetBSD at least has good backward compatability + # NetBSD at least has good backward compatibility # so NetBSD/i386 is good enough case $OS in NetBSD) SHARE_ARCH=$OS/${MACHINE_ARCH:-$MACHINE};; OpenBSD) arch=`Which arch /usr/bin:/usr/ucb:$PATH` MACHINE_ARCH=`$arch -s` ;; esac NAWK=awk export NAWK ;; HP-UX) TMP_DIRS="/tmp /usr/tmp" LOCAL_FS=hfs MAILER=mailx # don't rely on /bin/sh, its broken _shell=/bin/ksh; ENV= # also, no one would be interested in OSMAJOR=A case "$OSREL" in ?.09*) OSMAJOR=9; PS_AXC=-e;; ?.10*) OSMAJOR=10; PS_AXC=-e;; esac ;; IRIX) LOCAL_FS=efs ;; Interix) MACHINE=i386 MACHINE_ARCH=i386 ;; UnixWare) OSREL=`uname -v` OSMAJOR=`IFS=.; set $OSREL; echo $1` MACHINE_ARCH=`uname -m` ;; Linux) # Not really any such thing as Linux, but # this covers red-hat and hopefully others. case $MACHINE in i?86) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; # we don't care about i686 vs i586 esac LOCAL_FS=ext2 PS_AXC=axc [ -x /usr/bin/md5sum ] && { MD5=/usr/bin/md5sum; export MD5; } ;; QNX) case $MACHINE in x86pc) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; esac ;; Haiku) case $MACHINE in BeBox) MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;; BeMac) MACHINE_ARCH=powerpc;; BePC) MACHINE_ARCH=i386;; esac ;; esac HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( hostname ) 2>/dev/null`} HOSTNAME=${HOSTNAME:-`( uname -n ) 2>/dev/null`} case "$HOSTNAME" in *.*) HOST=`IFS=.; set -- $HOSTNAME; echo $1`;; *) HOST=$HOSTNAME;; esac TMP_DIRS=${TMP_DIRS:-"/tmp /var/tmp"} MACHINE_ARCH=${MACHINE_ARCH:-$MACHINE} # we mount server:/share/arch/$SHARE_ARCH as /usr/local SHARE_ARCH=${SHARE_ARCH:-$OS/$OSMAJOR.X/$MACHINE_ARCH} LN=${LN:-ln} TR=${TR:-tr} # Some people like have /share/$HOST_TARGET/bin etc. HOST_TARGET=`echo ${OS}${OSMAJOR}-${MACHINE_ARCH} | toLower` export HOST_TARGET case `echo -n .` in -n*) N=; C="\c";; *) N=-n; C=;; esac export HOSTNAME HOST export OS MACHINE MACHINE_ARCH OSREL OSMAJOR LOCAL_FS TMP_DIRS MAILER N C K PS_AXC export LN SHARE_ARCH TR case /$0 in */os.sh) for v in $* do eval vv=\$$v echo "$v='$vv'" done ;; esac Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/parse.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/parse.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/parse.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,3158 +1,3197 @@ -/* $NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.191 2013/08/28 21:56:49 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.194 2014/02/15 00:17:17 christos Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.191 2013/08/28 21:56:49 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.194 2014/02/15 00:17:17 christos Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)parse.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.191 2013/08/28 21:56:49 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: parse.c,v 1.194 2014/02/15 00:17:17 christos Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * parse.c -- * Functions to parse a makefile. * * One function, Parse_Init, must be called before any functions * in this module are used. After that, the function Parse_File is the * main entry point and controls most of the other functions in this * module. * * Most important structures are kept in Lsts. Directories for * the .include "..." function are kept in the 'parseIncPath' Lst, while * those for the .include <...> are kept in the 'sysIncPath' Lst. The * targets currently being defined are kept in the 'targets' Lst. * * The variables 'fname' and 'lineno' are used to track the name * of the current file and the line number in that file so that error * messages can be more meaningful. * * Interface: * Parse_Init Initialization function which must be * called before anything else in this module * is used. * * Parse_End Cleanup the module * * Parse_File Function used to parse a makefile. It must * be given the name of the file, which should * already have been opened, and a function * to call to read a character from the file. * * Parse_IsVar Returns TRUE if the given line is a * variable assignment. Used by MainParseArgs * to determine if an argument is a target * or a variable assignment. Used internally * for pretty much the same thing... * * Parse_Error Function called when an error occurs in * parsing. Used by the variable and * conditional modules. * Parse_MainName Returns a Lst of the main target to create. */ #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "hash.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" #include "buf.h" #include "pathnames.h" #ifdef HAVE_MMAP #include #ifndef MAP_COPY #define MAP_COPY MAP_PRIVATE #endif #ifndef MAP_FILE #define MAP_FILE 0 #endif #endif //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // types and constants /* * Structure for a file being read ("included file") */ typedef struct IFile { char *fname; /* name of file */ int lineno; /* current line number in file */ int first_lineno; /* line number of start of text */ int cond_depth; /* 'if' nesting when file opened */ char *P_str; /* point to base of string buffer */ char *P_ptr; /* point to next char of string buffer */ char *P_end; /* point to the end of string buffer */ char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *); /* Function to get more data */ void *nextbuf_arg; /* Opaque arg for nextbuf() */ struct loadedfile *lf; /* loadedfile object, if any */ } IFile; /* * These values are returned by ParseEOF to tell Parse_File whether to * CONTINUE parsing, i.e. it had only reached the end of an include file, * or if it's DONE. */ #define CONTINUE 1 #define DONE 0 /* * Tokens for target attributes */ typedef enum { Begin, /* .BEGIN */ Default, /* .DEFAULT */ End, /* .END */ dotError, /* .ERROR */ Ignore, /* .IGNORE */ Includes, /* .INCLUDES */ Interrupt, /* .INTERRUPT */ Libs, /* .LIBS */ Meta, /* .META */ MFlags, /* .MFLAGS or .MAKEFLAGS */ Main, /* .MAIN and we don't have anything user-specified to * make */ NoExport, /* .NOEXPORT */ NoMeta, /* .NOMETA */ NoMetaCmp, /* .NOMETA_CMP */ NoPath, /* .NOPATH */ Not, /* Not special */ NotParallel, /* .NOTPARALLEL */ Null, /* .NULL */ ExObjdir, /* .OBJDIR */ Order, /* .ORDER */ Parallel, /* .PARALLEL */ ExPath, /* .PATH */ Phony, /* .PHONY */ #ifdef POSIX Posix, /* .POSIX */ #endif Precious, /* .PRECIOUS */ ExShell, /* .SHELL */ Silent, /* .SILENT */ SingleShell, /* .SINGLESHELL */ Stale, /* .STALE */ Suffixes, /* .SUFFIXES */ Wait, /* .WAIT */ Attribute /* Generic attribute */ } ParseSpecial; /* * Other tokens */ #define LPAREN '(' #define RPAREN ')' //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // result data /* * The main target to create. This is the first target on the first * dependency line in the first makefile. */ static GNode *mainNode; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // eval state /* targets we're working on */ static Lst targets; #ifdef CLEANUP /* command lines for targets */ static Lst targCmds; #endif /* * specType contains the SPECial TYPE of the current target. It is * Not if the target is unspecial. If it *is* special, however, the children * are linked as children of the parent but not vice versa. This variable is * set in ParseDoDependency */ static ParseSpecial specType; /* * Predecessor node for handling .ORDER. Initialized to NULL when .ORDER * seen, then set to each successive source on the line. */ static GNode *predecessor; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // parser state /* true if currently in a dependency line or its commands */ static Boolean inLine; /* number of fatal errors */ static int fatals = 0; /* * Variables for doing includes */ /* current file being read */ static IFile *curFile; /* stack of IFiles generated by .includes */ static Lst includes; /* include paths (lists of directories) */ Lst parseIncPath; /* dirs for "..." includes */ Lst sysIncPath; /* dirs for <...> includes */ Lst defIncPath; /* default for sysIncPath */ //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // parser tables /* * The parseKeywords table is searched using binary search when deciding * if a target or source is special. The 'spec' field is the ParseSpecial * type of the keyword ("Not" if the keyword isn't special as a target) while * the 'op' field is the operator to apply to the list of targets if the * keyword is used as a source ("0" if the keyword isn't special as a source) */ static const struct { const char *name; /* Name of keyword */ ParseSpecial spec; /* Type when used as a target */ int op; /* Operator when used as a source */ } parseKeywords[] = { { ".BEGIN", Begin, 0 }, { ".DEFAULT", Default, 0 }, { ".END", End, 0 }, { ".ERROR", dotError, 0 }, { ".EXEC", Attribute, OP_EXEC }, { ".IGNORE", Ignore, OP_IGNORE }, { ".INCLUDES", Includes, 0 }, { ".INTERRUPT", Interrupt, 0 }, { ".INVISIBLE", Attribute, OP_INVISIBLE }, { ".JOIN", Attribute, OP_JOIN }, { ".LIBS", Libs, 0 }, { ".MADE", Attribute, OP_MADE }, { ".MAIN", Main, 0 }, { ".MAKE", Attribute, OP_MAKE }, { ".MAKEFLAGS", MFlags, 0 }, { ".META", Meta, OP_META }, { ".MFLAGS", MFlags, 0 }, { ".NOMETA", NoMeta, OP_NOMETA }, { ".NOMETA_CMP", NoMetaCmp, OP_NOMETA_CMP }, { ".NOPATH", NoPath, OP_NOPATH }, { ".NOTMAIN", Attribute, OP_NOTMAIN }, { ".NOTPARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 }, { ".NO_PARALLEL", NotParallel, 0 }, { ".NULL", Null, 0 }, { ".OBJDIR", ExObjdir, 0 }, { ".OPTIONAL", Attribute, OP_OPTIONAL }, { ".ORDER", Order, 0 }, { ".PARALLEL", Parallel, 0 }, { ".PATH", ExPath, 0 }, { ".PHONY", Phony, OP_PHONY }, #ifdef POSIX { ".POSIX", Posix, 0 }, #endif { ".PRECIOUS", Precious, OP_PRECIOUS }, { ".RECURSIVE", Attribute, OP_MAKE }, { ".SHELL", ExShell, 0 }, { ".SILENT", Silent, OP_SILENT }, { ".SINGLESHELL", SingleShell, 0 }, { ".STALE", Stale, 0 }, { ".SUFFIXES", Suffixes, 0 }, { ".USE", Attribute, OP_USE }, { ".USEBEFORE", Attribute, OP_USEBEFORE }, { ".WAIT", Wait, 0 }, }; //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // local functions static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *, const char *); static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *, size_t, int, const char *, ...) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(4,5); static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *, const char *, size_t, int, const char *, va_list) MAKE_ATTR_PRINTFLIKE(5, 0); static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *); static int ParseLinkSrc(void *, void *); static int ParseDoOp(void *, void *); static void ParseDoSrc(int, const char *); static int ParseFindMain(void *, void *); static int ParseAddDir(void *, void *); static int ParseClearPath(void *, void *); static void ParseDoDependency(char *); static int ParseAddCmd(void *, void *); static void ParseHasCommands(void *); static void ParseDoInclude(char *); static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *); +static void ParseSetIncludedFile(void); #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *); #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT static void ParseGmakeExport(char *); #endif static int ParseEOF(void); static char *ParseReadLine(void); static void ParseFinishLine(void); static void ParseMark(GNode *); //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // file loader struct loadedfile { const char *path; /* name, for error reports */ char *buf; /* contents buffer */ size_t len; /* length of contents */ size_t maplen; /* length of mmap area, or 0 */ Boolean used; /* XXX: have we used the data yet */ }; /* * Constructor/destructor for loadedfile */ static struct loadedfile * loadedfile_create(const char *path) { struct loadedfile *lf; lf = bmake_malloc(sizeof(*lf)); lf->path = (path == NULL ? "(stdin)" : path); lf->buf = NULL; lf->len = 0; lf->maplen = 0; lf->used = FALSE; return lf; } static void loadedfile_destroy(struct loadedfile *lf) { if (lf->buf != NULL) { if (lf->maplen > 0) { #ifdef HAVE_MMAP munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen); #endif } else { free(lf->buf); } } free(lf); } /* * nextbuf() operation for loadedfile, as needed by the weird and twisted * logic below. Once that's cleaned up, we can get rid of lf->used... */ static char * loadedfile_nextbuf(void *x, size_t *len) { struct loadedfile *lf = x; if (lf->used) { return NULL; } lf->used = TRUE; *len = lf->len; return lf->buf; } /* * Try to get the size of a file. */ static ReturnStatus load_getsize(int fd, size_t *ret) { struct stat st; if (fstat(fd, &st) < 0) { return FAILURE; } if (!S_ISREG(st.st_mode)) { return FAILURE; } /* * st_size is an off_t, which is 64 bits signed; *ret is * size_t, which might be 32 bits unsigned or 64 bits * unsigned. Rather than being elaborate, just punt on * files that are more than 2^31 bytes. We should never * see a makefile that size in practice... * * While we're at it reject negative sizes too, just in case. */ if (st.st_size < 0 || st.st_size > 0x7fffffff) { return FAILURE; } *ret = (size_t) st.st_size; return SUCCESS; } /* * Read in a file. * * Until the path search logic can be moved under here instead of * being in the caller in another source file, we need to have the fd * passed in already open. Bleh. * * If the path is NULL use stdin and (to insure against fd leaks) * assert that the caller passed in -1. */ static struct loadedfile * loadfile(const char *path, int fd) { struct loadedfile *lf; #ifdef HAVE_MMAP long pagesize; #endif ssize_t result; size_t bufpos; lf = loadedfile_create(path); if (path == NULL) { assert(fd == -1); fd = STDIN_FILENO; } else { #if 0 /* notyet */ fd = open(path, O_RDONLY); if (fd < 0) { ... Error("%s: %s", path, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } #endif } #ifdef HAVE_MMAP if (load_getsize(fd, &lf->len) == SUCCESS) { /* found a size, try mmap */ pagesize = sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE); if (pagesize <= 0) { pagesize = 0x1000; } /* round size up to a page */ lf->maplen = pagesize * ((lf->len + pagesize - 1)/pagesize); /* * XXX hack for dealing with empty files; remove when * we're no longer limited by interfacing to the old * logic elsewhere in this file. */ if (lf->maplen == 0) { lf->maplen = pagesize; } /* * FUTURE: remove PROT_WRITE when the parser no longer * needs to scribble on the input. */ lf->buf = mmap(NULL, lf->maplen, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_FILE|MAP_COPY, fd, 0); if (lf->buf != MAP_FAILED) { /* succeeded */ if (lf->len == lf->maplen && lf->buf[lf->len - 1] != '\n') { char *b = malloc(lf->len + 1); b[lf->len] = '\n'; memcpy(b, lf->buf, lf->len++); munmap(lf->buf, lf->maplen); lf->maplen = 0; lf->buf = b; } goto done; } } #endif /* cannot mmap; load the traditional way */ lf->maplen = 0; lf->len = 1024; lf->buf = bmake_malloc(lf->len); bufpos = 0; while (1) { assert(bufpos <= lf->len); if (bufpos == lf->len) { lf->len *= 2; lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len); } result = read(fd, lf->buf + bufpos, lf->len - bufpos); if (result < 0) { Error("%s: read error: %s", path, strerror(errno)); exit(1); } if (result == 0) { break; } bufpos += result; } assert(bufpos <= lf->len); lf->len = bufpos; /* truncate malloc region to actual length (maybe not useful) */ if (lf->len > 0) { lf->buf = bmake_realloc(lf->buf, lf->len); } #ifdef HAVE_MMAP done: #endif if (path != NULL) { close(fd); } return lf; } //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// // old code /*- *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseIsEscaped -- * Check if the current character is escaped on the current line * * Results: * 0 if the character is not backslash escaped, 1 otherwise * * Side Effects: * None *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseIsEscaped(const char *line, const char *c) { int active = 0; for (;;) { if (line == c) return active; if (*--c != '\\') return active; active = !active; } } /*- *---------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFindKeyword -- * Look in the table of keywords for one matching the given string. * * Input: * str String to find * * Results: * The index of the keyword, or -1 if it isn't there. * * Side Effects: * None *---------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseFindKeyword(const char *str) { int start, end, cur; int diff; start = 0; end = (sizeof(parseKeywords)/sizeof(parseKeywords[0])) - 1; do { cur = start + ((end - start) / 2); diff = strcmp(str, parseKeywords[cur].name); if (diff == 0) { return (cur); } else if (diff < 0) { end = cur - 1; } else { start = cur + 1; } } while (start <= end); return (-1); } /*- * ParseVErrorInternal -- * Error message abort function for parsing. Prints out the context * of the error (line number and file) as well as the message with * two optional arguments. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * "fatals" is incremented if the level is PARSE_FATAL. */ /* VARARGS */ static void ParseVErrorInternal(FILE *f, const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type, const char *fmt, va_list ap) { static Boolean fatal_warning_error_printed = FALSE; (void)fprintf(f, "%s: ", progname); if (cfname != NULL) { (void)fprintf(f, "\""); if (*cfname != '/' && strcmp(cfname, "(stdin)") != 0) { char *cp; const char *dir; /* * Nothing is more annoying than not knowing * which Makefile is the culprit. */ dir = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp); if (dir == NULL || *dir == '\0' || (*dir == '.' && dir[1] == '\0')) dir = Var_Value(".CURDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &cp); if (dir == NULL) dir = "."; (void)fprintf(f, "%s/%s", dir, cfname); } else (void)fprintf(f, "%s", cfname); (void)fprintf(f, "\" line %d: ", (int)clineno); } if (type == PARSE_WARNING) (void)fprintf(f, "warning: "); (void)vfprintf(f, fmt, ap); (void)fprintf(f, "\n"); (void)fflush(f); if (type == PARSE_FATAL || parseWarnFatal) fatals += 1; if (parseWarnFatal && !fatal_warning_error_printed) { Error("parsing warnings being treated as errors"); fatal_warning_error_printed = TRUE; } } /*- * ParseErrorInternal -- * Error function * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None */ /* VARARGS */ static void ParseErrorInternal(const char *cfname, size_t clineno, int type, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) { va_start(ap, fmt); ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, cfname, clineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } } /*- * Parse_Error -- * External interface to ParseErrorInternal; uses the default filename * Line number. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None */ /* VARARGS */ void Parse_Error(int type, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; const char *fname; size_t lineno; if (curFile == NULL) { fname = NULL; lineno = 0; } else { fname = curFile->fname; lineno = curFile->lineno; } va_start(ap, fmt); (void)fflush(stdout); ParseVErrorInternal(stderr, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); if (debug_file != stderr && debug_file != stdout) { va_start(ap, fmt); ParseVErrorInternal(debug_file, fname, lineno, type, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } } /* * ParseMessage * Parse a .info .warning or .error directive * * The input is the line minus the ".". We substitute * variables, print the message and exit(1) (for .error) or just print * a warning if the directive is malformed. */ static Boolean ParseMessage(char *line) { int mtype; switch(*line) { case 'i': mtype = 0; break; case 'w': mtype = PARSE_WARNING; break; case 'e': mtype = PARSE_FATAL; break; default: Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "invalid syntax: \".%s\"", line); return FALSE; } while (isalpha((u_char)*line)) line++; if (!isspace((u_char)*line)) return FALSE; /* not for us */ while (isspace((u_char)*line)) line++; line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, 0); Parse_Error(mtype, "%s", line); free(line); if (mtype == PARSE_FATAL) { /* Terminate immediately. */ exit(1); } return TRUE; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseLinkSrc -- * Link the parent node to its new child. Used in a Lst_ForEach by * ParseDoDependency. If the specType isn't 'Not', the parent * isn't linked as a parent of the child. * * Input: * pgnp The parent node * cgpn The child node * * Results: * Always = 0 * * Side Effects: * New elements are added to the parents list of cgn and the * children list of cgn. the unmade field of pgn is updated * to reflect the additional child. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseLinkSrc(void *pgnp, void *cgnp) { GNode *pgn = (GNode *)pgnp; GNode *cgn = (GNode *)cgnp; if ((pgn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (pgn->cohorts)) pgn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(pgn->cohorts)); (void)Lst_AtEnd(pgn->children, cgn); if (specType == Not) (void)Lst_AtEnd(cgn->parents, pgn); pgn->unmade += 1; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { - fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseLinkSrc: added child %s - %s\n", pgn->name, cgn->name); + fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added child %s - %s\n", __func__, + pgn->name, cgn->name); Targ_PrintNode(pgn, 0); Targ_PrintNode(cgn, 0); } return (0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoOp -- * Apply the parsed operator to the given target node. Used in a * Lst_ForEach call by ParseDoDependency once all targets have * been found and their operator parsed. If the previous and new * operators are incompatible, a major error is taken. * * Input: * gnp The node to which the operator is to be applied * opp The operator to apply * * Results: * Always 0 * * Side Effects: * The type field of the node is altered to reflect any new bits in * the op. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseDoOp(void *gnp, void *opp) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; int op = *(int *)opp; /* * If the dependency mask of the operator and the node don't match and * the node has actually had an operator applied to it before, and * the operator actually has some dependency information in it, complain. */ if (((op & OP_OPMASK) != (gn->type & OP_OPMASK)) && !OP_NOP(gn->type) && !OP_NOP(op)) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Inconsistent operator for %s", gn->name); return (1); } if ((op == OP_DOUBLEDEP) && ((gn->type & OP_OPMASK) == OP_DOUBLEDEP)) { /* * If the node was the object of a :: operator, we need to create a * new instance of it for the children and commands on this dependency * line. The new instance is placed on the 'cohorts' list of the * initial one (note the initial one is not on its own cohorts list) * and the new instance is linked to all parents of the initial * instance. */ GNode *cohort; /* * Propagate copied bits to the initial node. They'll be propagated * back to the rest of the cohorts later. */ gn->type |= op & ~OP_OPMASK; cohort = Targ_FindNode(gn->name, TARG_NOHASH); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(cohort); /* * Make the cohort invisible as well to avoid duplicating it into * other variables. True, parents of this target won't tend to do * anything with their local variables, but better safe than * sorry. (I think this is pointless now, since the relevant list * traversals will no longer see this node anyway. -mycroft) */ cohort->type = op | OP_INVISIBLE; (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->cohorts, cohort); cohort->centurion = gn; gn->unmade_cohorts += 1; snprintf(cohort->cohort_num, sizeof cohort->cohort_num, "#%d", gn->unmade_cohorts); } else { /* * We don't want to nuke any previous flags (whatever they were) so we * just OR the new operator into the old */ gn->type |= op; } return (0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoSrc -- * Given the name of a source, figure out if it is an attribute * and apply it to the targets if it is. Else decide if there is * some attribute which should be applied *to* the source because * of some special target and apply it if so. Otherwise, make the * source be a child of the targets in the list 'targets' * * Input: * tOp operator (if any) from special targets * src name of the source to handle * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Operator bits may be added to the list of targets or to the source. * The targets may have a new source added to their lists of children. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseDoSrc(int tOp, const char *src) { GNode *gn = NULL; static int wait_number = 0; char wait_src[16]; if (*src == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)src[1])) { int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(src); if (keywd != -1) { int op = parseKeywords[keywd].op; if (op != 0) { Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op); return; } if (parseKeywords[keywd].spec == Wait) { /* * We add a .WAIT node in the dependency list. * After any dynamic dependencies (and filename globbing) * have happened, it is given a dependency on the each * previous child back to and previous .WAIT node. * The next child won't be scheduled until the .WAIT node * is built. * We give each .WAIT node a unique name (mainly for diag). */ snprintf(wait_src, sizeof wait_src, ".WAIT_%u", ++wait_number); gn = Targ_FindNode(wait_src, TARG_NOHASH); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); gn->type = OP_WAIT | OP_PHONY | OP_DEPENDS | OP_NOTMAIN; Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn); return; } } } switch (specType) { case Main: /* * If we have noted the existence of a .MAIN, it means we need * to add the sources of said target to the list of things * to create. The string 'src' is likely to be free, so we * must make a new copy of it. Note that this will only be * invoked if the user didn't specify a target on the command * line. This is to allow #ifmake's to succeed, or something... */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(create, bmake_strdup(src)); /* * Add the name to the .TARGETS variable as well, so the user can * employ that, if desired. */ Var_Append(".TARGETS", src, VAR_GLOBAL); return; case Order: /* * Create proper predecessor/successor links between the previous * source and the current one. */ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); if (predecessor != NULL) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(predecessor->order_succ, gn); (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->order_pred, predecessor); if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { - fprintf(debug_file, "# ParseDoSrc: added Order dependency %s - %s\n", - predecessor->name, gn->name); + fprintf(debug_file, "# %s: added Order dependency %s - %s\n", + __func__, predecessor->name, gn->name); Targ_PrintNode(predecessor, 0); Targ_PrintNode(gn, 0); } } /* * The current source now becomes the predecessor for the next one. */ predecessor = gn; break; default: /* * If the source is not an attribute, we need to find/create * a node for it. After that we can apply any operator to it * from a special target or link it to its parents, as * appropriate. * * In the case of a source that was the object of a :: operator, * the attribute is applied to all of its instances (as kept in * the 'cohorts' list of the node) or all the cohorts are linked * to all the targets. */ /* Find/create the 'src' node and attach to all targets */ gn = Targ_FindNode(src, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); if (tOp) { gn->type |= tOp; } else { Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseLinkSrc, gn); } break; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFindMain -- * Find a real target in the list and set it to be the main one. * Called by ParseDoDependency when a main target hasn't been found * yet. * * Input: * gnp Node to examine * * Results: * 0 if main not found yet, 1 if it is. * * Side Effects: * mainNode is changed and Targ_SetMain is called. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseFindMain(void *gnp, void *dummy) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; if ((gn->type & OP_NOTARGET) == 0) { mainNode = gn; Targ_SetMain(gn); return (dummy ? 1 : 1); } else { return (dummy ? 0 : 0); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseAddDir -- * Front-end for Dir_AddDir to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * See Dir_AddDir. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseAddDir(void *path, void *name) { (void)Dir_AddDir((Lst) path, (char *)name); return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseClearPath -- * Front-end for Dir_ClearPath to make sure Lst_ForEach keeps going * * Results: * === 0 * * Side Effects: * See Dir_ClearPath * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseClearPath(void *path, void *dummy) { Dir_ClearPath((Lst) path); return(dummy ? 0 : 0); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoDependency -- * Parse the dependency line in line. * * Input: * line the line to parse * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The nodes of the sources are linked as children to the nodes of the * targets. Some nodes may be created. * * We parse a dependency line by first extracting words from the line and * finding nodes in the list of all targets with that name. This is done * until a character is encountered which is an operator character. Currently * these are only ! and :. At this point the operator is parsed and the * pointer into the line advanced until the first source is encountered. * The parsed operator is applied to each node in the 'targets' list, * which is where the nodes found for the targets are kept, by means of * the ParseDoOp function. * The sources are read in much the same way as the targets were except * that now they are expanded using the wildcarding scheme of the C-Shell * and all instances of the resulting words in the list of all targets * are found. Each of the resulting nodes is then linked to each of the * targets as one of its children. * Certain targets are handled specially. These are the ones detailed * by the specType variable. * The storing of transformation rules is also taken care of here. * A target is recognized as a transformation rule by calling * Suff_IsTransform. If it is a transformation rule, its node is gotten * from the suffix module via Suff_AddTransform rather than the standard * Targ_FindNode in the target module. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseDoDependency(char *line) { char *cp; /* our current position */ GNode *gn = NULL; /* a general purpose temporary node */ int op; /* the operator on the line */ char savec; /* a place to save a character */ Lst paths; /* List of search paths to alter when parsing * a list of .PATH targets */ int tOp; /* operator from special target */ Lst sources; /* list of archive source names after * expansion */ Lst curTargs; /* list of target names to be found and added * to the targets list */ char *lstart = line; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseDoDependency(%s)\n", line); tOp = 0; specType = Not; paths = NULL; curTargs = Lst_Init(FALSE); do { for (cp = line; *cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || !(isspace((unsigned char)*cp) || *cp == '!' || *cp == ':' || *cp == LPAREN)); cp++) { if (*cp == '$') { /* * Must be a dynamic source (would have been expanded * otherwise), so call the Var module to parse the puppy * so we can safely advance beyond it...There should be * no errors in this, as they would have been discovered * in the initial Var_Subst and we wouldn't be here. */ int length; void *freeIt; - char *result; - result = Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &length, &freeIt); + (void)Var_Parse(cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE, &length, &freeIt); if (freeIt) free(freeIt); cp += length-1; } } if (!ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) && *cp == LPAREN) { /* * Archives must be handled specially to make sure the OP_ARCHV * flag is set in their 'type' field, for one thing, and because * things like "archive(file1.o file2.o file3.o)" are permissible. * Arch_ParseArchive will set 'line' to be the first non-blank * after the archive-spec. It creates/finds nodes for the members * and places them on the given list, returning SUCCESS if all * went well and FAILURE if there was an error in the * specification. On error, line should remain untouched. */ if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, targets, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Error in archive specification: \"%s\"", line); goto out; } else { continue; } } savec = *cp; if (!*cp) { /* * Ending a dependency line without an operator is a Bozo * no-no. As a heuristic, this is also often triggered by * undetected conflicts from cvs/rcs merges. */ if ((strncmp(line, "<<<<<<", 6) == 0) || (strncmp(line, "======", 6) == 0) || (strncmp(line, ">>>>>>", 6) == 0)) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts"); else Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive" : "Need an operator"); goto out; } *cp = '\0'; /* * Have a word in line. See if it's a special target and set * specType to match it. */ if (*line == '.' && isupper ((unsigned char)line[1])) { /* * See if the target is a special target that must have it * or its sources handled specially. */ int keywd = ParseFindKeyword(line); if (keywd != -1) { if (specType == ExPath && parseKeywords[keywd].spec != ExPath) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Mismatched special targets"); goto out; } specType = parseKeywords[keywd].spec; tOp = parseKeywords[keywd].op; /* * Certain special targets have special semantics: * .PATH Have to set the dirSearchPath * variable too * .MAIN Its sources are only used if * nothing has been specified to * create. * .DEFAULT Need to create a node to hang * commands on, but we don't want * it in the graph, nor do we want * it to be the Main Target, so we * create it, set OP_NOTMAIN and * add it to the list, setting * DEFAULT to the new node for * later use. We claim the node is * A transformation rule to make * life easier later, when we'll * use Make_HandleUse to actually * apply the .DEFAULT commands. * .PHONY The list of targets * .NOPATH Don't search for file in the path * .STALE * .BEGIN * .END * .ERROR * .INTERRUPT Are not to be considered the * main target. * .NOTPARALLEL Make only one target at a time. * .SINGLESHELL Create a shell for each command. * .ORDER Must set initial predecessor to NULL */ switch (specType) { case ExPath: if (paths == NULL) { paths = Lst_Init(FALSE); } (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, dirSearchPath); break; case Main: if (!Lst_IsEmpty(create)) { specType = Not; } break; case Begin: case End: case Stale: case dotError: case Interrupt: gn = Targ_FindNode(line, TARG_CREATE); if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); gn->type |= OP_NOTMAIN|OP_SPECIAL; (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); break; case Default: gn = Targ_NewGN(".DEFAULT"); gn->type |= (OP_NOTMAIN|OP_TRANSFORM); (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); DEFAULT = gn; break; case NotParallel: maxJobs = 1; break; case SingleShell: compatMake = TRUE; break; case Order: predecessor = NULL; break; default: break; } } else if (strncmp(line, ".PATH", 5) == 0) { /* * .PATH has to be handled specially. * Call on the suffix module to give us a path to * modify. */ Lst path; specType = ExPath; path = Suff_GetPath(&line[5]); if (path == NULL) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Suffix '%s' not defined (yet)", &line[5]); goto out; } else { if (paths == NULL) { paths = Lst_Init(FALSE); } (void)Lst_AtEnd(paths, path); } } } /* * Have word in line. Get or create its node and stick it at * the end of the targets list */ if ((specType == Not) && (*line != '\0')) { if (Dir_HasWildcards(line)) { /* * Targets are to be sought only in the current directory, * so create an empty path for the thing. Note we need to * use Dir_Destroy in the destruction of the path as the * Dir module could have added a directory to the path... */ Lst emptyPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); Dir_Expand(line, emptyPath, curTargs); Lst_Destroy(emptyPath, Dir_Destroy); } else { /* * No wildcards, but we want to avoid code duplication, * so create a list with the word on it. */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(curTargs, line); } while(!Lst_IsEmpty(curTargs)) { char *targName = (char *)Lst_DeQueue(curTargs); if (!Suff_IsTransform (targName)) { gn = Targ_FindNode(targName, TARG_CREATE); } else { gn = Suff_AddTransform(targName); } if (doing_depend) ParseMark(gn); (void)Lst_AtEnd(targets, gn); } } else if (specType == ExPath && *line != '.' && *line != '\0') { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target (%s) ignored", line); } *cp = savec; /* * If it is a special type and not .PATH, it's the only target we * allow on this line... */ if (specType != Not && specType != ExPath) { Boolean warning = FALSE; while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || ((*cp != '!') && (*cp != ':')))) { if (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, cp) || (*cp != ' ' && *cp != '\t')) { warning = TRUE; } cp++; } if (warning) { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Extra target ignored"); } } else { while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } } line = cp; } while (*line && (ParseIsEscaped(lstart, line) || ((*line != '!') && (*line != ':')))); /* * Don't need the list of target names anymore... */ Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL); curTargs = NULL; if (!Lst_IsEmpty(targets)) { switch(specType) { default: Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Special and mundane targets don't mix. Mundane ones ignored"); break; case Default: case Stale: case Begin: case End: case dotError: case Interrupt: /* * These four create nodes on which to hang commands, so * targets shouldn't be empty... */ case Not: /* * Nothing special here -- targets can be empty if it wants. */ break; } } /* * Have now parsed all the target names. Must parse the operator next. The * result is left in op . */ if (*cp == '!') { op = OP_FORCE; } else if (*cp == ':') { if (cp[1] == ':') { op = OP_DOUBLEDEP; cp++; } else { op = OP_DEPENDS; } } else { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, lstart[0] == '.' ? "Unknown directive" : "Missing dependency operator"); goto out; } cp++; /* Advance beyond operator */ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseDoOp, &op); /* * Get to the first source */ while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; /* * Several special targets take different actions if present with no * sources: * a .SUFFIXES line with no sources clears out all old suffixes * a .PRECIOUS line makes all targets precious * a .IGNORE line ignores errors for all targets * a .SILENT line creates silence when making all targets * a .PATH removes all directories from the search path(s). */ if (!*line) { switch (specType) { case Suffixes: Suff_ClearSuffixes(); break; case Precious: allPrecious = TRUE; break; case Ignore: ignoreErrors = TRUE; break; case Silent: beSilent = TRUE; break; case ExPath: Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseClearPath, NULL); Dir_SetPATH(); break; #ifdef POSIX case Posix: Var_Set("%POSIX", "1003.2", VAR_GLOBAL, 0); break; #endif default: break; } } else if (specType == MFlags) { /* * Call on functions in main.c to deal with these arguments and * set the initial character to a null-character so the loop to * get sources won't get anything */ Main_ParseArgLine(line); *line = '\0'; } else if (specType == ExShell) { if (Job_ParseShell(line) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "improper shell specification"); goto out; } *line = '\0'; } else if ((specType == NotParallel) || (specType == SingleShell)) { *line = '\0'; } /* * NOW GO FOR THE SOURCES */ if ((specType == Suffixes) || (specType == ExPath) || (specType == Includes) || (specType == Libs) || (specType == Null) || (specType == ExObjdir)) { while (*line) { /* * If the target was one that doesn't take files as its sources * but takes something like suffixes, we take each * space-separated word on the line as a something and deal * with it accordingly. * * If the target was .SUFFIXES, we take each source as a * suffix and add it to the list of suffixes maintained by the * Suff module. * * If the target was a .PATH, we add the source as a directory * to search on the search path. * * If it was .INCLUDES, the source is taken to be the suffix of * files which will be #included and whose search path should * be present in the .INCLUDES variable. * * If it was .LIBS, the source is taken to be the suffix of * files which are considered libraries and whose search path * should be present in the .LIBS variable. * * If it was .NULL, the source is the suffix to use when a file * has no valid suffix. * * If it was .OBJDIR, the source is a new definition for .OBJDIR, * and will cause make to do a new chdir to that path. */ while (*cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } savec = *cp; *cp = '\0'; switch (specType) { case Suffixes: Suff_AddSuffix(line, &mainNode); break; case ExPath: Lst_ForEach(paths, ParseAddDir, line); break; case Includes: Suff_AddInclude(line); break; case Libs: Suff_AddLib(line); break; case Null: Suff_SetNull(line); break; case ExObjdir: Main_SetObjdir(line); break; default: break; } *cp = savec; if (savec != '\0') { cp++; } while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; } if (paths) { Lst_Destroy(paths, NULL); } if (specType == ExPath) Dir_SetPATH(); } else { while (*line) { /* * The targets take real sources, so we must beware of archive * specifications (i.e. things with left parentheses in them) * and handle them accordingly. */ for (; *cp && !isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { if ((*cp == LPAREN) && (cp > line) && (cp[-1] != '$')) { /* * Only stop for a left parenthesis if it isn't at the * start of a word (that'll be for variable changes * later) and isn't preceded by a dollar sign (a dynamic * source). */ break; } } if (*cp == LPAREN) { sources = Lst_Init(FALSE); if (Arch_ParseArchive(&line, sources, VAR_CMD) != SUCCESS) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Error in source archive spec \"%s\"", line); goto out; } while (!Lst_IsEmpty (sources)) { gn = (GNode *)Lst_DeQueue(sources); ParseDoSrc(tOp, gn->name); } Lst_Destroy(sources, NULL); cp = line; } else { if (*cp) { *cp = '\0'; cp += 1; } ParseDoSrc(tOp, line); } while (*cp && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } line = cp; } } if (mainNode == NULL) { /* * If we have yet to decide on a main target to make, in the * absence of any user input, we want the first target on * the first dependency line that is actually a real target * (i.e. isn't a .USE or .EXEC rule) to be made. */ Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseFindMain, NULL); } out: if (curTargs) Lst_Destroy(curTargs, NULL); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_IsVar -- * Return TRUE if the passed line is a variable assignment. A variable * assignment consists of a single word followed by optional whitespace * followed by either a += or an = operator. * This function is used both by the Parse_File function and main when * parsing the command-line arguments. * * Input: * line the line to check * * Results: * TRUE if it is. FALSE if it ain't * * Side Effects: * none *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Parse_IsVar(char *line) { Boolean wasSpace = FALSE; /* set TRUE if found a space */ char ch; int level = 0; #define ISEQOPERATOR(c) \ (((c) == '+') || ((c) == ':') || ((c) == '?') || ((c) == '!')) /* * Skip to variable name */ for (;(*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t'); line++) continue; /* Scan for one of the assignment operators outside a variable expansion */ while ((ch = *line++) != 0) { if (ch == '(' || ch == '{') { level++; continue; } if (ch == ')' || ch == '}') { level--; continue; } if (level != 0) continue; while (ch == ' ' || ch == '\t') { ch = *line++; wasSpace = TRUE; } #ifdef SUNSHCMD if (ch == ':' && strncmp(line, "sh", 2) == 0) { line += 2; continue; } #endif if (ch == '=') return TRUE; if (*line == '=' && ISEQOPERATOR(ch)) return TRUE; if (wasSpace) return FALSE; } return FALSE; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_DoVar -- * Take the variable assignment in the passed line and do it in the * global context. * * Note: There is a lexical ambiguity with assignment modifier characters * in variable names. This routine interprets the character before the = * as a modifier. Therefore, an assignment like * C++=/usr/bin/CC * is interpreted as "C+ +=" instead of "C++ =". * * Input: * line a line guaranteed to be a variable assignment. * This reduces error checks * ctxt Context in which to do the assignment * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * the variable structure of the given variable name is altered in the * global context. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_DoVar(char *line, GNode *ctxt) { char *cp; /* pointer into line */ enum { VAR_SUBST, VAR_APPEND, VAR_SHELL, VAR_NORMAL } type; /* Type of assignment */ char *opc; /* ptr to operator character to * null-terminate the variable name */ Boolean freeCp = FALSE; /* TRUE if cp needs to be freed, * i.e. if any variable expansion was * performed */ int depth; /* * Skip to variable name */ while ((*line == ' ') || (*line == '\t')) { line++; } /* * Skip to operator character, nulling out whitespace as we go * XXX Rather than counting () and {} we should look for $ and * then expand the variable. */ for (depth = 0, cp = line + 1; depth != 0 || *cp != '='; cp++) { if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') { depth++; continue; } if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { depth--; continue; } if (depth == 0 && isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { *cp = '\0'; } } opc = cp-1; /* operator is the previous character */ *cp++ = '\0'; /* nuke the = */ /* * Check operator type */ switch (*opc) { case '+': type = VAR_APPEND; *opc = '\0'; break; case '?': /* * If the variable already has a value, we don't do anything. */ *opc = '\0'; if (Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) { return; } else { type = VAR_NORMAL; } break; case ':': type = VAR_SUBST; *opc = '\0'; break; case '!': type = VAR_SHELL; *opc = '\0'; break; default: #ifdef SUNSHCMD while (opc > line && *opc != ':') opc--; if (strncmp(opc, ":sh", 3) == 0) { type = VAR_SHELL; *opc = '\0'; break; } #endif type = VAR_NORMAL; break; } while (isspace ((unsigned char)*cp)) { cp++; } if (type == VAR_APPEND) { Var_Append(line, cp, ctxt); } else if (type == VAR_SUBST) { /* * Allow variables in the old value to be undefined, but leave their * invocation alone -- this is done by forcing oldVars to be false. * XXX: This can cause recursive variables, but that's not hard to do, * and this allows someone to do something like * * CFLAGS = $(.INCLUDES) * CFLAGS := -I.. $(CFLAGS) * * And not get an error. */ Boolean oldOldVars = oldVars; oldVars = FALSE; /* * make sure that we set the variable the first time to nothing * so that it gets substituted! */ if (!Var_Exists(line, ctxt)) Var_Set(line, "", ctxt, 0); cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, ctxt, FALSE); oldVars = oldOldVars; freeCp = TRUE; Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0); } else if (type == VAR_SHELL) { char *res; const char *error; if (strchr(cp, '$') != NULL) { /* * There's a dollar sign in the command, so perform variable * expansion on the whole thing. The resulting string will need * freeing when we're done, so set freeCmd to TRUE. */ cp = Var_Subst(NULL, cp, VAR_CMD, TRUE); freeCp = TRUE; } res = Cmd_Exec(cp, &error); Var_Set(line, res, ctxt, 0); free(res); if (error) Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, error, cp); } else { /* * Normal assignment -- just do it. */ Var_Set(line, cp, ctxt, 0); } if (strcmp(line, MAKEOVERRIDES) == 0) Main_ExportMAKEFLAGS(FALSE); /* re-export MAKEFLAGS */ else if (strcmp(line, ".CURDIR") == 0) { /* * Somone is being (too?) clever... * Let's pretend they know what they are doing and * re-initialize the 'cur' Path. */ Dir_InitCur(cp); Dir_SetPATH(); } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_JOB_PREFIX) == 0) { Job_SetPrefix(); } else if (strcmp(line, MAKE_EXPORTED) == 0) { Var_Export(cp, 0); } if (freeCp) free(cp); } /*- * ParseAddCmd -- * Lst_ForEach function to add a command line to all targets * * Input: * gnp the node to which the command is to be added * cmd the command to add * * Results: * Always 0 * * Side Effects: * A new element is added to the commands list of the node. */ static int ParseAddCmd(void *gnp, void *cmd) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; /* Add to last (ie current) cohort for :: targets */ if ((gn->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) && !Lst_IsEmpty (gn->cohorts)) gn = (GNode *)Lst_Datum(Lst_Last(gn->cohorts)); /* if target already supplied, ignore commands */ if (!(gn->type & OP_HAS_COMMANDS)) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd); ParseMark(gn); } else { #ifdef notyet /* XXX: We cannot do this until we fix the tree */ (void)Lst_AtEnd(gn->commands, cmd); Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "overriding commands for target \"%s\"; " "previous commands defined at %s: %d ignored", gn->name, gn->fname, gn->lineno); #else Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "duplicate script for target \"%s\" ignored", gn->name); ParseErrorInternal(gn->fname, gn->lineno, PARSE_WARNING, "using previous script for \"%s\" defined here", gn->name); #endif } return(0); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseHasCommands -- * Callback procedure for Parse_File when destroying the list of * targets on the last dependency line. Marks a target as already * having commands if it does, to keep from having shell commands * on multiple dependency lines. * * Input: * gnp Node to examine * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * OP_HAS_COMMANDS may be set for the target. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseHasCommands(void *gnp) { GNode *gn = (GNode *)gnp; if (!Lst_IsEmpty(gn->commands)) { gn->type |= OP_HAS_COMMANDS; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_AddIncludeDir -- * Add a directory to the path searched for included makefiles * bracketed by double-quotes. Used by functions in main.c * * Input: * dir The name of the directory to add * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The directory is appended to the list. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_AddIncludeDir(char *dir) { (void)Dir_AddDir(parseIncPath, dir); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseDoInclude -- * Push to another file. * * The input is the line minus the `.'. A file spec is a string * enclosed in <> or "". The former is looked for only in sysIncPath. * The latter in . and the directories specified by -I command line * options * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void Parse_include_file(char *file, Boolean isSystem, int silent) { struct loadedfile *lf; char *fullname; /* full pathname of file */ char *newName; char *prefEnd, *incdir; int fd; int i; /* * Now we know the file's name and its search path, we attempt to * find the durn thing. A return of NULL indicates the file don't * exist. */ fullname = file[0] == '/' ? bmake_strdup(file) : NULL; if (fullname == NULL && !isSystem) { /* * Include files contained in double-quotes are first searched for * relative to the including file's location. We don't want to * cd there, of course, so we just tack on the old file's * leading path components and call Dir_FindFile to see if * we can locate the beast. */ incdir = bmake_strdup(curFile->fname); prefEnd = strrchr(incdir, '/'); if (prefEnd != NULL) { *prefEnd = '\0'; /* Now do lexical processing of leading "../" on the filename */ for (i = 0; strncmp(file + i, "../", 3) == 0; i += 3) { prefEnd = strrchr(incdir + 1, '/'); if (prefEnd == NULL || strcmp(prefEnd, "/..") == 0) break; *prefEnd = '\0'; } newName = str_concat(incdir, file + i, STR_ADDSLASH); fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, parseIncPath); if (fullname == NULL) fullname = Dir_FindFile(newName, dirSearchPath); free(newName); } free(incdir); if (fullname == NULL) { /* * Makefile wasn't found in same directory as included makefile. * Search for it first on the -I search path, * then on the .PATH search path, if not found in a -I directory. * If we have a suffix specific path we should use that. */ char *suff; Lst suffPath = NULL; if ((suff = strrchr(file, '.'))) { suffPath = Suff_GetPath(suff); if (suffPath != NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, suffPath); } } if (fullname == NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, parseIncPath); if (fullname == NULL) { fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, dirSearchPath); } } } } /* Looking for a system file or file still not found */ if (fullname == NULL) { /* * Look for it on the system path */ fullname = Dir_FindFile(file, Lst_IsEmpty(sysIncPath) ? defIncPath : sysIncPath); } if (fullname == NULL) { if (!silent) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Could not find %s", file); return; } /* Actually open the file... */ fd = open(fullname, O_RDONLY); if (fd == -1) { if (!silent) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Cannot open %s", fullname); free(fullname); return; } /* load it */ lf = loadfile(fullname, fd); + ParseSetIncludedFile(); /* Start reading from this file next */ Parse_SetInput(fullname, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf); curFile->lf = lf; } static void ParseDoInclude(char *line) { char endc; /* the character which ends the file spec */ char *cp; /* current position in file spec */ int silent = (*line != 'i') ? 1 : 0; char *file = &line[7 + silent]; /* Skip to delimiter character so we know where to look */ while (*file == ' ' || *file == '\t') file++; if (*file != '"' && *file != '<') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, ".include filename must be delimited by '\"' or '<'"); return; } /* * Set the search path on which to find the include file based on the * characters which bracket its name. Angle-brackets imply it's * a system Makefile while double-quotes imply it's a user makefile */ if (*file == '<') { endc = '>'; } else { endc = '"'; } /* Skip to matching delimiter */ for (cp = ++file; *cp && *cp != endc; cp++) continue; if (*cp != endc) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unclosed %cinclude filename. '%c' expected", '.', endc); return; } *cp = '\0'; /* * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to * find the thing. */ file = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE); Parse_include_file(file, endc == '>', silent); free(file); } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- + * ParseSetIncludedFile -- + * Set the .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable to the contents of .PARSEFILE + * and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable to the contents of .PARSEDIR + * + * Results: + * None + * + * Side Effects: + * The .INCLUDEDFROMFILE variable is overwritten by the contents + * of .PARSEFILE and the .INCLUDEDFROMDIR variable is overwriten + * by the contents of .PARSEDIR + *--------------------------------------------------------------------- + */ +static void +ParseSetIncludedFile(void) +{ + char *pf, *fp = NULL; + char *pd, *dp = NULL; + + pf = Var_Value(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL, &fp); + Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", pf, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); + pd = Var_Value(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL, &dp); + Var_Set(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", pd, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); + + if (DEBUG(PARSE)) + fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.INCLUDEDFROMDIR} = `%s' " + "${.INCLUDEDFROMFILE} = `%s'\n", __func__, pd, pf); + + if (fp) + free(fp); + if (dp) + free(dp); +} +/*- + *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseSetParseFile -- * Set the .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables to the dirname and * basename of the given filename * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The .PARSEDIR and .PARSEFILE variables are overwritten by the * dirname and basename of the given filename. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseSetParseFile(const char *filename) { char *slash, *dirname; const char *pd, *pf; int len; slash = strrchr(filename, '/'); if (slash == NULL) { Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = curdir, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = filename, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); dirname= NULL; } else { len = slash - filename; dirname = bmake_malloc(len + 1); memcpy(dirname, filename, len); dirname[len] = '\0'; Var_Set(".PARSEDIR", pd = dirname, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(".PARSEFILE", pf = slash + 1, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } if (DEBUG(PARSE)) - fprintf(debug_file, "ParseSetParseFile: ${.PARSEDIR} = `%s' " - "${.PARSEFILE} = `%s'\n", pd, pf); + fprintf(debug_file, "%s: ${.PARSEDIR} = `%s' ${.PARSEFILE} = `%s'\n", + __func__, pd, pf); free(dirname); } /* * Track the makefiles we read - so makefiles can * set dependencies on them. * Avoid adding anything more than once. */ static void ParseTrackInput(const char *name) { char *old; char *fp = NULL; size_t name_len = strlen(name); old = Var_Value(MAKE_MAKEFILES, VAR_GLOBAL, &fp); if (old) { /* does it contain name? */ for (; old != NULL; old = strchr(old, ' ')) { if (*old == ' ') old++; if (memcmp(old, name, name_len) == 0 && (old[name_len] == 0 || old[name_len] == ' ')) goto cleanup; } } Var_Append (MAKE_MAKEFILES, name, VAR_GLOBAL); cleanup: if (fp) { free(fp); } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_setInput -- * Start Parsing from the given source * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFile are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_SetInput(const char *name, int line, int fd, char *(*nextbuf)(void *, size_t *), void *arg) { char *buf; size_t len; if (name == NULL) name = curFile->fname; else ParseTrackInput(name); if (DEBUG(PARSE)) - fprintf(debug_file, "Parse_SetInput: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n", - name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg); + fprintf(debug_file, "%s: file %s, line %d, fd %d, nextbuf %p, arg %p\n", + __func__, name, line, fd, nextbuf, arg); if (fd == -1 && nextbuf == NULL) /* sanity */ return; if (curFile != NULL) /* Save exiting file info */ Lst_AtFront(includes, curFile); /* Allocate and fill in new structure */ curFile = bmake_malloc(sizeof *curFile); /* * Once the previous state has been saved, we can get down to reading * the new file. We set up the name of the file to be the absolute * name of the include file so error messages refer to the right * place. */ curFile->fname = bmake_strdup(name); curFile->lineno = line; curFile->first_lineno = line; curFile->nextbuf = nextbuf; curFile->nextbuf_arg = arg; curFile->lf = NULL; assert(nextbuf != NULL); /* Get first block of input data */ buf = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len); if (buf == NULL) { /* Was all a waste of time ... */ if (curFile->fname) free(curFile->fname); free(curFile); return; } curFile->P_str = buf; curFile->P_ptr = buf; curFile->P_end = buf+len; curFile->cond_depth = Cond_save_depth(); ParseSetParseFile(name); } #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseTraditionalInclude -- * Push to another file. * * The input is the current line. The file name(s) are * following the "include". * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * A structure is added to the includes Lst and readProc, lineno, * fname and curFILE are altered for the new file *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseTraditionalInclude(char *line) { char *cp; /* current position in file spec */ int done = 0; int silent = (line[0] != 'i') ? 1 : 0; char *file = &line[silent + 7]; char *all_files; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { - fprintf(debug_file, "ParseTraditionalInclude: %s\n", file); + fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, file); } /* * Skip over whitespace */ while (isspace((unsigned char)*file)) file++; /* * Substitute for any variables in the file name before trying to * find the thing. */ all_files = Var_Subst(NULL, file, VAR_CMD, FALSE); if (*file == '\0') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Filename missing from \"include\""); return; } for (file = all_files; !done; file = cp + 1) { /* Skip to end of line or next whitespace */ for (cp = file; *cp && !isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; if (*cp) *cp = '\0'; else done = 1; Parse_include_file(file, FALSE, silent); } free(all_files); } #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseGmakeExport -- * Parse export = * * And set the environment with it. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * None *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseGmakeExport(char *line) { char *variable = &line[6]; char *value; if (DEBUG(PARSE)) { - fprintf(debug_file, "ParseGmakeExport: %s\n", variable); + fprintf(debug_file, "%s: %s\n", __func__, variable); } /* * Skip over whitespace */ while (isspace((unsigned char)*variable)) variable++; for (value = variable; *value && *value != '='; value++) continue; if (*value != '=') { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Variable/Value missing from \"export\""); return; } *value++ = '\0'; /* terminate variable */ /* * Expand the value before putting it in the environment. */ value = Var_Subst(NULL, value, VAR_CMD, FALSE); setenv(variable, value, 1); } #endif /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseEOF -- * Called when EOF is reached in the current file. If we were reading * an include file, the includes stack is popped and things set up * to go back to reading the previous file at the previous location. * * Results: * CONTINUE if there's more to do. DONE if not. * * Side Effects: * The old curFILE, is closed. The includes list is shortened. * lineno, curFILE, and fname are changed if CONTINUE is returned. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static int ParseEOF(void) { char *ptr; size_t len; assert(curFile->nextbuf != NULL); /* get next input buffer, if any */ ptr = curFile->nextbuf(curFile->nextbuf_arg, &len); curFile->P_ptr = ptr; curFile->P_str = ptr; curFile->P_end = ptr + len; curFile->lineno = curFile->first_lineno; if (ptr != NULL) { /* Iterate again */ return CONTINUE; } /* Ensure the makefile (or loop) didn't have mismatched conditionals */ Cond_restore_depth(curFile->cond_depth); if (curFile->lf != NULL) { loadedfile_destroy(curFile->lf); curFile->lf = NULL; } /* Dispose of curFile info */ /* Leak curFile->fname because all the gnodes have pointers to it */ free(curFile->P_str); free(curFile); curFile = Lst_DeQueue(includes); if (curFile == NULL) { /* We've run out of input */ Var_Delete(".PARSEDIR", VAR_GLOBAL); Var_Delete(".PARSEFILE", VAR_GLOBAL); + Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMDIR", VAR_GLOBAL); + Var_Delete(".INCLUDEDFROMFILE", VAR_GLOBAL); return DONE; } if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseEOF: returning to file %s, line %d\n", curFile->fname, curFile->lineno); /* Restore the PARSEDIR/PARSEFILE variables */ ParseSetParseFile(curFile->fname); return (CONTINUE); } #define PARSE_RAW 1 #define PARSE_SKIP 2 static char * ParseGetLine(int flags, int *length) { IFile *cf = curFile; char *ptr; char ch; char *line; char *line_end; char *escaped; char *comment; char *tp; /* Loop through blank lines and comment lines */ for (;;) { cf->lineno++; line = cf->P_ptr; ptr = line; line_end = line; escaped = NULL; comment = NULL; for (;;) { if (cf->P_end != NULL && ptr == cf->P_end) { /* end of buffer */ ch = 0; break; } ch = *ptr; if (ch == 0 || (ch == '\\' && ptr[1] == 0)) { if (cf->P_end == NULL) /* End of string (aka for loop) data */ break; /* see if there is more we can parse */ while (ptr++ < cf->P_end) { if ((ch = *ptr) == '\n') { if (ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '\\') continue; Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Zero byte read from file, skipping rest of line."); break; } } if (cf->nextbuf != NULL) { /* * End of this buffer; return EOF and outer logic * will get the next one. (eww) */ break; } Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Zero byte read from file"); return NULL; } if (ch == '\\') { /* Don't treat next character as special, remember first one */ if (escaped == NULL) escaped = ptr; if (ptr[1] == '\n') cf->lineno++; ptr += 2; line_end = ptr; continue; } if (ch == '#' && comment == NULL) { /* Remember first '#' for comment stripping */ /* Unless previous char was '[', as in modifier :[#] */ if (!(ptr > line && ptr[-1] == '[')) comment = line_end; } ptr++; if (ch == '\n') break; if (!isspace((unsigned char)ch)) /* We are not interested in trailing whitespace */ line_end = ptr; } /* Save next 'to be processed' location */ cf->P_ptr = ptr; /* Check we have a non-comment, non-blank line */ if (line_end == line || comment == line) { if (ch == 0) /* At end of file */ return NULL; /* Parse another line */ continue; } /* We now have a line of data */ *line_end = 0; if (flags & PARSE_RAW) { /* Leave '\' (etc) in line buffer (eg 'for' lines) */ *length = line_end - line; return line; } if (flags & PARSE_SKIP) { /* Completely ignore non-directives */ if (line[0] != '.') continue; /* We could do more of the .else/.elif/.endif checks here */ } break; } /* Brutally ignore anything after a non-escaped '#' in non-commands */ if (comment != NULL && line[0] != '\t') { line_end = comment; *line_end = 0; } /* If we didn't see a '\\' then the in-situ data is fine */ if (escaped == NULL) { *length = line_end - line; return line; } /* Remove escapes from '\n' and '#' */ tp = ptr = escaped; escaped = line; for (; ; *tp++ = ch) { ch = *ptr++; if (ch != '\\') { if (ch == 0) break; continue; } ch = *ptr++; if (ch == 0) { /* Delete '\\' at end of buffer */ tp--; break; } if (ch == '#' && line[0] != '\t') /* Delete '\\' from before '#' on non-command lines */ continue; if (ch != '\n') { /* Leave '\\' in buffer for later */ *tp++ = '\\'; /* Make sure we don't delete an escaped ' ' from the line end */ escaped = tp + 1; continue; } /* Escaped '\n' replace following whitespace with a single ' ' */ while (ptr[0] == ' ' || ptr[0] == '\t') ptr++; ch = ' '; } /* Delete any trailing spaces - eg from empty continuations */ while (tp > escaped && isspace((unsigned char)tp[-1])) tp--; *tp = 0; *length = tp - line; return line; } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseReadLine -- * Read an entire line from the input file. Called only by Parse_File. * * Results: * A line w/o its newline * * Side Effects: * Only those associated with reading a character *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * ParseReadLine(void) { char *line; /* Result */ int lineLength; /* Length of result */ int lineno; /* Saved line # */ int rval; for (;;) { line = ParseGetLine(0, &lineLength); if (line == NULL) return NULL; if (line[0] != '.') return line; /* * The line might be a conditional. Ask the conditional module * about it and act accordingly */ switch (Cond_Eval(line)) { case COND_SKIP: /* Skip to next conditional that evaluates to COND_PARSE. */ do { line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_SKIP, &lineLength); } while (line && Cond_Eval(line) != COND_PARSE); if (line == NULL) break; continue; case COND_PARSE: continue; case COND_INVALID: /* Not a conditional line */ /* Check for .for loops */ rval = For_Eval(line); if (rval == 0) /* Not a .for line */ break; if (rval < 0) /* Syntax error - error printed, ignore line */ continue; /* Start of a .for loop */ lineno = curFile->lineno; /* Accumulate loop lines until matching .endfor */ do { line = ParseGetLine(PARSE_RAW, &lineLength); if (line == NULL) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unexpected end of file in for loop."); break; } } while (For_Accum(line)); /* Stash each iteration as a new 'input file' */ For_Run(lineno); /* Read next line from for-loop buffer */ continue; } return (line); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseFinishLine -- * Handle the end of a dependency group. * * Results: * Nothing. * * Side Effects: * inLine set FALSE. 'targets' list destroyed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseFinishLine(void) { if (inLine) { Lst_ForEach(targets, Suff_EndTransform, NULL); Lst_Destroy(targets, ParseHasCommands); targets = NULL; inLine = FALSE; } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_File -- * Parse a file into its component parts, incorporating it into the * current dependency graph. This is the main function and controls * almost every other function in this module * * Input: * name the name of the file being read * fd Open file to makefile to parse * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * closes fd. * Loads. Nodes are added to the list of all targets, nodes and links * are added to the dependency graph. etc. etc. etc. *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_File(const char *name, int fd) { char *cp; /* pointer into the line */ char *line; /* the line we're working on */ struct loadedfile *lf; lf = loadfile(name, fd); inLine = FALSE; fatals = 0; if (name == NULL) { name = "(stdin)"; } Parse_SetInput(name, 0, -1, loadedfile_nextbuf, lf); curFile->lf = lf; do { for (; (line = ParseReadLine()) != NULL; ) { if (DEBUG(PARSE)) fprintf(debug_file, "ParseReadLine (%d): '%s'\n", curFile->lineno, line); if (*line == '.') { /* * Lines that begin with the special character may be * include or undef directives. * On the other hand they can be suffix rules (.c.o: ...) * or just dependencies for filenames that start '.'. */ for (cp = line + 1; isspace((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { continue; } if (strncmp(cp, "include", 7) == 0 || ((cp[0] == 's' || cp[0] == '-') && strncmp(&cp[1], "include", 7) == 0)) { ParseDoInclude(cp); continue; } if (strncmp(cp, "undef", 5) == 0) { char *cp2; for (cp += 5; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; for (cp2 = cp; !isspace((unsigned char) *cp2) && (*cp2 != '\0'); cp2++) continue; *cp2 = '\0'; Var_Delete(cp, VAR_GLOBAL); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "export", 6) == 0) { for (cp += 6; isspace((unsigned char) *cp); cp++) continue; Var_Export(cp, 1); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "unexport", 8) == 0) { Var_UnExport(cp); continue; } else if (strncmp(cp, "info", 4) == 0 || strncmp(cp, "error", 5) == 0 || strncmp(cp, "warning", 7) == 0) { if (ParseMessage(cp)) continue; } } if (*line == '\t') { /* * If a line starts with a tab, it can only hope to be * a creation command. */ cp = line + 1; shellCommand: for (; isspace ((unsigned char)*cp); cp++) { continue; } if (*cp) { if (!inLine) Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Unassociated shell command \"%s\"", cp); /* * So long as it's not a blank line and we're actually * in a dependency spec, add the command to the list of * commands of all targets in the dependency spec */ if (targets) { cp = bmake_strdup(cp); Lst_ForEach(targets, ParseAddCmd, cp); #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_AtEnd(targCmds, cp); #endif } } continue; } #ifdef SYSVINCLUDE if (((strncmp(line, "include", 7) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[7])) || ((line[0] == 's' || line[0] == '-') && strncmp(&line[1], "include", 7) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[8]))) && strchr(line, ':') == NULL) { /* * It's an S3/S5-style "include". */ ParseTraditionalInclude(line); continue; } #endif #ifdef GMAKEEXPORT if (strncmp(line, "export", 6) == 0 && isspace((unsigned char) line[6]) && strchr(line, ':') == NULL) { /* * It's a Gmake "export". */ ParseGmakeExport(line); continue; } #endif if (Parse_IsVar(line)) { ParseFinishLine(); Parse_DoVar(line, VAR_GLOBAL); continue; } #ifndef POSIX /* * To make life easier on novices, if the line is indented we * first make sure the line has a dependency operator in it. * If it doesn't have an operator and we're in a dependency * line's script, we assume it's actually a shell command * and add it to the current list of targets. */ cp = line; if (isspace((unsigned char) line[0])) { while ((*cp != '\0') && isspace((unsigned char) *cp)) cp++; while (*cp && (ParseIsEscaped(line, cp) || (*cp != ':') && (*cp != '!'))) { cp++; } if (*cp == '\0') { if (inLine) { Parse_Error(PARSE_WARNING, "Shell command needs a leading tab"); goto shellCommand; } } } #endif ParseFinishLine(); /* * For some reason - probably to make the parser impossible - * a ';' can be used to separate commands from dependencies. * Attempt to avoid ';' inside substitution patterns. */ { int level = 0; for (cp = line; *cp != 0; cp++) { if (*cp == '\\' && cp[1] != 0) { cp++; continue; } if (*cp == '$' && (cp[1] == '(' || cp[1] == '{')) { level++; continue; } if (level > 0) { if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { level--; continue; } } else if (*cp == ';') { break; } } } if (*cp != 0) /* Terminate the dependency list at the ';' */ *cp++ = 0; else cp = NULL; /* * We now know it's a dependency line so it needs to have all * variables expanded before being parsed. Tell the variable * module to complain if some variable is undefined... */ line = Var_Subst(NULL, line, VAR_CMD, TRUE); /* * Need a non-circular list for the target nodes */ if (targets) Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL); targets = Lst_Init(FALSE); inLine = TRUE; ParseDoDependency(line); free(line); /* If there were commands after a ';', add them now */ if (cp != NULL) { goto shellCommand; } } /* * Reached EOF, but it may be just EOF of an include file... */ } while (ParseEOF() == CONTINUE); if (fatals) { (void)fflush(stdout); (void)fprintf(stderr, "%s: Fatal errors encountered -- cannot continue", progname); PrintOnError(NULL, NULL); exit(1); } } /*- *--------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_Init -- * initialize the parsing module * * Results: * none * * Side Effects: * the parseIncPath list is initialized... *--------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Parse_Init(void) { mainNode = NULL; parseIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); sysIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); defIncPath = Lst_Init(FALSE); includes = Lst_Init(FALSE); #ifdef CLEANUP targCmds = Lst_Init(FALSE); #endif } void Parse_End(void) { #ifdef CLEANUP Lst_Destroy(targCmds, (FreeProc *)free); if (targets) Lst_Destroy(targets, NULL); Lst_Destroy(defIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(sysIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(parseIncPath, Dir_Destroy); Lst_Destroy(includes, NULL); /* Should be empty now */ #endif } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Parse_MainName -- * Return a Lst of the main target to create for main()'s sake. If * no such target exists, we Punt with an obnoxious error message. * * Results: * A Lst of the single node to create. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Lst Parse_MainName(void) { Lst mainList; /* result list */ mainList = Lst_Init(FALSE); if (mainNode == NULL) { Punt("no target to make."); /*NOTREACHED*/ } else if (mainNode->type & OP_DOUBLEDEP) { (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode); Lst_Concat(mainList, mainNode->cohorts, LST_CONCNEW); } else (void)Lst_AtEnd(mainList, mainNode); Var_Append(".TARGETS", mainNode->name, VAR_GLOBAL); return (mainList); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * ParseMark -- * Add the filename and lineno to the GNode so that we remember * where it was first defined. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void ParseMark(GNode *gn) { gn->fname = curFile->fname; gn->lineno = curFile->lineno; } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/str.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/str.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/str.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,508 +1,514 @@ -/* $NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: str.c,v 1.35 2014/02/12 01:35:56 sjg Exp $ */ /*- * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /*- * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.35 2014/02/12 01:35:56 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)str.c 5.8 (Berkeley) 6/1/90"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.34 2012/03/03 23:16:47 dholland Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: str.c,v 1.35 2014/02/12 01:35:56 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif #include "make.h" /*- * str_concat -- * concatenate the two strings, inserting a space or slash between them, * freeing them if requested. * * returns -- * the resulting string in allocated space. */ char * str_concat(const char *s1, const char *s2, int flags) { int len1, len2; char *result; /* get the length of both strings */ len1 = strlen(s1); len2 = strlen(s2); /* allocate length plus separator plus EOS */ result = bmake_malloc((u_int)(len1 + len2 + 2)); /* copy first string into place */ memcpy(result, s1, len1); /* add separator character */ if (flags & STR_ADDSPACE) { result[len1] = ' '; ++len1; } else if (flags & STR_ADDSLASH) { result[len1] = '/'; ++len1; } /* copy second string plus EOS into place */ memcpy(result + len1, s2, len2 + 1); return(result); } /*- * brk_string -- * Fracture a string into an array of words (as delineated by tabs or * spaces) taking quotation marks into account. Leading tabs/spaces * are ignored. * * If expand is TRUE, quotes are removed and escape sequences * such as \r, \t, etc... are expanded. * * returns -- * Pointer to the array of pointers to the words. * Memory containing the actual words in *buffer. * Both of these must be free'd by the caller. * Number of words in *store_argc. */ char ** brk_string(const char *str, int *store_argc, Boolean expand, char **buffer) { int argc, ch; char inquote, *start, *t; const char *p; int len; int argmax = 50, curlen = 0; - char **argv = bmake_malloc((argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *)); + char **argv; /* skip leading space chars. */ for (; *str == ' ' || *str == '\t'; ++str) continue; /* allocate room for a copy of the string */ if ((len = strlen(str) + 1) > curlen) *buffer = bmake_malloc(curlen = len); + + /* + * initial argmax based on len + */ + argmax = MAX((len / 5), 50); + argv = bmake_malloc((argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *)); /* * copy the string; at the same time, parse backslashes, * quotes and build the argument list. */ argc = 0; inquote = '\0'; for (p = str, start = t = *buffer;; ++p) { switch(ch = *p) { case '"': case '\'': if (inquote) { if (inquote == ch) inquote = '\0'; else break; } else { inquote = (char) ch; /* Don't miss "" or '' */ if (start == NULL && p[1] == inquote) { if (!expand) { start = t; *t++ = ch; } else start = t + 1; p++; inquote = '\0'; break; } } if (!expand) { if (!start) start = t; *t++ = ch; } continue; case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': if (inquote) break; if (!start) continue; /* FALLTHROUGH */ case '\0': /* * end of a token -- make sure there's enough argv * space and save off a pointer. */ if (!start) goto done; *t++ = '\0'; if (argc == argmax) { argmax *= 2; /* ramp up fast */ argv = (char **)bmake_realloc(argv, (argmax + 1) * sizeof(char *)); } argv[argc++] = start; start = NULL; if (ch == '\n' || ch == '\0') { if (expand && inquote) { free(argv); free(*buffer); *buffer = NULL; return NULL; } goto done; } continue; case '\\': if (!expand) { if (!start) start = t; *t++ = '\\'; if (*(p+1) == '\0') /* catch '\' at end of line */ continue; ch = *++p; break; } switch (ch = *++p) { case '\0': case '\n': /* hmmm; fix it up as best we can */ ch = '\\'; --p; break; case 'b': ch = '\b'; break; case 'f': ch = '\f'; break; case 'n': ch = '\n'; break; case 'r': ch = '\r'; break; case 't': ch = '\t'; break; } break; } if (!start) start = t; *t++ = (char) ch; } done: argv[argc] = NULL; *store_argc = argc; return(argv); } /* * Str_FindSubstring -- See if a string contains a particular substring. * * Input: * string String to search. * substring Substring to find in string. * * Results: If string contains substring, the return value is the location of * the first matching instance of substring in string. If string doesn't * contain substring, the return value is NULL. Matching is done on an exact * character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters. * * Side effects: None. */ char * Str_FindSubstring(const char *string, const char *substring) { const char *a, *b; /* * First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a single- * character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the * substring. */ for (b = substring; *string != 0; string += 1) { if (*string != *b) continue; a = string; for (;;) { if (*b == 0) return UNCONST(string); if (*a++ != *b++) break; } b = substring; } return NULL; } /* * Str_Match -- * * See if a particular string matches a particular pattern. * * Results: Non-zero is returned if string matches pattern, 0 otherwise. The * matching operation permits the following special characters in the * pattern: *?\[] (see the man page for details on what these mean). * * XXX this function does not detect or report malformed patterns. * * Side effects: None. */ int Str_Match(const char *string, const char *pattern) { char c2; for (;;) { /* * See if we're at the end of both the pattern and the * string. If, we succeeded. If we're at the end of the * pattern but not at the end of the string, we failed. */ if (*pattern == 0) return(!*string); if (*string == 0 && *pattern != '*') return(0); /* * Check for a "*" as the next pattern character. It matches * any substring. We handle this by calling ourselves * recursively for each postfix of string, until either we * match or we reach the end of the string. */ if (*pattern == '*') { pattern += 1; if (*pattern == 0) return(1); while (*string != 0) { if (Str_Match(string, pattern)) return(1); ++string; } return(0); } /* * Check for a "?" as the next pattern character. It matches * any single character. */ if (*pattern == '?') goto thisCharOK; /* * Check for a "[" as the next pattern character. It is * followed by a list of characters that are acceptable, or * by a range (two characters separated by "-"). */ if (*pattern == '[') { ++pattern; for (;;) { if ((*pattern == ']') || (*pattern == 0)) return(0); if (*pattern == *string) break; if (pattern[1] == '-') { c2 = pattern[2]; if (c2 == 0) return(0); if ((*pattern <= *string) && (c2 >= *string)) break; if ((*pattern >= *string) && (c2 <= *string)) break; pattern += 2; } ++pattern; } while ((*pattern != ']') && (*pattern != 0)) ++pattern; goto thisCharOK; } /* * If the next pattern character is '/', just strip off the * '/' so we do exact matching on the character that follows. */ if (*pattern == '\\') { ++pattern; if (*pattern == 0) return(0); } /* * There's no special character. Just make sure that the * next characters of each string match. */ if (*pattern != *string) return(0); thisCharOK: ++pattern; ++string; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Str_SYSVMatch -- * Check word against pattern for a match (% is wild), * * Input: * word Word to examine * pattern Pattern to examine against * len Number of characters to substitute * * Results: * Returns the beginning position of a match or null. The number * of characters matched is returned in len. * * Side Effects: * None * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Str_SYSVMatch(const char *word, const char *pattern, int *len) { const char *p = pattern; const char *w = word; const char *m; if (*p == '\0') { /* Null pattern is the whole string */ *len = strlen(w); return UNCONST(w); } if ((m = strchr(p, '%')) != NULL) { /* check that the prefix matches */ for (; p != m && *w && *w == *p; w++, p++) continue; if (p != m) return NULL; /* No match */ if (*++p == '\0') { /* No more pattern, return the rest of the string */ *len = strlen(w); return UNCONST(w); } } m = w; /* Find a matching tail */ do if (strcmp(p, w) == 0) { *len = w - m; return UNCONST(m); } while (*w++ != '\0'); return NULL; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Str_SYSVSubst -- * Substitute '%' on the pattern with len characters from src. * If the pattern does not contain a '%' prepend len characters * from src. * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * Places result on buf * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Str_SYSVSubst(Buffer *buf, char *pat, char *src, int len) { char *m; if ((m = strchr(pat, '%')) != NULL) { /* Copy the prefix */ Buf_AddBytes(buf, m - pat, pat); /* skip the % */ pat = m + 1; } /* Copy the pattern */ Buf_AddBytes(buf, len, src); /* append the rest */ Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(pat), pat); } Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/util.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/util.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/util.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,619 +1,622 @@ -/* $NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $ */ /* * Missing stuff from OS's * - * $Id: util.c,v 1.32 2012/06/06 20:08:44 sjg Exp $ + * $Id: util.c,v 1.33 2014/01/02 02:29:49 sjg Exp $ */ +#if defined(__MINT__) || defined(__linux__) +#include +#endif #include "make.h" #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $"; #else #ifndef lint -__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.53 2012/06/04 22:45:05 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: util.c,v 1.54 2013/11/26 13:44:41 joerg Exp $"); #endif #endif #include #include #include #if !defined(HAVE_STRERROR) extern int errno, sys_nerr; extern char *sys_errlist[]; char * strerror(int e) { static char buf[100]; if (e < 0 || e >= sys_nerr) { snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "Unknown error %d", e); return buf; } else return sys_errlist[e]; } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_GETENV) || !defined(HAVE_SETENV) || !defined(HAVE_UNSETENV) extern char **environ; static char * findenv(const char *name, int *offset) { size_t i, len; char *p, *q; len = strlen(name); for (i = 0; (q = environ[i]); i++) { p = strchr(q, '='); if (p == NULL || p - q != len) continue; if (strncmp(name, q, len) == 0) { *offset = i; return q + len + 1; } } *offset = i; return NULL; } char * getenv(const char *name) { int offset; return(findenv(name, &offset)); } int unsetenv(const char *name) { char **p; int offset; if (name == NULL || *name == '\0' || strchr(name, '=') != NULL) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } while (findenv(name, &offset)) { /* if set multiple times */ for (p = &environ[offset];; ++p) if (!(*p = *(p + 1))) break; } return 0; } int setenv(const char *name, const char *value, int rewrite) { char *c, **newenv; const char *cc; size_t l_value, size; int offset; if (name == NULL || value == NULL) { errno = EINVAL; return -1; } if (*value == '=') /* no `=' in value */ ++value; l_value = strlen(value); /* find if already exists */ if ((c = findenv(name, &offset))) { if (!rewrite) return 0; if (strlen(c) >= l_value) /* old larger; copy over */ goto copy; } else { /* create new slot */ size = sizeof(char *) * (offset + 2); if (savedEnv == environ) { /* just increase size */ if ((newenv = realloc(savedEnv, size)) == NULL) return -1; savedEnv = newenv; } else { /* get new space */ /* * We don't free here because we don't know if * the first allocation is valid on all OS's */ if ((savedEnv = malloc(size)) == NULL) return -1; (void)memcpy(savedEnv, environ, size - sizeof(char *)); } environ = savedEnv; environ[offset + 1] = NULL; } for (cc = name; *cc && *cc != '='; ++cc) /* no `=' in name */ continue; size = cc - name; /* name + `=' + value */ if ((environ[offset] = malloc(size + l_value + 2)) == NULL) return -1; c = environ[offset]; (void)memcpy(c, name, size); c += size; *c++ = '='; copy: (void)memcpy(c, value, l_value + 1); return 0; } #ifdef TEST int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { setenv(argv[1], argv[2], 0); printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1])); unsetenv(argv[1]); printf("%s\n", getenv(argv[1])); return 0; } #endif #endif #if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux) /* strrcpy(): * Like strcpy, going backwards and returning the new pointer */ static char * strrcpy(char *ptr, char *str) { int len = strlen(str); while (len) *--ptr = str[--len]; return (ptr); } /* end strrcpy */ char *sys_siglist[] = { "Signal 0", "Hangup", /* SIGHUP */ "Interrupt", /* SIGINT */ "Quit", /* SIGQUIT */ "Illegal instruction", /* SIGILL */ "Trace/BPT trap", /* SIGTRAP */ "IOT trap", /* SIGIOT */ "EMT trap", /* SIGEMT */ "Floating point exception", /* SIGFPE */ "Killed", /* SIGKILL */ "Bus error", /* SIGBUS */ "Segmentation fault", /* SIGSEGV */ "Bad system call", /* SIGSYS */ "Broken pipe", /* SIGPIPE */ "Alarm clock", /* SIGALRM */ "Terminated", /* SIGTERM */ "User defined signal 1", /* SIGUSR1 */ "User defined signal 2", /* SIGUSR2 */ "Child exited", /* SIGCLD */ "Power-fail restart", /* SIGPWR */ "Virtual timer expired", /* SIGVTALRM */ "Profiling timer expired", /* SIGPROF */ "I/O possible", /* SIGIO */ "Window size changes", /* SIGWINDOW */ "Stopped (signal)", /* SIGSTOP */ "Stopped", /* SIGTSTP */ "Continued", /* SIGCONT */ "Stopped (tty input)", /* SIGTTIN */ "Stopped (tty output)", /* SIGTTOU */ "Urgent I/O condition", /* SIGURG */ "Remote lock lost (NFS)", /* SIGLOST */ "Signal 31", /* reserved */ "DIL signal" /* SIGDIL */ }; #endif /* __hpux__ || __hpux */ #if defined(__hpux__) || defined(__hpux) #include #include #include #include #include #include #include int killpg(int pid, int sig) { return kill(-pid, sig); } #if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux) void srandom(long seed) { srand48(seed); } long random(void) { return lrand48(); } #endif #if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux) int utimes(char *file, struct timeval tvp[2]) { struct utimbuf t; t.actime = tvp[0].tv_sec; t.modtime = tvp[1].tv_sec; return(utime(file, &t)); } #endif #if !defined(BSD) && !defined(d_fileno) # define d_fileno d_ino #endif #ifndef DEV_DEV_COMPARE # define DEV_DEV_COMPARE(a, b) ((a) == (b)) #endif #define ISDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && (((c)[1] == '\0') || ((c)[1] == '/'))) #define ISDOTDOT(c) ((c)[0] == '.' && ISDOT(&((c)[1]))) char * getwd(char *pathname) { DIR *dp; struct dirent *d; extern int errno; struct stat st_root, st_cur, st_next, st_dotdot; char pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN], nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN * 2]; char *pathptr, *nextpathptr, *cur_name_add; /* find the inode of root */ if (stat("/", &st_root) == -1) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot stat \"/\" (%s)", strerror(errno)); return NULL; } pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0'; pathptr = &pathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1]; nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = '\0'; cur_name_add = nextpathptr = &nextpathbuf[MAXPATHLEN - 1]; /* find the inode of the current directory */ if (lstat(".", &st_cur) == -1) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot stat \".\" (%s)", strerror(errno)); return NULL; } nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../"); /* Descend to root */ for (;;) { /* look if we found root yet */ if (st_cur.st_ino == st_root.st_ino && DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_cur.st_dev, st_root.st_dev)) { (void)strcpy(pathname, *pathptr != '/' ? "/" : pathptr); return (pathname); } /* open the parent directory */ if (stat(nextpathptr, &st_dotdot) == -1) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot stat directory \"%s\" (%s)", nextpathptr, strerror(errno)); return NULL; } if ((dp = opendir(nextpathptr)) == NULL) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot open directory \"%s\" (%s)", nextpathptr, strerror(errno)); return NULL; } /* look in the parent for the entry with the same inode */ if (DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_dotdot.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev)) { /* Parent has same device. No need to stat every member */ for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp)) if (d->d_fileno == st_cur.st_ino) break; } else { /* * Parent has a different device. This is a mount point so we * need to stat every member */ for (d = readdir(dp); d != NULL; d = readdir(dp)) { if (ISDOT(d->d_name) || ISDOTDOT(d->d_name)) continue; (void)strcpy(cur_name_add, d->d_name); if (lstat(nextpathptr, &st_next) == -1) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot stat \"%s\" (%s)", d->d_name, strerror(errno)); (void)closedir(dp); return NULL; } /* check if we found it yet */ if (st_next.st_ino == st_cur.st_ino && DEV_DEV_COMPARE(st_next.st_dev, st_cur.st_dev)) break; } } if (d == NULL) { (void)sprintf(pathname, "getwd: Cannot find \".\" in \"..\""); (void)closedir(dp); return NULL; } st_cur = st_dotdot; pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, d->d_name); pathptr = strrcpy(pathptr, "/"); nextpathptr = strrcpy(nextpathptr, "../"); (void)closedir(dp); *cur_name_add = '\0'; } } /* end getwd */ #endif /* __hpux */ #if !defined(HAVE_GETCWD) char * getcwd(path, sz) char *path; int sz; { return getwd(path); } #endif /* force posix signals */ void (* bmake_signal(int s, void (*a)(int)))(int) { struct sigaction sa, osa; sa.sa_handler = a; sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask); sa.sa_flags = SA_RESTART; if (sigaction(s, &sa, &osa) == -1) return SIG_ERR; else return osa.sa_handler; } #if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) || !defined(HAVE_VASPRINTF) #include #endif #if !defined(HAVE_VSNPRINTF) #if !defined(__osf__) #ifdef _IOSTRG #define STRFLAG (_IOSTRG|_IOWRT) /* no _IOWRT: avoid stdio bug */ #else #if 0 #define STRFLAG (_IOREAD) /* XXX: Assume svr4 stdio */ #endif #endif /* _IOSTRG */ #endif /* __osf__ */ int vsnprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, va_list args) { #ifdef STRFLAG FILE fakebuf; fakebuf._flag = STRFLAG; /* * Some os's are char * _ptr, others are unsigned char *_ptr... * We cast to void * to make everyone happy. */ fakebuf._ptr = (void *)s; fakebuf._cnt = n-1; fakebuf._file = -1; _doprnt(fmt, args, &fakebuf); fakebuf._cnt++; putc('\0', &fakebuf); if (fakebuf._cnt<0) fakebuf._cnt = 0; return (n-fakebuf._cnt-1); #else #ifndef _PATH_DEVNULL # define _PATH_DEVNULL "/dev/null" #endif /* * Rats... we don't want to clobber anything... * do a printf to /dev/null to see how much space we need. */ static FILE *nullfp; int need = 0; /* XXX what's a useful error return? */ if (!nullfp) nullfp = fopen(_PATH_DEVNULL, "w"); if (nullfp) { need = vfprintf(nullfp, fmt, args); if (need < n) (void)vsprintf(s, fmt, args); } return need; #endif } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_SNPRINTF) int snprintf(char *s, size_t n, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; int rv; va_start(ap, fmt); rv = vsnprintf(s, n, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); return rv; } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_STRFTIME) size_t strftime(char *buf, size_t len, const char *fmt, const struct tm *tm) { static char months[][4] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" }; size_t s; char *b = buf; while (*fmt) { if (len == 0) return buf - b; if (*fmt != '%') { *buf++ = *fmt++; len--; continue; } switch (*fmt++) { case '%': *buf++ = '%'; len--; if (len == 0) return buf - b; /*FALLTHROUGH*/ case '\0': *buf = '%'; s = 1; break; case 'k': s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", tm->tm_hour); break; case 'M': s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_min); break; case 'S': s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_sec); break; case 'b': if (tm->tm_mon >= 12) return buf - b; s = snprintf(buf, len, "%s", months[tm->tm_mon]); break; case 'd': s = snprintf(buf, len, "%02d", tm->tm_mday); break; case 'Y': s = snprintf(buf, len, "%d", 1900 + tm->tm_year); break; default: s = snprintf(buf, len, "Unsupported format %c", fmt[-1]); break; } buf += s; len -= s; } } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_KILLPG) #if !defined(__hpux__) && !defined(__hpux) int killpg(int pid, int sig) { return kill(-pid, sig); } #endif #endif #if !defined(HAVE_WARNX) static void vwarnx(const char *fmt, va_list args) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: ", progname); if ((fmt)) { vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args); fprintf(stderr, ": "); } } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_WARN) static void vwarn(const char *fmt, va_list args) { vwarnx(fmt, args); fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", strerror(errno)); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_ERR) static void verr(int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args) { vwarn(fmt, args); exit(eval); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_ERRX) static void verrx(int eval, const char *fmt, va_list args) { vwarnx(fmt, args); exit(eval); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_ERR) void err(int eval, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); verr(eval, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_ERRX) void errx(int eval, const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); verrx(eval, fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_WARN) void warn(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); vwarn(fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } #endif #if !defined(HAVE_WARNX) void warnx(const char *fmt, ...) { va_list ap; va_start(ap, fmt); vwarnx(fmt, ap); va_end(ap); } #endif Index: stable/10/contrib/bmake/var.c =================================================================== --- stable/10/contrib/bmake/var.c (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/contrib/bmake/var.c (revision 276305) @@ -1,4231 +1,4199 @@ -/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.184 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $ */ +/* $NetBSD: var.c,v 1.186 2014/06/20 06:13:45 sjg Exp $ */ /* * Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1993 * The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ /* * Copyright (c) 1989 by Berkeley Softworks * All rights reserved. * * This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by * Adam de Boor. * * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions * are met: * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the * documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. * 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software * must display the following acknowledgement: * This product includes software developed by the University of * California, Berkeley and its contributors. * 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors * may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software * without specific prior written permission. * * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE * ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF * SUCH DAMAGE. */ #ifndef MAKE_NATIVE -static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.184 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $"; +static char rcsid[] = "$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.186 2014/06/20 06:13:45 sjg Exp $"; #else #include #ifndef lint #if 0 static char sccsid[] = "@(#)var.c 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/19/94"; #else -__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.184 2013/09/04 15:38:26 sjg Exp $"); +__RCSID("$NetBSD: var.c,v 1.186 2014/06/20 06:13:45 sjg Exp $"); #endif #endif /* not lint */ #endif /*- * var.c -- * Variable-handling functions * * Interface: * Var_Set Set the value of a variable in the given * context. The variable is created if it doesn't * yet exist. The value and variable name need not * be preserved. * * Var_Append Append more characters to an existing variable * in the given context. The variable needn't * exist already -- it will be created if it doesn't. * A space is placed between the old value and the * new one. * * Var_Exists See if a variable exists. * * Var_Value Return the value of a variable in a context or * NULL if the variable is undefined. * * Var_Subst Substitute named variable, or all variables if * NULL in a string using * the given context as the top-most one. If the * third argument is non-zero, Parse_Error is * called if any variables are undefined. * * Var_Parse Parse a variable expansion from a string and * return the result and the number of characters * consumed. * * Var_Delete Delete a variable in a context. * * Var_Init Initialize this module. * * Debugging: * Var_Dump Print out all variables defined in the given * context. * * XXX: There's a lot of duplication in these functions. */ #include #ifndef NO_REGEX #include #include #endif #include #include #include #include #include #include "make.h" #include "buf.h" #include "dir.h" #include "job.h" extern int makelevel; /* - * XXX transition hack for FreeBSD ports. - * bsd.port.mk can set .MAKE.FreeBSD_UL=yes - * to cause us to treat :[LU] as aliases for :t[lu] - * To be reverted when ports converts to :t[lu] (when 8.3 is EOL) - */ -#define MAKE_FREEBSD_UL ".MAKE.FreeBSD_UL" -#ifdef MAKE_FREEBSD_UL -static int FreeBSD_UL = FALSE; -#endif - -/* * This lets us tell if we have replaced the original environ * (which we cannot free). */ char **savedEnv = NULL; /* * This is a harmless return value for Var_Parse that can be used by Var_Subst * to determine if there was an error in parsing -- easier than returning * a flag, as things outside this module don't give a hoot. */ char var_Error[] = ""; /* * Similar to var_Error, but returned when the 'errnum' flag for Var_Parse is * set false. Why not just use a constant? Well, gcc likes to condense * identical string instances... */ static char varNoError[] = ""; /* * Internally, variables are contained in four different contexts. * 1) the environment. They may not be changed. If an environment * variable is appended-to, the result is placed in the global * context. * 2) the global context. Variables set in the Makefile are located in * the global context. It is the penultimate context searched when * substituting. * 3) the command-line context. All variables set on the command line * are placed in this context. They are UNALTERABLE once placed here. * 4) the local context. Each target has associated with it a context * list. On this list are located the structures describing such * local variables as $(@) and $(*) * The four contexts are searched in the reverse order from which they are * listed. */ GNode *VAR_INTERNAL; /* variables from make itself */ GNode *VAR_GLOBAL; /* variables from the makefile */ GNode *VAR_CMD; /* variables defined on the command-line */ #define FIND_CMD 0x1 /* look in VAR_CMD when searching */ #define FIND_GLOBAL 0x2 /* look in VAR_GLOBAL as well */ #define FIND_ENV 0x4 /* look in the environment also */ typedef struct Var { char *name; /* the variable's name */ Buffer val; /* its value */ int flags; /* miscellaneous status flags */ #define VAR_IN_USE 1 /* Variable's value currently being used. * Used to avoid recursion */ #define VAR_FROM_ENV 2 /* Variable comes from the environment */ #define VAR_JUNK 4 /* Variable is a junk variable that * should be destroyed when done with * it. Used by Var_Parse for undefined, * modified variables */ #define VAR_KEEP 8 /* Variable is VAR_JUNK, but we found * a use for it in some modifier and * the value is therefore valid */ #define VAR_EXPORTED 16 /* Variable is exported */ #define VAR_REEXPORT 32 /* Indicate if var needs re-export. * This would be true if it contains $'s */ #define VAR_FROM_CMD 64 /* Variable came from command line */ } Var; /* * Exporting vars is expensive so skip it if we can */ #define VAR_EXPORTED_NONE 0 #define VAR_EXPORTED_YES 1 #define VAR_EXPORTED_ALL 2 static int var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; /* * We pass this to Var_Export when doing the initial export * or after updating an exported var. */ #define VAR_EXPORT_PARENT 1 /* Var*Pattern flags */ #define VAR_SUB_GLOBAL 0x01 /* Apply substitution globally */ #define VAR_SUB_ONE 0x02 /* Apply substitution to one word */ #define VAR_SUB_MATCHED 0x04 /* There was a match */ #define VAR_MATCH_START 0x08 /* Match at start of word */ #define VAR_MATCH_END 0x10 /* Match at end of word */ #define VAR_NOSUBST 0x20 /* don't expand vars in VarGetPattern */ /* Var_Set flags */ #define VAR_NO_EXPORT 0x01 /* do not export */ typedef struct { /* * The following fields are set by Var_Parse() when it * encounters modifiers that need to keep state for use by * subsequent modifiers within the same variable expansion. */ Byte varSpace; /* Word separator in expansions */ Boolean oneBigWord; /* TRUE if we will treat the variable as a * single big word, even if it contains * embedded spaces (as opposed to the * usual behaviour of treating it as * several space-separated words). */ } Var_Parse_State; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarSubstitute() for ":S/lhs/rhs/", * to VarSYSVMatch() for ":lhs=rhs". */ typedef struct { const char *lhs; /* String to match */ int leftLen; /* Length of string */ const char *rhs; /* Replacement string (w/ &'s removed) */ int rightLen; /* Length of replacement */ int flags; } VarPattern; /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarLoopExpand() for ":@tvar@str@" */ typedef struct { GNode *ctxt; /* variable context */ char *tvar; /* name of temp var */ int tvarLen; char *str; /* string to expand */ int strLen; int errnum; /* errnum for not defined */ } VarLoop_t; #ifndef NO_REGEX /* struct passed as 'void *' to VarRESubstitute() for ":C///" */ typedef struct { regex_t re; int nsub; regmatch_t *matches; char *replace; int flags; } VarREPattern; #endif /* struct passed to VarSelectWords() for ":[start..end]" */ typedef struct { int start; /* first word to select */ int end; /* last word to select */ } VarSelectWords_t; static Var *VarFind(const char *, GNode *, int); static void VarAdd(const char *, const char *, GNode *); static Boolean VarHead(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarTail(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifdef SYSVVARSUB static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #ifndef NO_REGEX static void VarREError(int, regex_t *, const char *); static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); #endif static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *); static char *VarGetPattern(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, int, const char **, int, int *, int *, VarPattern *); static char *VarQuote(char *); static char *VarHash(char *); static char *VarModify(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, const char *, Boolean (*)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *); static char *VarOrder(const char *, const char); static char *VarUniq(const char *); static int VarWordCompare(const void *, const void *); static void VarPrintVar(void *); #define BROPEN '{' #define BRCLOSE '}' #define PROPEN '(' #define PRCLOSE ')' /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFind -- * Find the given variable in the given context and any other contexts * indicated. * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to find it * flags FIND_GLOBAL set means to look in the * VAR_GLOBAL context as well. FIND_CMD set means * to look in the VAR_CMD context also. FIND_ENV * set means to look in the environment * * Results: * A pointer to the structure describing the desired variable or * NULL if the variable does not exist. * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Var * VarFind(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Hash_Entry *var; Var *v; /* * If the variable name begins with a '.', it could very well be one of * the local ones. We check the name against all the local variables * and substitute the short version in for 'name' if it matches one of * them. */ if (*name == '.' && isupper((unsigned char) name[1])) switch (name[1]) { case 'A': if (!strcmp(name, ".ALLSRC")) name = ALLSRC; if (!strcmp(name, ".ARCHIVE")) name = ARCHIVE; break; case 'I': if (!strcmp(name, ".IMPSRC")) name = IMPSRC; break; case 'M': if (!strcmp(name, ".MEMBER")) name = MEMBER; break; case 'O': if (!strcmp(name, ".OODATE")) name = OODATE; break; case 'P': if (!strcmp(name, ".PREFIX")) name = PREFIX; break; case 'T': if (!strcmp(name, ".TARGET")) name = TARGET; break; } #ifdef notyet /* for compatibility with gmake */ if (name[0] == '^' && name[1] == '\0') name = ALLSRC; #endif /* * First look for the variable in the given context. If it's not there, * look for it in VAR_CMD, VAR_GLOBAL and the environment, in that order, * depending on the FIND_* flags in 'flags' */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_CMD->context, name); } if (!checkEnvFirst && (var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { /* VAR_INTERNAL is subordinate to VAR_GLOBAL */ var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } } if ((var == NULL) && (flags & FIND_ENV)) { char *env; if ((env = getenv(name)) != NULL) { int len; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = bmake_strdup(name); len = strlen(env); Buf_Init(&v->val, len + 1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, env); v->flags = VAR_FROM_ENV; return (v); } else if (checkEnvFirst && (flags & FIND_GLOBAL) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, name); if ((var == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_INTERNAL)) { var = Hash_FindEntry(&VAR_INTERNAL->context, name); } if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } else { return NULL; } } else if (var == NULL) { return NULL; } else { return ((Var *)Hash_GetValue(var)); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarFreeEnv -- * If the variable is an environment variable, free it * * Input: * v the variable * destroy true if the value buffer should be destroyed. * * Results: * 1 if it is an environment variable 0 ow. * * Side Effects: * The variable is free'ed if it is an environent variable. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarFreeEnv(Var *v, Boolean destroy) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) == 0) return FALSE; free(v->name); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, destroy); free(v); return TRUE; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarAdd -- * Add a new variable of name name and value val to the given context * * Input: * name name of variable to add * val value to set it to * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The new variable is placed at the front of the given context * The name and val arguments are duplicated so they may * safely be freed. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarAdd(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; int len; Hash_Entry *h; v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); len = val ? strlen(val) : 0; Buf_Init(&v->val, len+1); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, len, val); v->flags = 0; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); v->name = h->name; if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Delete -- * Remove a variable from a context. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * The Var structure is removed and freed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Delete(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Entry *ln; char *cp; if (strchr(name, '$')) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } else { cp = (char *)name; } ln = Hash_FindEntry(&ctxt->context, cp); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:delete %s%s\n", ctxt->name, cp, ln ? "" : " (not found)"); } if (cp != name) { free(cp); } if (ln != NULL) { Var *v; v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(ln); if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { unsetenv(v->name); } if (strcmp(MAKE_EXPORTED, v->name) == 0) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_NONE; } if (v->name != ln->name) free(v->name); Hash_DeleteEntry(&ctxt->context, ln); Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v); } } /* * Export a var. * We ignore make internal variables (those which start with '.') * Also we jump through some hoops to avoid calling setenv * more than necessary since it can leak. * We only manipulate flags of vars if 'parent' is set. */ static int Var_Export1(const char *name, int parent) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Var *v; char *val = NULL; int n; if (*name == '.') return 0; /* skip internals */ if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': return 0; } } v = VarFind(name, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (v == NULL) { return 0; } if (!parent && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { return 0; /* nothing to do */ } val = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if (strchr(val, '$')) { if (parent) { /* * Flag this as something we need to re-export. * No point actually exporting it now though, * the child can do it at the last minute. */ v->flags |= (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); return 1; } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { /* * We recursed while exporting in a child. * This isn't going to end well, just skip it. */ return 0; } n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${%s}", name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); setenv(name, val, 1); free(val); } } else { if (parent) { v->flags &= ~VAR_REEXPORT; /* once will do */ } if (parent || !(v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { setenv(name, val, 1); } } /* * This is so Var_Set knows to call Var_Export again... */ if (parent) { v->flags |= VAR_EXPORTED; } return 1; } /* * This gets called from our children. */ void Var_ExportVars(void) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; Hash_Entry *var; Hash_Search state; Var *v; char *val; int n; /* * Several make's support this sort of mechanism for tracking * recursion - but each uses a different name. * We allow the makefiles to update MAKELEVEL and ensure * children see a correctly incremented value. */ snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "%d", makelevel + 1); setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, tmp, 1); if (VAR_EXPORTED_NONE == var_exportedVars) return; if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL == var_exportedVars) { /* * Ouch! This is crazy... */ for (var = Hash_EnumFirst(&VAR_GLOBAL->context, &state); var != NULL; var = Hash_EnumNext(&state)) { v = (Var *)Hash_GetValue(var); Var_Export1(v->name, 0); } return; } /* * We have a number of exported vars, */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; val = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Var_Export1(av[i], 0); } free(val); free(as); free(av); } } /* * This is called when .export is seen or * .MAKE.EXPORTED is modified. * It is also called when any exported var is modified. */ void Var_Export(char *str, int isExport) { char *name; char *val; char **av; char *as; int track; int ac; int i; if (isExport && (!str || !str[0])) { var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_ALL; /* use with caution! */ return; } if (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0) { track = 0; str += 4; } else { track = VAR_EXPORT_PARENT; } val = Var_Subst(NULL, str, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); av = brk_string(val, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { name = av[i]; if (!name[1]) { /* * A single char. * If it is one of the vars that should only appear in * local context, skip it, else we can get Var_Subst * into a loop. */ switch (name[0]) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': continue; } } if (Var_Export1(name, track)) { if (VAR_EXPORTED_ALL != var_exportedVars) var_exportedVars = VAR_EXPORTED_YES; if (isExport && track) { Var_Append(MAKE_EXPORTED, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } } } free(val); free(as); free(av); } /* * This is called when .unexport[-env] is seen. */ extern char **environ; void Var_UnExport(char *str) { char tmp[BUFSIZ]; char *vlist; char *cp; Boolean unexport_env; int n; if (!str || !str[0]) { return; /* assert? */ } vlist = NULL; str += 8; unexport_env = (strncmp(str, "-env", 4) == 0); if (unexport_env) { char **newenv; cp = getenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV); /* we should preserve this */ if (environ == savedEnv) { /* we have been here before! */ newenv = bmake_realloc(environ, 2 * sizeof(char *)); } else { if (savedEnv) { free(savedEnv); savedEnv = NULL; } newenv = bmake_malloc(2 * sizeof(char *)); } if (!newenv) return; /* Note: we cannot safely free() the original environ. */ environ = savedEnv = newenv; newenv[0] = NULL; newenv[1] = NULL; setenv(MAKE_LEVEL_ENV, cp, 1); } else { for (; *str != '\n' && isspace((unsigned char) *str); str++) continue; if (str[0] && str[0] != '\n') { vlist = str; } } if (!vlist) { /* Using .MAKE.EXPORTED */ n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":O:u}"); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { vlist = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); } } if (vlist) { Var *v; char **av; char *as; int ac; int i; av = brk_string(vlist, &ac, FALSE, &as); for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { v = VarFind(av[i], VAR_GLOBAL, 0); if (!v) continue; if (!unexport_env && (v->flags & (VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT)) == VAR_EXPORTED) { unsetenv(v->name); } v->flags &= ~(VAR_EXPORTED|VAR_REEXPORT); /* * If we are unexporting a list, * remove each one from .MAKE.EXPORTED. * If we are removing them all, * just delete .MAKE.EXPORTED below. */ if (vlist == str) { n = snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "${" MAKE_EXPORTED ":N%s}", v->name); if (n < (int)sizeof(tmp)) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, tmp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); Var_Set(MAKE_EXPORTED, cp, VAR_GLOBAL, 0); free(cp); } } } free(as); free(av); if (vlist != str) { Var_Delete(MAKE_EXPORTED, VAR_GLOBAL); free(vlist); } } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Set -- * Set the variable name to the value val in the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to set * val value to give to the variable * ctxt context in which to set it * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't yet exist, a new record is created for it. * Else the old value is freed and the new one stuck in its place * * Notes: * The variable is searched for only in its context before being * created in that context. I.e. if the context is VAR_GLOBAL, * only VAR_GLOBAL->context is searched. Likewise if it is VAR_CMD, only * VAR_CMD->context is searched. This is done to avoid the literally * thousands of unnecessary strcmp's that used to be done to * set, say, $(@) or $(<). * If the context is VAR_GLOBAL though, we check if the variable * was set in VAR_CMD from the command line and skip it if so. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Set(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt, int flags) { Var *v; char *expanded_name = NULL; /* * We only look for a variable in the given context since anything set * here will override anything in a lower context, so there's not much * point in searching them all just to save a bit of memory... */ if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Set(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } if (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) { v = VarFind(name, VAR_CMD, 0); if (v != NULL) { if ((v->flags & VAR_FROM_CMD)) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s ignored!\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } goto out; } VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v == NULL) { if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { /* * This var would normally prevent the same name being added * to VAR_GLOBAL, so delete it from there if needed. * Otherwise -V name may show the wrong value. */ Var_Delete(name, VAR_GLOBAL); } VarAdd(name, val, ctxt); } else { Buf_Empty(&v->val); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, val); } if ((v->flags & VAR_EXPORTED)) { Var_Export1(name, VAR_EXPORT_PARENT); } } /* * Any variables given on the command line are automatically exported * to the environment (as per POSIX standard) */ if (ctxt == VAR_CMD && (flags & VAR_NO_EXPORT) == 0) { if (v == NULL) { /* we just added it */ v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); } if (v != NULL) v->flags |= VAR_FROM_CMD; /* * If requested, don't export these in the environment * individually. We still put them in MAKEOVERRIDES so * that the command-line settings continue to override * Makefile settings. */ if (varNoExportEnv != TRUE) setenv(name, val, 1); Var_Append(MAKEOVERRIDES, name, VAR_GLOBAL); } - -#ifdef MAKE_FREEBSD_UL - if (strcmp(MAKE_FREEBSD_UL, name) == 0) { - FreeBSD_UL = getBoolean(MAKE_FREEBSD_UL, FALSE); - } -#endif out: if (expanded_name != NULL) free(expanded_name); if (v != NULL) VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Append -- * The variable of the given name has the given value appended to it in * the given context. * * Input: * name name of variable to modify * val String to append to it * ctxt Context in which this should occur * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * If the variable doesn't exist, it is created. Else the strings * are concatenated (with a space in between). * * Notes: * Only if the variable is being sought in the global context is the * environment searched. * XXX: Knows its calling circumstances in that if called with ctxt * an actual target, it will only search that context since only * a local variable could be being appended to. This is actually * a big win and must be tolerated. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Append(const char *name, const char *val, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; Hash_Entry *h; char *expanded_name = NULL; if (strchr(name, '$') != NULL) { expanded_name = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, 0); if (expanded_name[0] == 0) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Var_Append(\"%s\", \"%s\", ...) " "name expands to empty string - ignored\n", name, val); } free(expanded_name); return; } name = expanded_name; } v = VarFind(name, ctxt, (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL) ? FIND_ENV : 0); if (v == NULL) { VarAdd(name, val, ctxt); } else { Buf_AddByte(&v->val, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(&v->val, strlen(val), val); if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "%s:%s = %s\n", ctxt->name, name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { /* * If the original variable came from the environment, we * have to install it in the global context (we could place * it in the environment, but then we should provide a way to * export other variables...) */ v->flags &= ~VAR_FROM_ENV; h = Hash_CreateEntry(&ctxt->context, name, NULL); Hash_SetValue(h, v); } } if (expanded_name != NULL) free(expanded_name); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Exists -- * See if the given variable exists. * * Input: * name Variable to find * ctxt Context in which to start search * * Results: * TRUE if it does, FALSE if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ Boolean Var_Exists(const char *name, GNode *ctxt) { Var *v; char *cp; if ((cp = strchr(name, '$')) != NULL) { cp = Var_Subst(NULL, name, ctxt, FALSE); } v = VarFind(cp ? cp : name, ctxt, FIND_CMD|FIND_GLOBAL|FIND_ENV); if (cp != NULL) { free(cp); } if (v == NULL) { return(FALSE); } else { (void)VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); } return(TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Value -- * Return the value of the named variable in the given context * * Input: * name name to find * ctxt context in which to search for it * * Results: * The value if the variable exists, NULL if it doesn't * * Side Effects: * None *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Value(const char *name, GNode *ctxt, char **frp) { Var *v; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); *frp = NULL; if (v != NULL) { char *p = (Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); if (VarFreeEnv(v, FALSE)) *frp = p; return p; } else { return NULL; } } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHead -- * Remove the tail of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before sticking in the head * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarHead(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *slash; slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *slash = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *slash = '/'; return (TRUE); } else { /* * If no directory part, give . (q.v. the POSIX standard) */ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); Buf_AddByte(buf, '.'); } return(dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarTail -- * Remove the head of the given word and place the result in the given * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace True if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the tail * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarTail(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *slash; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } slash = strrchr(word, '/'); if (slash != NULL) { *slash++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(slash), slash); slash[-1] = '/'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSuffix -- * Place the suffix of the given word in the given buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space before placing the * suffix in the buffer * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The suffix from the word is placed in the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSuffix(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *dot; dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } *dot++ = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(dot), dot); dot[-1] = '.'; addSpace = TRUE; } return (dummy ? addSpace : addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRoot -- * Remove the suffix of the given word and place the result in the * buffer. * * Input: * word Word to trim * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before placing the root in it * buf Buffer in which to store it * * Results: * TRUE if characters were added to the buffer (a space needs to be * added to the buffer before the next word). * * Side Effects: * The trimmed word is added to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRoot(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *dummy) { char *dot; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } dot = strrchr(word, '.'); if (dot != NULL) { *dot = '\0'; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); *dot = '.'; } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return (dummy ? TRUE : TRUE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :M modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "VarMatch [%s] [%s]\n", word, (char *)pattern); if (Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSYSVMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it matches the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the System V % * modifiers. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * patp Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSYSVMatch(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patp) { int len; char *ptr; VarPattern *pat = (VarPattern *)patp; char *varexp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = TRUE; if ((ptr = Str_SYSVMatch(word, pat->lhs, &len)) != NULL) { varexp = Var_Subst(NULL, pat->rhs, ctx, 0); Str_SYSVSubst(buf, varexp, ptr, len); free(varexp); } else { Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarNoMatch -- * Place the word in the buffer if it doesn't match the given pattern. * Callback function for VarModify to implement the :N modifier. * * Input: * word Word to examine * addSpace TRUE if need to add a space to the buffer * before adding the word, if it matches * buf Buffer in which to store it * pattern Pattern the word must match * * Results: * TRUE if a space should be placed in the buffer before the next * word. * * Side Effects: * The word may be copied to the buffer. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarNoMatch(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *pattern) { if (!Str_Match(word, (char *)pattern)) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); } return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSubstitute -- * Perform a string-substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * patternp Pattern for substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarSubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { int wordLen; /* Length of word */ char *cp; /* General pointer */ VarPattern *pattern = (VarPattern *)patternp; wordLen = strlen(word); if ((pattern->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) != (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) { /* * Still substituting -- break it down into simple anchored cases * and if none of them fits, perform the general substitution case. */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) && (strncmp(word, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Anchored at start and beginning of word matches pattern */ if ((pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) && (wordLen == pattern->leftLen)) { /* * Also anchored at end and matches to the end (word * is same length as pattern) add space and rhs only * if rhs is non-null. */ if (pattern->rightLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Doesn't match to end -- copy word wholesale */ goto nosub; } else { /* * Matches at start but need to copy in trailing characters */ if ((pattern->rightLen + wordLen - pattern->leftLen) != 0){ if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen - pattern->leftLen, (word + pattern->leftLen)); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_START) { /* * Had to match at start of word and didn't -- copy whole word. */ goto nosub; } else if (pattern->flags & VAR_MATCH_END) { /* * Anchored at end, Find only place match could occur (leftLen * characters from the end of the word) and see if it does. Note * that because the $ will be left at the end of the lhs, we have * to use strncmp. */ cp = word + (wordLen - pattern->leftLen); if ((cp >= word) && (strncmp(cp, pattern->lhs, pattern->leftLen) == 0)) { /* * Match found. If we will place characters in the buffer, * add a space before hand as indicated by addSpace, then * stuff in the initial, unmatched part of the word followed * by the right-hand-side. */ if (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp - word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { /* * Had to match at end and didn't. Copy entire word. */ goto nosub; } } else { /* * Pattern is unanchored: search for the pattern in the word using * String_FindSubstring, copying unmatched portions and the * right-hand-side for each match found, handling non-global * substitutions correctly, etc. When the loop is done, any * remaining part of the word (word and wordLen are adjusted * accordingly through the loop) is copied straight into the * buffer. * addSpace is set FALSE as soon as a space is added to the * buffer. */ Boolean done; int origSize; done = FALSE; origSize = Buf_Size(buf); while (!done) { cp = Str_FindSubstring(word, pattern->lhs); if (cp != NULL) { if (addSpace && (((cp - word) + pattern->rightLen) != 0)){ Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); addSpace = FALSE; } Buf_AddBytes(buf, cp-word, word); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pattern->rightLen, pattern->rhs); wordLen -= (cp - word) + pattern->leftLen; word = cp + pattern->leftLen; if (wordLen == 0) { done = TRUE; } if ((pattern->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) == 0) { done = TRUE; } pattern->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; } else { done = TRUE; } } if (wordLen != 0) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); } /* * If added characters to the buffer, need to add a space * before we add any more. If we didn't add any, just return * the previous value of addSpace. */ return ((Buf_Size(buf) != origSize) || addSpace); } return (addSpace); } nosub: if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(buf, wordLen, word); return(TRUE); } #ifndef NO_REGEX /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarREError -- * Print the error caused by a regcomp or regexec call. * * Results: * None. * * Side Effects: * An error gets printed. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static void VarREError(int errnum, regex_t *pat, const char *str) { char *errbuf; int errlen; errlen = regerror(errnum, pat, 0, 0); errbuf = bmake_malloc(errlen); regerror(errnum, pat, errbuf, errlen); Error("%s: %s", str, errbuf); free(errbuf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarRESubstitute -- * Perform a regex substitution on the given word, placing the * result in the passed buffer. * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarRESubstitute(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp) { VarREPattern *pat; int xrv; char *wp; char *rp; int added; int flags = 0; #define MAYBE_ADD_SPACE() \ if (addSpace && !added) \ Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); \ added = 1 added = 0; wp = word; pat = patternp; if ((pat->flags & (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) == (VAR_SUB_ONE|VAR_SUB_MATCHED)) xrv = REG_NOMATCH; else { tryagain: xrv = regexec(&pat->re, wp, pat->nsub, pat->matches, flags); } switch (xrv) { case 0: pat->flags |= VAR_SUB_MATCHED; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, pat->matches[0].rm_so, wp); } for (rp = pat->replace; *rp; rp++) { if ((*rp == '\\') && ((rp[1] == '&') || (rp[1] == '\\'))) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf,rp[1]); rp++; } else if ((*rp == '&') || ((*rp == '\\') && isdigit((unsigned char)rp[1]))) { int n; const char *subbuf; int sublen; char errstr[3]; if (*rp == '&') { n = 0; errstr[0] = '&'; errstr[1] = '\0'; } else { n = rp[1] - '0'; errstr[0] = '\\'; errstr[1] = rp[1]; errstr[2] = '\0'; rp++; } if (n > pat->nsub) { Error("No subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else if ((pat->matches[n].rm_so == -1) && (pat->matches[n].rm_eo == -1)) { Error("No match for subexpression %s", &errstr[0]); subbuf = ""; sublen = 0; } else { subbuf = wp + pat->matches[n].rm_so; sublen = pat->matches[n].rm_eo - pat->matches[n].rm_so; } if (sublen > 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, sublen, subbuf); } } else { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *rp); } } wp += pat->matches[0].rm_eo; if (pat->flags & VAR_SUB_GLOBAL) { flags |= REG_NOTBOL; if (pat->matches[0].rm_so == 0 && pat->matches[0].rm_eo == 0) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddByte(buf, *wp); wp++; } if (*wp) goto tryagain; } if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(wp), wp); } break; default: VarREError(xrv, &pat->re, "Unexpected regex error"); /* fall through */ case REG_NOMATCH: if (*wp) { MAYBE_ADD_SPACE(); Buf_AddBytes(buf,strlen(wp),wp); } break; } return(addSpace||added); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarLoopExpand -- * Implements the :@@@ modifier of ODE make. * We set the temp variable named in pattern.lhs to word and expand * pattern.rhs storing the result in the passed buffer. * * Input: * word Word to modify * addSpace True if space should be added before * other characters * buf Buffer for result * pattern Datafor substitution * * Results: * TRUE if a space is needed before more characters are added. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static Boolean VarLoopExpand(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *loopp) { VarLoop_t *loop = (VarLoop_t *)loopp; char *s; int slen; if (word && *word) { Var_Set(loop->tvar, word, loop->ctxt, VAR_NO_EXPORT); s = Var_Subst(NULL, loop->str, loop->ctxt, loop->errnum); if (s != NULL && *s != '\0') { if (addSpace && *s != '\n') Buf_AddByte(buf, ' '); Buf_AddBytes(buf, (slen = strlen(s)), s); addSpace = (slen > 0 && s[slen - 1] != '\n'); free(s); } } return addSpace; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarSelectWords -- * Implements the :[start..end] modifier. * This is a special case of VarModify since we want to be able * to scan the list backwards if start > end. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * seldata words to select * * Results: * A string of all the words selected. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarSelectWords(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, VarSelectWords_t *seldata) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; int start, end, step; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } /* * Now sanitize seldata. * If seldata->start or seldata->end are negative, convert them to * the positive equivalents (-1 gets converted to argc, -2 gets * converted to (argc-1), etc.). */ if (seldata->start < 0) seldata->start = ac + seldata->start + 1; if (seldata->end < 0) seldata->end = ac + seldata->end + 1; /* * We avoid scanning more of the list than we need to. */ if (seldata->start > seldata->end) { start = MIN(ac, seldata->start) - 1; end = MAX(0, seldata->end - 1); step = -1; } else { start = MAX(0, seldata->start - 1); end = MIN(ac, seldata->end); step = 1; } for (i = start; (step < 0 && i >= end) || (step > 0 && i < end); i += step) { if (av[i] && *av[i]) { if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, vpstate->varSpace); } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); addSpace = TRUE; } } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- * VarRealpath -- * Replace each word with the result of realpath() * if successful. */ static Boolean VarRealpath(GNode *ctx MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, char *word, Boolean addSpace, Buffer *buf, void *patternp MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED) { struct stat st; char rbuf[MAXPATHLEN]; char *rp; if (addSpace && vpstate->varSpace) { Buf_AddByte(buf, vpstate->varSpace); } addSpace = TRUE; rp = realpath(word, rbuf); if (rp && *rp == '/' && stat(rp, &st) == 0) word = rp; Buf_AddBytes(buf, strlen(word), word); return(addSpace); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarModify -- * Modify each of the words of the passed string using the given * function. Used to implement all modifiers. * * Input: * str String whose words should be trimmed * modProc Function to use to modify them * datum Datum to pass it * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarModify(GNode *ctx, Var_Parse_State *vpstate, const char *str, Boolean (*modProc)(GNode *, Var_Parse_State *, char *, Boolean, Buffer *, void *), void *datum) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ Boolean addSpace; /* TRUE if need to add a space to the * buffer before adding the trimmed * word */ char **av; /* word list */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); addSpace = FALSE; if (vpstate->oneBigWord) { /* fake what brk_string() would do if there were only one word */ ac = 1; av = bmake_malloc((ac + 1) * sizeof(char *)); as = bmake_strdup(str); av[0] = as; av[1] = NULL; } else { av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { addSpace = (*modProc)(ctx, vpstate, av[i], addSpace, &buf, datum); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static int VarWordCompare(const void *a, const void *b) { int r = strcmp(*(const char * const *)a, *(const char * const *)b); return r; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarOrder -- * Order the words in the string. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted. * otype How to order: s - sort, x - random. * * Results: * A string containing the words ordered. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarOrder(const char *str, const char otype) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for the new string */ char **av; /* word list [first word does not count] */ char *as; /* word list memory */ int ac, i; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 0) switch (otype) { case 's': /* sort alphabetically */ qsort(av, ac, sizeof(char *), VarWordCompare); break; case 'x': /* randomize */ { int rndidx; char *t; /* * We will use [ac..2] range for mod factors. This will produce * random numbers in [(ac-1)..0] interval, and minimal * reasonable value for mod factor is 2 (the mod 1 will produce * 0 with probability 1). */ for (i = ac-1; i > 0; i--) { rndidx = random() % (i + 1); if (i != rndidx) { t = av[i]; av[i] = av[rndidx]; av[rndidx] = t; } } } } /* end of switch */ for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarUniq -- * Remove adjacent duplicate words. * * Input: * str String whose words should be sorted * * Results: * A string containing the resulting words. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarUniq(const char *str) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for new string */ char **av; /* List of words to affect */ char *as; /* Word list memory */ int ac, i, j; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); av = brk_string(str, &ac, FALSE, &as); if (ac > 1) { for (j = 0, i = 1; i < ac; i++) if (strcmp(av[i], av[j]) != 0 && (++j != i)) av[j] = av[i]; ac = j + 1; } for (i = 0; i < ac; i++) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(av[i]), av[i]); if (i != ac - 1) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); } free(as); free(av); return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarGetPattern -- * Pass through the tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution unless flags * has VAR_NOSUBST set). * Return the expanded string or NULL if the delimiter was missing * If pattern is specified, handle escaped ampersands, and replace * unescaped ampersands with the lhs of the pattern. * * Results: * A string of all the words modified appropriately. * If length is specified, return the string length of the buffer * If flags is specified and the last character of the pattern is a * $ set the VAR_MATCH_END bit of flags. * * Side Effects: * None. *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarGetPattern(GNode *ctxt, Var_Parse_State *vpstate MAKE_ATTR_UNUSED, int errnum, const char **tstr, int delim, int *flags, int *length, VarPattern *pattern) { const char *cp; char *rstr; Buffer buf; int junk; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); if (length == NULL) length = &junk; #define IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim) \ ((cp[0] == '\\') && ((cp[1] == delim) || \ (cp[1] == '\\') || (cp[1] == '$') || (pattern && (cp[1] == '&')))) /* * Skim through until the matching delimiter is found; * pick up variable substitutions on the way. Also allow * backslashes to quote the delimiter, $, and \, but don't * touch other backslashes. */ for (cp = *tstr; *cp && (*cp != delim); cp++) { if (IS_A_MATCH(cp, delim)) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { if (cp[1] == delim) { if (flags == NULL) Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); else /* * Unescaped $ at end of pattern => anchor * pattern at end. */ *flags |= VAR_MATCH_END; } else { if (flags == NULL || (*flags & VAR_NOSUBST) == 0) { char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; /* * If unescaped dollar sign not before the * delimiter, assume it's a variable * substitution and recurse. */ cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); if (freeIt) free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { const char *cp2 = &cp[1]; if (*cp2 == PROPEN || *cp2 == BROPEN) { /* * Find the end of this variable reference * and suck it in without further ado. * It will be interperated later. */ int have = *cp2; int want = (*cp2 == PROPEN) ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; int depth = 1; for (++cp2; *cp2 != '\0' && depth > 0; ++cp2) { if (cp2[-1] != '\\') { if (*cp2 == have) ++depth; if (*cp2 == want) --depth; } } Buf_AddBytes(&buf, cp2 - cp, cp); cp = --cp2; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } } else if (pattern && *cp == '&') Buf_AddBytes(&buf, pattern->leftLen, pattern->lhs); else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } if (*cp != delim) { *tstr = cp; *length = 0; return NULL; } *tstr = ++cp; *length = Buf_Size(&buf); rstr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Modifier pattern: \"%s\"\n", rstr); return rstr; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarQuote -- * Quote shell meta-characters in the string * * Results: * The quoted string * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarQuote(char *str) { Buffer buf; /* This should cover most shells :-( */ static const char meta[] = "\n \t'`\";&<>()|*?{}[]\\$!#^~"; const char *newline; size_t len, nlen; if ((newline = Shell_GetNewline()) == NULL) newline = "\\\n"; nlen = strlen(newline); Buf_Init(&buf, 0); while (*str != '\0') { if ((len = strcspn(str, meta)) != 0) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, len, str); str += len; } else if (*str == '\n') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, nlen, newline); ++str; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, '\\'); Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); ++str; } } str = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "QuoteMeta: [%s]\n", str); return str; } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * VarHash -- * Hash the string using the MurmurHash3 algorithm. * Output is computed using 32bit Little Endian arithmetic. * * Input: * str String to modify * * Results: * Hash value of str, encoded as 8 hex digits. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ static char * VarHash(char *str) { static const char hexdigits[16] = "0123456789abcdef"; Buffer buf; size_t len, len2; unsigned char *ustr = (unsigned char *)str; uint32_t h, k, c1, c2; h = 0x971e137bU; c1 = 0x95543787U; c2 = 0x2ad7eb25U; len2 = strlen(str); for (len = len2; len; ) { k = 0; switch (len) { default: k = (ustr[3] << 24) | (ustr[2] << 16) | (ustr[1] << 8) | ustr[0]; len -= 4; ustr += 4; break; case 3: k |= (ustr[2] << 16); case 2: k |= (ustr[1] << 8); case 1: k |= ustr[0]; len = 0; } c1 = c1 * 5 + 0x7b7d159cU; c2 = c2 * 5 + 0x6bce6396U; k *= c1; k = (k << 11) ^ (k >> 21); k *= c2; h = (h << 13) ^ (h >> 19); h = h * 5 + 0x52dce729U; h ^= k; } h ^= len2; h *= 0x85ebca6b; h ^= h >> 13; h *= 0xc2b2ae35; h ^= h >> 16; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (len = 0; len < 8; ++len) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, hexdigits[h & 15]); h >>= 4; } return Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } static char * VarStrftime(const char *fmt, int zulu) { char buf[BUFSIZ]; time_t utc; time(&utc); if (!*fmt) fmt = "%c"; strftime(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, zulu ? gmtime(&utc) : localtime(&utc)); buf[sizeof(buf) - 1] = '\0'; return bmake_strdup(buf); } /* * Now we need to apply any modifiers the user wants applied. * These are: * :M words which match the given . * is of the standard file * wildcarding form. * :N words which do not match the given . * :S[1gW] * Substitute for in the value * :C[1gW] * Substitute for regex in the value * :H Substitute the head of each word * :T Substitute the tail of each word * :E Substitute the extension (minus '.') of * each word * :R Substitute the root of each word * (pathname minus the suffix). * :O ("Order") Alphabeticaly sort words in variable. * :Ox ("intermiX") Randomize words in variable. * :u ("uniq") Remove adjacent duplicate words. * :tu Converts the variable contents to uppercase. * :tl Converts the variable contents to lowercase. * :ts[c] Sets varSpace - the char used to * separate words to 'c'. If 'c' is * omitted then no separation is used. * :tW Treat the variable contents as a single * word, even if it contains spaces. * (Mnemonic: one big 'W'ord.) * :tw Treat the variable contents as multiple * space-separated words. * (Mnemonic: many small 'w'ords.) * :[index] Select a single word from the value. * :[start..end] Select multiple words from the value. * :[*] or :[0] Select the entire value, as a single * word. Equivalent to :tW. * :[@] Select the entire value, as multiple * words. Undoes the effect of :[*]. * Equivalent to :tw. * :[#] Returns the number of words in the value. * * :?: * If the variable evaluates to true, return * true value, else return the second value. * :lhs=rhs Like :S, but the rhs goes to the end of * the invocation. * :sh Treat the current value as a command * to be run, new value is its output. * The following added so we can handle ODE makefiles. * :@@@ * Assign a temporary local variable * to the current value of each word in turn * and replace each word with the result of * evaluating * :D Use as value if variable defined * :U Use as value if variable undefined * :L Use the name of the variable as the value. * :P Use the path of the node that has the same * name as the variable as the value. This * basically includes an implied :L so that * the common method of refering to the path * of your dependent 'x' in a rule is to use * the form '${x:P}'. * :!! Run cmd much the same as :sh run's the * current value of the variable. * The ::= modifiers, actually assign a value to the variable. * Their main purpose is in supporting modifiers of .for loop * iterators and other obscure uses. They always expand to * nothing. In a target rule that would otherwise expand to an * empty line they can be preceded with @: to keep make happy. * Eg. * * foo: .USE * .for i in ${.TARGET} ${.TARGET:R}.gz * @: ${t::=$i} * @echo blah ${t:T} * .endfor * * ::= Assigns as the new value of variable. * ::?= Assigns as value of variable if * it was not already set. * ::+= Appends to variable. * ::!= Assigns output of as the new value of * variable. */ /* we now have some modifiers with long names */ #define STRMOD_MATCH(s, want, n) \ (strncmp(s, want, n) == 0 && (s[n] == endc || s[n] == ':')) static char * ApplyModifiers(char *nstr, const char *tstr, int startc, int endc, Var *v, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *start; const char *cp; /* Secondary pointer into str (place marker * for tstr) */ char *newStr; /* New value to return */ char termc; /* Character which terminated scan */ int cnt; /* Used to count brace pairs when variable in * in parens or braces */ char delim; int modifier; /* that we are processing */ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */ delim = '\0'; parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */ start = cp = tstr; while (*tstr && *tstr != endc) { if (*tstr == '$') { /* * We may have some complex modifiers in a variable. */ void *freeIt; char *rval; int rlen; int c; rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt); /* * If we have not parsed up to endc or ':', * we are not interested. */ if (rval != NULL && *rval && (c = tstr[rlen]) != '\0' && c != ':' && c != endc) { if (freeIt) free(freeIt); goto apply_mods; } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Got '%s' from '%.*s'%.*s\n", rval, rlen, tstr, rlen, tstr + rlen); } tstr += rlen; if (rval != NULL && *rval) { int used; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, rval, 0, 0, v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr); if (nstr == var_Error || (nstr == varNoError && errnum == 0) || strlen(rval) != (size_t) used) { if (freeIt) free(freeIt); goto out; /* error already reported */ } } if (freeIt) free(freeIt); if (*tstr == ':') tstr++; else if (!*tstr && endc) { Error("Unclosed variable specification after complex modifier (expecting '%c') for %s", endc, v->name); goto out; } continue; } apply_mods: if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Applying[%s] :%c to \"%s\"\n", v->name, *tstr, nstr); } newStr = var_Error; switch ((modifier = *tstr)) { case ':': { if (tstr[1] == '=' || (tstr[2] == '=' && (tstr[1] == '!' || tstr[1] == '+' || tstr[1] == '?'))) { /* * "::=", "::!=", "::+=", or "::?=" */ GNode *v_ctxt; /* context where v belongs */ const char *emsg; char *sv_name; VarPattern pattern; int how; if (v->name[0] == 0) goto bad_modifier; v_ctxt = ctxt; sv_name = NULL; ++tstr; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * We need to bmake_strdup() it incase * VarGetPattern() recurses. */ sv_name = v->name; v->name = bmake_strdup(v->name); } else if (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) { Var *gv = VarFind(v->name, ctxt, 0); if (gv == NULL) v_ctxt = VAR_GLOBAL; else VarFreeEnv(gv, TRUE); } switch ((how = *tstr)) { case '+': case '?': case '!': cp = &tstr[2]; break; default: cp = ++tstr; break; } delim = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; pattern.flags = 0; pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, NULL); if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* restore original name */ free(v->name); v->name = sv_name; } if (pattern.rhs == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; switch (how) { case '+': Var_Append(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt); break; case '!': newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); else Var_Set(v->name, newStr, v_ctxt, 0); if (newStr) free(newStr); break; case '?': if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0) break; /* FALLTHROUGH */ default: Var_Set(v->name, pattern.rhs, v_ctxt, 0); break; } free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); - newStr = var_Error; + newStr = varNoError; break; } goto default_case; /* "::" */ } case '@': { VarLoop_t loop; int flags = VAR_NOSUBST; cp = ++tstr; delim = '@'; if ((loop.tvar = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, &flags, &loop.tvarLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((loop.str = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, &flags, &loop.strLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; loop.errnum = errnum; loop.ctxt = ctxt; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarLoopExpand, &loop); free(loop.tvar); free(loop.str); break; } - case 'U': -#ifdef MAKE_FREEBSD_UL - if (FreeBSD_UL) { - int nc = tstr[1]; - - /* we have to be careful, since :U is used internally */ - if (nc == ':' || nc == endc) { - char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); - for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) - *dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp); - cp = tstr + 1; - termc = *cp; - break; /* yes inside the conditional */ - } - /* FALLTHROUGH */ - } -#endif case 'D': + case 'U': { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for patterns */ int wantit; /* want data in buffer */ /* * Pass through tstr looking for 1) escaped delimiters, * '$'s and backslashes (place the escaped character in * uninterpreted) and 2) unescaped $'s that aren't before * the delimiter (expand the variable substitution). * The result is left in the Buffer buf. */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != endc && *cp != ':' && *cp != '\0'; cp++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && ((cp[1] == ':') || (cp[1] == '$') || (cp[1] == endc) || (cp[1] == '\\'))) { Buf_AddByte(&buf, cp[1]); cp++; } else if (*cp == '$') { /* * If unescaped dollar sign, assume it's a * variable substitution and recurse. */ char *cp2; int len; void *freeIt; cp2 = Var_Parse(cp, ctxt, errnum, &len, &freeIt); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(cp2), cp2); if (freeIt) free(freeIt); cp += len - 1; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *cp); } } termc = *cp; if (*tstr == 'U') wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0); else wantit = ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) == 0); if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; if (wantit) { newStr = Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } else { newStr = nstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } break; } case 'L': -#ifdef MAKE_FREEBSD_UL - if (FreeBSD_UL) { - char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); - for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) - *dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp); - cp = tstr + 1; - termc = *cp; - break; - } - /* FALLTHROUGH */ -#endif { if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case 'P': { GNode *gn; if ((v->flags & VAR_JUNK) != 0) v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; gn = Targ_FindNode(v->name, TARG_NOCREATE); if (gn == NULL || gn->type & OP_NOPATH) { newStr = NULL; } else if (gn->path) { newStr = bmake_strdup(gn->path); } else { newStr = Dir_FindFile(v->name, Suff_FindPath(gn)); } if (!newStr) { newStr = bmake_strdup(v->name); } cp = ++tstr; termc = *tstr; break; } case '!': { const char *emsg; VarPattern pattern; pattern.flags = 0; delim = '!'; cp = ++tstr; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; newStr = Cmd_Exec(pattern.rhs, &emsg); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); termc = *cp; delim = '\0'; if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } case '[': { /* * Look for the closing ']', recursively * expanding any embedded variables. * * estr is a pointer to the expanded result, * which we must free(). */ char *estr; cp = tstr+1; /* point to char after '[' */ delim = ']'; /* look for closing ']' */ estr = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL); if (estr == NULL) goto cleanup; /* report missing ']' */ /* now cp points just after the closing ']' */ delim = '\0'; if (cp[0] != ':' && cp[0] != endc) { /* Found junk after ']' */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } if (estr[0] == '\0') { /* Found empty square brackets in ":[]". */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (estr[0] == '#' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[#]" */ /* * We will need enough space for the decimal * representation of an int. We calculate the * space needed for the octal representation, * and add enough slop to cope with a '-' sign * (which should never be needed) and a '\0' * string terminator. */ int newStrSize = (sizeof(int) * CHAR_BIT + 2) / 3 + 2; newStr = bmake_malloc(newStrSize); if (parsestate.oneBigWord) { strncpy(newStr, "1", newStrSize); } else { /* XXX: brk_string() is a rather expensive * way of counting words. */ char **av; char *as; int ac; av = brk_string(nstr, &ac, FALSE, &as); snprintf(newStr, newStrSize, "%d", ac); free(as); free(av); } termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '*' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[*]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (estr[0] == '@' && estr[1] == '\0') { /* Found ":[@]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else { /* * We expect estr to contain a single * integer for :[N], or two integers * separated by ".." for :[start..end]. */ char *ep; VarSelectWords_t seldata = { 0, 0 }; seldata.start = strtol(estr, &ep, 0); if (ep == estr) { /* Found junk instead of a number */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } else if (ep[0] == '\0') { /* Found only one integer in :[N] */ seldata.end = seldata.start; } else if (ep[0] == '.' && ep[1] == '.' && ep[2] != '\0') { /* Expecting another integer after ".." */ ep += 2; seldata.end = strtol(ep, &ep, 0); if (ep[0] != '\0') { /* Found junk after ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* Found junk instead of ".." */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Now seldata is properly filled in, * but we still have to check for 0 as * a special case. */ if (seldata.start == 0 && seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0]" or perhaps ":[0..0]" */ parsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; newStr = nstr; termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } else if (seldata.start == 0 || seldata.end == 0) { /* ":[0..N]" or ":[N..0]" */ free(estr); goto bad_modifier; } /* * Normal case: select the words * described by seldata. */ newStr = VarSelectWords(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, &seldata); termc = *cp; free(estr); break; } } case 'g': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "gmtime", 6)) { newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 1); cp = tstr + 6; termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'h': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "hash", 4)) { newStr = VarHash(nstr); cp = tstr + 4; termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 'l': cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (STRMOD_MATCH(tstr, "localtime", 9)) { newStr = VarStrftime(nstr, 0); cp = tstr + 9; termc = *cp; } else { goto default_case; } break; case 't': { cp = tstr + 1; /* make sure it is set */ if (tstr[1] != endc && tstr[1] != ':') { if (tstr[1] == 's') { /* * Use the char (if any) at tstr[2] * as the word separator. */ VarPattern pattern; if (tstr[2] != endc && (tstr[3] == endc || tstr[3] == ':')) { /* ":ts" or * ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = tstr[2]; cp = tstr + 3; } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* ":ts" or ":ts:" */ parsestate.varSpace = 0; /* no separator */ cp = tstr + 2; } else if (tstr[2] == '\\') { switch (tstr[3]) { case 'n': parsestate.varSpace = '\n'; cp = tstr + 4; break; case 't': parsestate.varSpace = '\t'; cp = tstr + 4; break; default: if (isdigit((unsigned char)tstr[3])) { char *ep; parsestate.varSpace = strtoul(&tstr[3], &ep, 0); if (*ep != ':' && *ep != endc) goto bad_modifier; cp = ep; } else { /* * ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } } else { /* * Found ":ts". */ goto bad_modifier; } termc = *cp; /* * We cannot be certain that VarModify * will be used - even if there is a * subsequent modifier, so do a no-op * VarSubstitute now to for str to be * re-expanded without the spaces. */ pattern.flags = VAR_SUB_ONE; pattern.lhs = pattern.rhs = "\032"; pattern.leftLen = pattern.rightLen = 1; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); } else if (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') { /* * Check for two-character options: * ":tu", ":tl" */ if (tstr[1] == 'A') { /* absolute path */ newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRealpath, NULL); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'u') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = toupper((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'l') { char *dp = bmake_strdup(nstr); for (newStr = dp; *dp; dp++) *dp = tolower((unsigned char)*dp); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else if (tstr[1] == 'W' || tstr[1] == 'w') { parsestate.oneBigWord = (tstr[1] == 'W'); newStr = nstr; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { /* Found ":t:" or * ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t". */ goto bad_modifier; } } else { /* * Found ":t" or ":t:". */ goto bad_modifier; } break; } case 'N': case 'M': { char *pattern; const char *endpat; /* points just after end of pattern */ char *cp2; Boolean copy; /* pattern should be, or has been, copied */ Boolean needSubst; int nest; copy = FALSE; needSubst = FALSE; nest = 1; /* * In the loop below, ignore ':' unless we are at * (or back to) the original brace level. * XXX This will likely not work right if $() and ${} * are intermixed. */ for (cp = tstr + 1; *cp != '\0' && !(*cp == ':' && nest == 1); cp++) { if (*cp == '\\' && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc || cp[1] == startc)) { if (!needSubst) { copy = TRUE; } cp++; continue; } if (*cp == '$') { needSubst = TRUE; } if (*cp == '(' || *cp == '{') ++nest; if (*cp == ')' || *cp == '}') { --nest; if (nest == 0) break; } } termc = *cp; endpat = cp; if (copy) { /* * Need to compress the \:'s out of the pattern, so * allocate enough room to hold the uncompressed * pattern (note that cp started at tstr+1, so * cp - tstr takes the null byte into account) and * compress the pattern into the space. */ pattern = bmake_malloc(cp - tstr); for (cp2 = pattern, cp = tstr + 1; cp < endpat; cp++, cp2++) { if ((*cp == '\\') && (cp+1 < endpat) && (cp[1] == ':' || cp[1] == endc)) { cp++; } *cp2 = *cp; } *cp2 = '\0'; endpat = cp2; } else { /* * Either Var_Subst or VarModify will need a * nul-terminated string soon, so construct one now. */ pattern = bmake_strndup(tstr+1, endpat - (tstr + 1)); } if (needSubst) { /* * pattern contains embedded '$', so use Var_Subst to * expand it. */ cp2 = pattern; pattern = Var_Subst(NULL, cp2, ctxt, errnum); free(cp2); } if (DEBUG(VAR)) fprintf(debug_file, "Pattern[%s] for [%s] is [%s]\n", v->name, nstr, pattern); if (*tstr == 'M') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarMatch, pattern); } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarNoMatch, pattern); } free(pattern); break; } case 'S': { VarPattern pattern; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; /* * If pattern begins with '^', it is anchored to the * start of the word -- skip over it and flag pattern. */ if (*tstr == '^') { pattern.flags |= VAR_MATCH_START; tstr += 1; } cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * Check for global substitution. If 'g' after the final * delimiter, substitution is global and is marked that * way. */ for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarSubstitute, &pattern); /* * Free the two strings. */ free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); delim = '\0'; break; } case '?': { VarPattern pattern; Boolean value; /* find ':', and then substitute accordingly */ pattern.flags = 0; cp = ++tstr; delim = ':'; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* BROPEN or PROPEN */ delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (Cond_EvalExpression(NULL, v->name, &value, 0) == COND_INVALID) { Error("Bad conditional expression `%s' in %s?%s:%s", v->name, v->name, pattern.lhs, pattern.rhs); goto cleanup; } if (value) { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.lhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else { newStr = UNCONST(pattern.rhs); free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); } if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { v->flags |= VAR_KEEP; } break; } #ifndef NO_REGEX case 'C': { VarREPattern pattern; char *re; int error; Var_Parse_State tmpparsestate; pattern.flags = 0; tmpparsestate = parsestate; delim = tstr[1]; tstr += 2; cp = tstr; if ((re = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; if ((pattern.replace = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, NULL, NULL)) == NULL){ free(re); goto cleanup; } for (;; cp++) { switch (*cp) { case 'g': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_GLOBAL; continue; case '1': pattern.flags |= VAR_SUB_ONE; continue; case 'W': tmpparsestate.oneBigWord = TRUE; continue; } break; } termc = *cp; error = regcomp(&pattern.re, re, REG_EXTENDED); free(re); if (error) { *lengthPtr = cp - start + 1; VarREError(error, &pattern.re, "RE substitution error"); free(pattern.replace); goto cleanup; } pattern.nsub = pattern.re.re_nsub + 1; if (pattern.nsub < 1) pattern.nsub = 1; if (pattern.nsub > 10) pattern.nsub = 10; pattern.matches = bmake_malloc(pattern.nsub * sizeof(regmatch_t)); newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &tmpparsestate, nstr, VarRESubstitute, &pattern); regfree(&pattern.re); free(pattern.replace); free(pattern.matches); delim = '\0'; break; } #endif case 'Q': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarQuote(nstr); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'T': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'H': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'E': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSuffix, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'R': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarRoot, NULL); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; case 'O': { char otype; cp = tstr + 1; /* skip to the rest in any case */ if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { otype = 's'; termc = *cp; } else if ( (tstr[1] == 'x') && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':') ) { otype = tstr[1]; cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; } else { goto bad_modifier; } newStr = VarOrder(nstr, otype); break; } case 'u': if (tstr[1] == endc || tstr[1] == ':') { newStr = VarUniq(nstr); cp = tstr + 1; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #ifdef SUNSHCMD case 's': if (tstr[1] == 'h' && (tstr[2] == endc || tstr[2] == ':')) { const char *emsg; newStr = Cmd_Exec(nstr, &emsg); if (emsg) Error(emsg, nstr); cp = tstr + 2; termc = *cp; break; } goto default_case; #endif default: default_case: { #ifdef SYSVVARSUB /* * This can either be a bogus modifier or a System-V * substitution command. */ VarPattern pattern; Boolean eqFound; pattern.flags = 0; eqFound = FALSE; /* * First we make a pass through the string trying * to verify it is a SYSV-make-style translation: * it must be: =) */ cp = tstr; cnt = 1; while (*cp != '\0' && cnt) { if (*cp == '=') { eqFound = TRUE; /* continue looking for endc */ } else if (*cp == endc) cnt--; else if (*cp == startc) cnt++; if (cnt) cp++; } if (*cp == endc && eqFound) { /* * Now we break this sucker into the lhs and * rhs. We must null terminate them of course. */ delim='='; cp = tstr; if ((pattern.lhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, &pattern.flags, &pattern.leftLen, NULL)) == NULL) goto cleanup; delim = endc; if ((pattern.rhs = VarGetPattern(ctxt, &parsestate, errnum, &cp, delim, NULL, &pattern.rightLen, &pattern)) == NULL) goto cleanup; /* * SYSV modifications happen through the whole * string. Note the pattern is anchored at the end. */ termc = *--cp; delim = '\0'; if (pattern.leftLen == 0 && *nstr == '\0') { newStr = nstr; /* special case */ } else { newStr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarSYSVMatch, &pattern); } free(UNCONST(pattern.lhs)); free(UNCONST(pattern.rhs)); } else #endif { Error("Unknown modifier '%c'", *tstr); for (cp = tstr+1; *cp != ':' && *cp != endc && *cp != '\0'; cp++) continue; termc = *cp; newStr = var_Error; } } } if (DEBUG(VAR)) { fprintf(debug_file, "Result[%s] of :%c is \"%s\"\n", v->name, modifier, newStr); } if (newStr != nstr) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } nstr = newStr; if (nstr != var_Error && nstr != varNoError) { *freePtr = nstr; } } if (termc == '\0' && endc != '\0') { Error("Unclosed variable specification (expecting '%c') for \"%s\" (value \"%s\") modifier %c", endc, v->name, nstr, modifier); } else if (termc == ':') { cp++; } tstr = cp; } out: *lengthPtr = tstr - start; return (nstr); bad_modifier: /* "{(" */ Error("Bad modifier `:%.*s' for %s", (int)strcspn(tstr, ":)}"), tstr, v->name); cleanup: *lengthPtr = cp - start; if (delim != '\0') Error("Unclosed substitution for %s (%c missing)", v->name, delim); if (*freePtr) { free(*freePtr); *freePtr = NULL; } return (var_Error); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Parse -- * Given the start of a variable invocation, extract the variable * name and find its value, then modify it according to the * specification. * * Input: * str The string to parse * ctxt The context for the variable * errnum TRUE if undefined variables are an error * lengthPtr OUT: The length of the specification * freePtr OUT: Non-NULL if caller should free *freePtr * * Results: * The (possibly-modified) value of the variable or var_Error if the * specification is invalid. The length of the specification is * placed in *lengthPtr (for invalid specifications, this is just * 2...?). * If *freePtr is non-NULL then it's a pointer that the caller * should pass to free() to free memory used by the result. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ /* coverity[+alloc : arg-*4] */ char * Var_Parse(const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean errnum, int *lengthPtr, void **freePtr) { const char *tstr; /* Pointer into str */ Var *v; /* Variable in invocation */ Boolean haveModifier;/* TRUE if have modifiers for the variable */ char endc; /* Ending character when variable in parens * or braces */ char startc; /* Starting character when variable in parens * or braces */ int vlen; /* Length of variable name */ const char *start; /* Points to original start of str */ char *nstr; /* New string, used during expansion */ Boolean dynamic; /* TRUE if the variable is local and we're * expanding it in a non-local context. This * is done to support dynamic sources. The * result is just the invocation, unaltered */ Var_Parse_State parsestate; /* Flags passed to helper functions */ char name[2]; *freePtr = NULL; dynamic = FALSE; start = str; parsestate.oneBigWord = FALSE; parsestate.varSpace = ' '; /* word separator */ startc = str[1]; if (startc != PROPEN && startc != BROPEN) { /* * If it's not bounded by braces of some sort, life is much simpler. * We just need to check for the first character and return the * value if it exists. */ /* Error out some really stupid names */ if (startc == '\0' || strchr(")}:$", startc)) { *lengthPtr = 1; return var_Error; } name[0] = startc; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); if (v == NULL) { *lengthPtr = 2; if ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL)) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (str[1]) { case '@': return UNCONST("$(.TARGET)"); case '%': return UNCONST("$(.ARCHIVE)"); case '*': return UNCONST("$(.PREFIX)"); case '!': return UNCONST("$(.MEMBER)"); } } /* * Error */ return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError); } else { haveModifier = FALSE; tstr = &str[1]; endc = str[1]; } } else { Buffer buf; /* Holds the variable name */ + int depth = 1; endc = startc == PROPEN ? PRCLOSE : BRCLOSE; Buf_Init(&buf, 0); /* * Skip to the end character or a colon, whichever comes first. */ - for (tstr = str + 2; - *tstr != '\0' && *tstr != endc && *tstr != ':'; - tstr++) + for (tstr = str + 2; *tstr != '\0'; tstr++) { /* + * Track depth so we can spot parse errors. + */ + if (*tstr == startc) { + depth++; + } + if (*tstr == endc) { + if (--depth == 0) + break; + } + if (depth == 1 && *tstr == ':') { + break; + } + /* * A variable inside a variable, expand */ if (*tstr == '$') { int rlen; void *freeIt; char *rval = Var_Parse(tstr, ctxt, errnum, &rlen, &freeIt); if (rval != NULL) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, strlen(rval), rval); } if (freeIt) free(freeIt); tstr += rlen - 1; } else Buf_AddByte(&buf, *tstr); } if (*tstr == ':') { haveModifier = TRUE; - } else if (*tstr != '\0') { + } else if (*tstr == endc) { haveModifier = FALSE; } else { /* * If we never did find the end character, return NULL * right now, setting the length to be the distance to * the end of the string, since that's what make does. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - str; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (var_Error); } str = Buf_GetAll(&buf, &vlen); /* * At this point, str points into newly allocated memory from * buf, containing only the name of the variable. * * start and tstr point into the const string that was pointed * to by the original value of the str parameter. start points * to the '$' at the beginning of the string, while tstr points * to the char just after the end of the variable name -- this * will be '\0', ':', PRCLOSE, or BRCLOSE. */ v = VarFind(str, ctxt, FIND_ENV | FIND_GLOBAL | FIND_CMD); /* * Check also for bogus D and F forms of local variables since we're * in a local context and the name is the right length. */ if ((v == NULL) && (ctxt != VAR_CMD) && (ctxt != VAR_GLOBAL) && (vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D') && strchr("@%*!<>", str[0]) != NULL) { /* * Well, it's local -- go look for it. */ name[0] = *str; name[1] = '\0'; v = VarFind(name, ctxt, 0); if (v != NULL) { /* * No need for nested expansion or anything, as we're * the only one who sets these things and we sure don't * but nested invocations in them... */ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if (str[1] == 'D') { nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarHead, NULL); } else { nstr = VarModify(ctxt, &parsestate, nstr, VarTail, NULL); } /* * Resulting string is dynamically allocated, so * tell caller to free it. */ *freePtr = nstr; *lengthPtr = tstr-start+1; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); VarFreeEnv(v, TRUE); return nstr; } } if (v == NULL) { if (((vlen == 1) || (((vlen == 2) && (str[1] == 'F' || str[1] == 'D')))) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { /* * If substituting a local variable in a non-local context, * assume it's for dynamic source stuff. We have to handle * this specially and return the longhand for the variable * with the dollar sign escaped so it makes it back to the * caller. Only four of the local variables are treated * specially as they are the only four that will be set * when dynamic sources are expanded. */ switch (*str) { case '@': case '%': case '*': case '!': dynamic = TRUE; break; } } else if ((vlen > 2) && (*str == '.') && isupper((unsigned char) str[1]) && ((ctxt == VAR_CMD) || (ctxt == VAR_GLOBAL))) { int len; len = vlen - 1; if ((strncmp(str, ".TARGET", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".ARCHIVE", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".PREFIX", len) == 0) || (strncmp(str, ".MEMBER", len) == 0)) { dynamic = TRUE; } } if (!haveModifier) { /* * No modifiers -- have specification length so we can return * now. */ *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; if (dynamic) { char *pstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = pstr; Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return(pstr); } else { Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); return (errnum ? var_Error : varNoError); } } else { /* * Still need to get to the end of the variable specification, * so kludge up a Var structure for the modifications */ v = bmake_malloc(sizeof(Var)); v->name = UNCONST(str); Buf_Init(&v->val, 1); v->flags = VAR_JUNK; Buf_Destroy(&buf, FALSE); } } else Buf_Destroy(&buf, TRUE); } if (v->flags & VAR_IN_USE) { Fatal("Variable %s is recursive.", v->name); /*NOTREACHED*/ } else { v->flags |= VAR_IN_USE; } /* * Before doing any modification, we have to make sure the value * has been fully expanded. If it looks like recursion might be * necessary (there's a dollar sign somewhere in the variable's value) * we just call Var_Subst to do any other substitutions that are * necessary. Note that the value returned by Var_Subst will have * been dynamically-allocated, so it will need freeing when we * return. */ nstr = Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL); if (strchr(nstr, '$') != NULL) { nstr = Var_Subst(NULL, nstr, ctxt, errnum); *freePtr = nstr; } v->flags &= ~VAR_IN_USE; if ((nstr != NULL) && haveModifier) { int used; /* * Skip initial colon. */ tstr++; nstr = ApplyModifiers(nstr, tstr, startc, endc, v, ctxt, errnum, &used, freePtr); tstr += used; } if (*tstr) { *lengthPtr = tstr - start + 1; } else { *lengthPtr = tstr - start; } if (v->flags & VAR_FROM_ENV) { Boolean destroy = FALSE; if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) { destroy = TRUE; } else { /* * Returning the value unmodified, so tell the caller to free * the thing. */ *freePtr = nstr; } VarFreeEnv(v, destroy); } else if (v->flags & VAR_JUNK) { /* * Perform any free'ing needed and set *freePtr to NULL so the caller * doesn't try to free a static pointer. * If VAR_KEEP is also set then we want to keep str as is. */ if (!(v->flags & VAR_KEEP)) { if (*freePtr) { free(nstr); *freePtr = NULL; } if (dynamic) { nstr = bmake_strndup(start, *lengthPtr); *freePtr = nstr; } else { nstr = errnum ? var_Error : varNoError; } } if (nstr != Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)) Buf_Destroy(&v->val, TRUE); free(v->name); free(v); } return (nstr); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Subst -- * Substitute for all variables in the given string in the given context * If undefErr is TRUE, Parse_Error will be called when an undefined * variable is encountered. * * Input: * var Named variable || NULL for all * str the string which to substitute * ctxt the context wherein to find variables * undefErr TRUE if undefineds are an error * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. The old string must be freed by the caller *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_Subst(const char *var, const char *str, GNode *ctxt, Boolean undefErr) { Buffer buf; /* Buffer for forming things */ char *val; /* Value to substitute for a variable */ int length; /* Length of the variable invocation */ Boolean trailingBslash; /* variable ends in \ */ void *freeIt = NULL; /* Set if it should be freed */ static Boolean errorReported; /* Set true if an error has already * been reported to prevent a plethora * of messages when recursing */ Buf_Init(&buf, 0); errorReported = FALSE; trailingBslash = FALSE; while (*str) { if (*str == '\n' && trailingBslash) Buf_AddByte(&buf, ' '); if (var == NULL && (*str == '$') && (str[1] == '$')) { /* * A dollar sign may be escaped either with another dollar sign. * In such a case, we skip over the escape character and store the * dollar sign into the buffer directly. */ str++; Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str++; } else if (*str != '$') { /* * Skip as many characters as possible -- either to the end of * the string or to the next dollar sign (variable invocation). */ const char *cp; for (cp = str++; *str != '$' && *str != '\0'; str++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, str - cp, cp); } else { if (var != NULL) { int expand; for (;;) { if (str[1] == '\0') { /* A trailing $ is kind of a special case */ Buf_AddByte(&buf, str[0]); str++; expand = FALSE; } else if (str[1] != PROPEN && str[1] != BROPEN) { if (str[1] != *var || strlen(var) > 1) { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, 2, str); str += 2; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } else { const char *p; /* * Scan up to the end of the variable name. */ for (p = &str[2]; *p && *p != ':' && *p != PRCLOSE && *p != BRCLOSE; p++) if (*p == '$') break; /* * A variable inside the variable. We cannot expand * the external variable yet, so we try again with * the nested one */ if (*p == '$') { Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; continue; } if (strncmp(var, str + 2, p - str - 2) != 0 || var[p - str - 2] != '\0') { /* * Not the variable we want to expand, scan * until the next variable */ for (;*p != '$' && *p != '\0'; p++) continue; Buf_AddBytes(&buf, p - str, str); str = p; expand = FALSE; } else expand = TRUE; break; } } if (!expand) continue; } val = Var_Parse(str, ctxt, undefErr, &length, &freeIt); /* * When we come down here, val should either point to the * value of this variable, suitably modified, or be NULL. * Length should be the total length of the potential * variable invocation (from $ to end character...) */ if (val == var_Error || val == varNoError) { /* * If performing old-time variable substitution, skip over * the variable and continue with the substitution. Otherwise, * store the dollar sign and advance str so we continue with * the string... */ if (oldVars) { str += length; - } else if (undefErr) { + } else if (undefErr || val == var_Error) { /* * If variable is undefined, complain and skip the * variable. The complaint will stop us from doing anything * when the file is parsed. */ if (!errorReported) { Parse_Error(PARSE_FATAL, "Undefined variable \"%.*s\"",length,str); } str += length; errorReported = TRUE; } else { Buf_AddByte(&buf, *str); str += 1; } } else { /* * We've now got a variable structure to store in. But first, * advance the string pointer. */ str += length; /* * Copy all the characters from the variable value straight * into the new string. */ length = strlen(val); Buf_AddBytes(&buf, length, val); trailingBslash = length > 0 && val[length - 1] == '\\'; } if (freeIt) { free(freeIt); freeIt = NULL; } } } return Buf_DestroyCompact(&buf); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetTail -- * Return the tail from each of a list of words. Used to set the * System V local variables. * * Input: * file Filename to modify * * Results: * The resulting string. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ #if 0 char * Var_GetTail(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarTail, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_GetHead -- * Find the leading components of a (list of) filename(s). * XXX: VarHead does not replace foo by ., as (sun) System V make * does. * * Input: * file Filename to manipulate * * Results: * The leading components. * * Side Effects: * None. * *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ char * Var_GetHead(char *file) { return(VarModify(file, VarHead, NULL)); } #endif /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Init -- * Initialize the module * * Results: * None * * Side Effects: * The VAR_CMD and VAR_GLOBAL contexts are created *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Init(void) { VAR_INTERNAL = Targ_NewGN("Internal"); VAR_GLOBAL = Targ_NewGN("Global"); VAR_CMD = Targ_NewGN("Command"); } void Var_End(void) { } /****************** PRINT DEBUGGING INFO *****************/ static void VarPrintVar(void *vp) { Var *v = (Var *)vp; fprintf(debug_file, "%-16s = %s\n", v->name, Buf_GetAll(&v->val, NULL)); } /*- *----------------------------------------------------------------------- * Var_Dump -- * print all variables in a context *----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ void Var_Dump(GNode *ctxt) { Hash_Search search; Hash_Entry *h; for (h = Hash_EnumFirst(&ctxt->context, &search); h != NULL; h = Hash_EnumNext(&search)) { VarPrintVar(Hash_GetValue(h)); } } Index: stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile =================================================================== --- stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile (revision 276305) @@ -1,177 +1,177 @@ # This is a generated file, do NOT edit! # See contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk # # $FreeBSD$ .sinclude "Makefile.inc" SRCTOP?= ${.CURDIR:H:H} # look here first for config.h CFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR} # for after-import CLEANDIRS+= FreeBSD CLEANFILES+= bootstrap -# $Id: Makefile,v 1.20 2013/09/04 15:42:03 sjg Exp $ +# $Id: Makefile,v 1.27 2014/06/20 14:51:54 sjg Exp $ # Base version on src date -MAKE_VERSION= 20130904 +MAKE_VERSION= 20140620 PROG?= ${.CURDIR:T} SRCS= \ arch.c \ buf.c \ compat.c \ cond.c \ dir.c \ for.c \ hash.c \ job.c \ main.c \ make.c \ make_malloc.c \ meta.c \ parse.c \ str.c \ strlist.c \ suff.c \ targ.c \ trace.c \ util.c \ var.c # from lst.lib/ SRCS+= \ lstAppend.c \ lstAtEnd.c \ lstAtFront.c \ lstClose.c \ lstConcat.c \ lstDatum.c \ lstDeQueue.c \ lstDestroy.c \ lstDupl.c \ lstEnQueue.c \ lstFind.c \ lstFindFrom.c \ lstFirst.c \ lstForEach.c \ lstForEachFrom.c \ lstInit.c \ lstInsert.c \ lstIsAtEnd.c \ lstIsEmpty.c \ lstLast.c \ lstMember.c \ lstNext.c \ lstOpen.c \ lstPrev.c \ lstRemove.c \ lstReplace.c \ lstSucc.c # this file gets generated by configure .sinclude "Makefile.config" .if !empty(LIBOBJS) SRCS+= ${LIBOBJS:T:.o=.c} .endif # just in case prefix?= /usr srcdir?= ${.CURDIR} -DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= .../share/mk:${prefix}/share/mk +DEFAULT_SYS_PATH?= ${prefix}/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= -DUSE_META CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} CFLAGS+= -D_PATH_DEFSYSPATH=\"${DEFAULT_SYS_PATH}\" CFLAGS+= -I. -I${srcdir} ${XDEFS} -DMAKE_NATIVE CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.ALLSRC:M*.c:T:u}} COPTS.main.c+= "-DMAKE_VERSION=\"${MAKE_VERSION}\"" # meta mode can be useful even without filemon FILEMON_H ?= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h .if exists(${FILEMON_H}) && ${FILEMON_H:T} == "filemon.h" COPTS.meta.c += -DHAVE_FILEMON_H -I${FILEMON_H:H} .endif .PATH: ${srcdir} .PATH: ${srcdir}/lst.lib .if make(obj) || make(clean) SUBDIR+= unit-tests .endif MAN= ${PROG}.1 MAN1= ${MAN} .if (${PROG} != "make") CLEANFILES+= my.history .if make(${MAN}) || !exists(${srcdir}/${MAN}) my.history: ${MAKEFILE} @(echo ".Nm"; \ echo "is derived from NetBSD"; \ echo ".Xr make 1 ."; \ echo "It uses autoconf to facilitate portability to other platforms."; \ echo ".Pp") > $@ .NOPATH: ${MAN} ${MAN}: make.1 my.history @echo making $@ @sed -e 's/^.Nx/NetBSD/' -e '/^.Nm/s/make/${PROG}/' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/rmy.history' \ -e '/^.Sh HISTORY/,$$s,^.Nm,make,' ${srcdir}/make.1 > $@ all beforeinstall: ${MAN} _mfromdir=. .endif .endif MANTARGET?= cat MANDEST?= ${MANDIR}/${MANTARGET}1 .if ${MANTARGET} == "cat" _mfromdir=${srcdir} .endif .include CPPFLAGS+= -DMAKE_NATIVE -DHAVE_CONFIG_H COPTS.var.c += -Wno-cast-qual COPTS.job.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.parse.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral COPTS.var.c += -Wno-format-nonliteral # Force these SHAREDIR= ${prefix}/share BINDIR= ${prefix}/bin MANDIR= ${SHAREDIR}/man .if !exists(.depend) ${OBJS}: config.h .endif # make sure that MAKE_VERSION gets updated. main.o: ${SRCS} ${MAKEFILE} # A simple unit-test driver to help catch regressions accept test: cd ${.CURDIR}/unit-tests && MAKEFLAGS= ${.MAKE} -r -m / TEST_MAKE=${TEST_MAKE:U${.OBJDIR}/${PROG:T}} ${.TARGET} # override some simple things BINDIR= /usr/bin MANDIR= /usr/share/man/man DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= /usr/share/mk # make sure we get this CFLAGS+= ${COPTS.${.IMPSRC:T}} after-import: ${SRCTOP}/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk cd ${.CURDIR} && ${.MAKE} -f ${SRCTOP}/contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk Index: stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile.config =================================================================== --- stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile.config (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/Makefile.config (revision 276305) @@ -1,21 +1,25 @@ # This is a generated file, do NOT edit! # See contrib/bmake/bsd.after-import.mk # # $FreeBSD$ SRCTOP?= ${.CURDIR:H:H} # things set by configure prefix= /usr srcdir= ${SRCTOP}/contrib/bmake CC?= gcc DEFAULT_SYS_PATH= .../share/mk:/usr/share/mk CPPFLAGS+= CFLAGS+= ${CPPFLAGS} -DHAVE_CONFIG_H LDFLAGS= LIBOBJS= ${LIBOBJDIR}stresep$U.o LDADD= USE_META= yes FILEMON_H= /usr/include/dev/filemon/filemon.h +BMAKE_PATH_MAX?= 1024 +# used if MAXPATHLEN not defined +CPPFLAGS+= -DBMAKE_PATH_MAX=${BMAKE_PATH_MAX} + Index: stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/config.h =================================================================== --- stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/config.h (revision 276304) +++ stable/10/usr.bin/bmake/config.h (revision 276305) @@ -1,316 +1,325 @@ /* $FreeBSD$ */ /* config.h. Generated from config.h.in by configure. */ /* config.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */ /* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */ /* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */ /* Path of default shell */ /* #undef DEFSHELL_CUSTOM */ /* Shell spec to use by default */ /* #undef DEFSHELL_INDEX */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_AR_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `sys_siglist', and to 0 if you don't. */ #define HAVE_DECL_SYS_SIGLIST 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ #define HAVE_DIRENT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `dirname' function. */ #define HAVE_DIRNAME 1 /* Define to 1 if you don't have `vprintf' but do have `_doprnt.' */ /* #undef HAVE_DOPRNT */ /* Define to 1 if you have the `err' function. */ #define HAVE_ERR 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `errx' function. */ #define HAVE_ERRX 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_ERR_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `fork' function. */ #define HAVE_FORK 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `getcwd' function. */ #define HAVE_GETCWD 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `getenv' function. */ #define HAVE_GETENV 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt' function. */ #define HAVE_GETOPT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `getwd' function. */ #define HAVE_GETWD 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */ #define HAVE_KILLPG 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `mmap' function. */ #define HAVE_MMAP 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ /* #undef HAVE_NDIR_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_PATHS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_POLL_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `putenv' function. */ #define HAVE_PUTENV 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_RANLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `realpath' function. */ #define HAVE_REALPATH 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `select' function. */ #define HAVE_SELECT 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `setenv' function. */ #define HAVE_SETENV 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `setpgid' function. */ #define HAVE_SETPGID 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */ #define HAVE_SETSID 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `sigaction' function. */ #define HAVE_SIGACTION 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `sigvec' function. */ #define HAVE_SIGVEC 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `snprintf' function. */ #define HAVE_SNPRINTF 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strerror' function. */ #define HAVE_STRERROR 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `stresep' function. */ /* #undef HAVE_STRESEP */ /* Define to 1 if you have the `strftime' function. */ #define HAVE_STRFTIME 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_STRING_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strlcpy' function. */ #define HAVE_STRLCPY 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strsep' function. */ #define HAVE_STRSEP 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtod' function. */ #define HAVE_STRTOD 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `strtol' function. */ #define HAVE_STRTOL 1 /* Define to 1 if `struct stat' is a member of `st_rdev'. */ #define HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV 1 /* Define to 1 if your `struct stat' has `st_rdev'. Deprecated, use `HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_RDEV' instead. */ #define HAVE_ST_RDEV 1 +/* Define to 1 if you have the `sysctl' function. */ +#define HAVE_SYSCTL 1 + /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ /* #undef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_MMAN_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file, and it defines `DIR'. */ /* #undef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_SELECT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1 +/* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ +#define HAVE_SYS_SYSCTL_H 1 + /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_SYS_UIO_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have that is POSIX.1 compatible. */ #define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `unsetenv' function. */ #define HAVE_UNSETENV 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ #define HAVE_UTIME_H 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `vfork' function. */ #define HAVE_VFORK 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the header file. */ /* #undef HAVE_VFORK_H */ /* Define to 1 if you have the `vprintf' function. */ #define HAVE_VPRINTF 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `vsnprintf' function. */ #define HAVE_VSNPRINTF 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `wait3' function. */ #define HAVE_WAIT3 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `wait4' function. */ #define HAVE_WAIT4 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `waitpid' function. */ #define HAVE_WAITPID 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `warn' function. */ #define HAVE_WARN 1 /* Define to 1 if you have the `warnx' function. */ #define HAVE_WARNX 1 /* Define to 1 if `fork' works. */ #define HAVE_WORKING_FORK 1 /* Define to 1 if `vfork' works. */ #define HAVE_WORKING_VFORK 1 /* define if your compiler has __attribute__ */ /* #undef HAVE___ATTRIBUTE__ */ /* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */ #define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT "sjg@NetBSD.org" /* Define to the full name of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_NAME "bmake" /* Define to the full name and version of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_STRING "bmake 20130706" +#define PACKAGE_STRING "bmake 20140214" /* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */ #define PACKAGE_TARNAME "bmake" /* Define to the home page for this package. */ #define PACKAGE_URL "" /* Define to the version of this package. */ -#define PACKAGE_VERSION "20130706" +#define PACKAGE_VERSION "20140214" /* Define as the return type of signal handlers (`int' or `void'). */ #define RETSIGTYPE void /* Define to 1 if the `S_IS*' macros in do not work properly. */ /* #undef STAT_MACROS_BROKEN */ /* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */ #define STDC_HEADERS 1 /* Define to 1 if you can safely include both and . */ #define TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME 1 /* Define to 1 if your declares `struct tm'. */ /* #undef TM_IN_SYS_TIME */ /* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */ #ifndef _ALL_SOURCE # define _ALL_SOURCE 1 #endif /* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */ #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE # define _GNU_SOURCE 1 #endif /* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS # define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1 #endif /* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */ #ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE # define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1 #endif /* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */ #ifndef __EXTENSIONS__ # define __EXTENSIONS__ 1 #endif /* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */ #if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD # if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__ # define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1 # endif #else # ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN /* # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ # endif #endif /* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */ /* #undef _MINIX */ /* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with this defined. */ /* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */ /* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */ /* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */ + +/* C99 function name */ +/* #undef __func__ */ /* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */ /* #undef const */ /* Define to `long int' if does not define. */ /* #undef off_t */ /* Define to `int' if does not define. */ /* #undef pid_t */ /* Define to `unsigned int' if does not define. */ /* #undef size_t */ /* Define as `fork' if `vfork' does not work. */ /* #undef vfork */ Index: stable/10 =================================================================== --- stable/10 (revision 276304) +++ stable/10 (revision 276305) Property changes on: stable/10 ___________________________________________________________________ Modified: svn:mergeinfo ## -0,0 +0,1 ## Merged /head:r258113-258114,261212,266760,268437